lniversit^ of Cbicatjo
Kiibraries
SYLLABUS FOR
NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
A, T. ROBERTSON, M.A., D.D., LL.D., LITT.D.
By PROFESSOR A. T. ROBERTSON
SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
THE MINISTER AND His GREEK NEW TESTAMENT
A HARMONY OF THE GOSPELS FOR STUDENTS OF THE LIFE
OF CHRIST
TYPES OF PREACHERS IN THE NEW TESTAMENT
PAUL, THE INTERPRETER OF CHRIST
PRACTICAL AND SOCIAL ASPECTS OF CHRISTIANITY (Ex-
position of James)
A SHORT GRAMMAR OF THE GREEK NEW TESTAMENT
STUDIES IN MARK'S GOSPEL
A GRAMMAR OF THE GREEK NEW TESTAMENT IN THE
LIGHT OF HISTORICAL RESEARCH
A TRANSLATION OF LUKE'S GOSPEL
JOHN THE LOYAL: A SKETCH OF JOHN THE BAPTIST
EPOCHS IN THE LIFE OF JESUS
EPOCHS IN THE LIFE OF PAUL
THE PHARISEES AND JESUS. The Stone (Princeton) Lec-
tures for 1916.
LUKE THE HISTORIAN IN THE LIGHT OF RESEARCH
THE STUDENT'S CHRONOLOGICAL NEW TESTAMENT
THE GLORY OF THE MINISTRY
THE DIVINITY OF CHRIST IN THE GOSPEL OF JOHN
PAUL'S JOY IN CHRIST: STUDIES IN PHILIPPIANS
MAKING GOOD IN THE MINISTRY: A SKETCH OF JOHN
MARK
THE NEW CITIZENSHIP
COMMENTARY ON MATTHEW: The Bible for Home and
School
KEYWORDS IN THE TEACHING OF JESUS
LIFE AND LETTERS OF JOHN A. BROADUS
THE TEACHING OF JESUS CONCERNING GOD THE FATHER
STUDIES IN THE NEW TESTAMENT
SYLLABUS F^l: NEW
TESTAMENT STtFt>
- .. > ', . , . - - r
' Guide for
Lessons in the Class-Room
BY
A. T. ROBERTSON, M.A., D.D., LL.D., LITT.D.
1 1 tiit
PROFESSOR OF NEW TESTAMENT INTERPRETATION IN THE
SOUTHERN BAPTIST THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY.
LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY
NEW
GEORGE H. DORAN COMPANY
* " * .' t
f
COPYRIGHT, 1923,
BY SUNDAY SCHOOL BOARD
OF THE SOUTHERN BAPTIST CONVENTION
Fifth Edition, Revised
and Enlarged
COPYRIGHT, 1915, BY A. T. ROBERTSON
SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY. II
PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
683572
PREFACE
The immediate purpose of this Syllabus is to facilitate
the work in the class in New Testament English in the
Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. It is not de-
signed for general use, though other institutions have
adopted it. The book, revised throughout, serves the
function of ajbroad_outlme of the New Testament his-
tory with precise Teferences to the text-books used for
fEe" daily lessons. The method pursued is the study of
the sources of our knowledge as far as practicable with
the aid of useful helps. The course follows the historical
development of the events of the period and the inter-
pretation of the New Testament books is based on his-
torical exegesis. The whole of the New Testament era
is covered in one session of eight months and the work
is of necessity rapid, while comprehensive. This grasp
of the whole period is essential for proper interpretation
of any single portion. The more important books, with
various critical standpoints, are mentioned from time to
time. The rather full bibliographies are useful for future
exhaustive study of special topics and for research work.
They have been brought up to date. The plan and spirit
of the course are due to John A. Broadus, who estab-
lished it in 1859, the first course in the English New
Testament in any theological seminary so far as I know.
All ministers need a thorough grip upon the English
New Testament whether they do or do not know the
Greek. The knowledge of each reacts favorably upon
the other. Neither takes the place of the other. Both
are necessary to the real student of the New Testament.
The student who enters this class ought to know at least
vi PBEFACE
what is in the author's Studies in the New Testament.
In addition to the assignment for each lesson specific ref-
erences for wider reading are given for the benefit of
unusually well equipped men.
It happens that this year 1923 marks the conclusion of
thirty-five years of teaching in the Seminary and that I am
sixty years old. This is the Fifth Edition of the Syllabus, '
while the Short Grammar of the Greek New Testament
appears in the Sixth Edition and the Grammar of the
Greek New Testament in the Light of Historical Re-
search in the Fourth Edition this year. Two new
volumes, published this year, The Minister and His
Greek New Testament- and A Translation of Luke's
Gospel, will make twenty-six volumes- to my credit,
alas, for the public.
A. T. ROBERTSON.
Louisville, Ky., 1923,
CHART OF INTERBIBLICAL AND
NEW TESTAMENT TIMES
(Many of the dates are confessedly provisional, especially in the Apostolic
history.)
DATE
RULERS OF JUDEA
HIGH PRIESTS
WRITINGS AND
EVENTS IN JUDEA
CONTEMPORARY
EVENTS
B. C.
Under Persia 536
Part of Book of
405
400
B. C. to 331 B. C.
Artaxerxes Mne-
mon.
Jonathan.
Baruch.
Book of Tobit
possibly.
Retreat of the
399
Ten Thousand
(Xenophon).
Death of Soc-
334
rates.
Roman Consuls
begin.
Plato.
Aristotle.
Battle of Grani-
333
cus.
Battle of Isstis.
331
330
End of Persian
rule. Beginning of
Greek rule over
Judea. Alexander
the Great.
Death of
High Priest
Jaddua, last
name men-
tioned in O. T.
(Neh. 12:llf.)
Alexander con-
323
quers Persian Em-
pire.
Alexander dies
320
Pfnl^maic rule
at Babylon.
Ptolemaic Rule
312
over Jews.
begins in Egypt.
Seleucid Kings
299
Simon I, The
Traditional date
aegin rule in Syria.
Seleucid Era.
285-247
250
Just, High Priest.
Ptolemy Phila-
delphus.
Eleazer (287-
26).
of the so-called
Great Synagogue
and the fixing of
canon of the O. T.
Translation of
the S'eptuagint be-
gun.
Probable datVf
Zeno.
Epicurus.
First Punic War.
225
-
Ecclesiasticus or
the Wisdom of
Son of Sirach.
Appearance of
Chasidim.
Second Punic
216
War.
Battle of Cannae
198
Beginning of
Jewish - Alexan-
(Hannibal).
S'eleucid rule over
Jews, tinder An-
tiochus the Great.
drian Philosophy.
Aristobulus and
Wisdom of Solo-
mon here or little
later.
V1U
CHART
DATE
RULERS OF JUDEA
HIGH PRIESTS
WRITINGS AND
EVENTS IN JUDEA
CONTEMPORARY
EVENTS
B C.
Antiochus the
190
175
172
Antiochus Epi
phanes begins hi
efforts to Hellen
ize the Jews.
Jason, the
Hellenizing
High Priest.
Menelaus,
Great beaten by
Romans at Mag-
nesia. Romans
gain foothold in
the East.
167
166
16S
Beginning o
Maccabean Revol
under Mattathias.
Ju das Macca
bseus.
another Hel
lenizing High
Priest.
Rededication of
Polybius.
161
160
Death of Judas
at Eleasa.
Jonathan Macca
JJEUS succeeds him
Death of Al-
the Temple.
Book III, of
Sybilline Oracles
probably about
this time.
Book of Judith
1S3
cimus (Hellen-
izing High
Priest).
No High
Priest for 7
years.
Jonathan
Third Punic
146
made High
Priest and so
combines polit-
ical and reli-
gious office.
Probably I Es-
War.
Carthage and
143
Simon Macca-
dras.
Probably also
>art of Book of
noch.
Dorinth destroyed.
Embassy to
142
>aeus rules.
Political inde-
Rome.
Terence.
135
John Hyrcanus
pendence of the
Tews.
130
rules.
Samaritan tem-
Gracchi.
108
ple destroyed. -
Destruction of
105
Aristobultis calls
Samaria.
The Essenes.
Cicero and Pom-
limself King of
'udea.
Alexander Jan-
Revival of Hel-
pey born.
Power of Af arius*
100
naeus reigns.
enism.
Clash with Phar-
sees, and siding
with S'adducees.
Party strife.
Birth of Julius
-.assar.
CHART
DATE
RULERS OF JUDEA
HIGH PRIESTS
WRITINGS AND
EVENTS IN JUDEA
CONTEMPORARY
EVENTS
B C.
Book of Jubilees
Sylla
86
78
74
Salome -Alexan-
dra rules.
Hyrcanus
High Priest.
Separation
again between
political and
religious rule.
or Little Genesis
and Psalms oi
Solomon.
Revival of Phar-
isaism.
Birth of Herod
Lucretius.
Catullus.
69
66
AristobulusKing.
Hyrcanus
High Priest
still.
the Great.
Overthrow of
Hyrcanus by
;Aristobulus.
Antipater takes
:side of Hyrcanus.
Pompey sent to
65
Asia.
Syria a Roman
63
Pompey re-in-
' Pompey enters
Province and so
end of Seleucid
kings.
Catiline.
60
states Hyrcanus.
Roman rule of
Judea really be-
gins.
Temple.
Cicero.
First Trium-
57
54
Rule by Councils.
Crassus plunders
virate (Pompey,
Caesar, Crassus) .
Rise of the Par-
48
Jerusalem.
thians to power.
Caesar crosses
47
Hyrcanus ap-
I Maccabees and
the Rubicon.
Defeat of Pom-
pey at Pharsalia.
Caesar with Cle-
opatra in Egypt.
Downfall of Re-
public.
Caesar perpetual
44
pointed Ethnarch
by Caesar, and An-
tipater' his Prime
Minister (Procu-
rator).
II Maccabees both
belong to this cen-
tury.
Probably also the
so-called IV Mac-
cabees.
Dictator.
Assassination of
42
Caesar.
Battle of Phi-
lippi and victory
of the Second
Triumvirate (Oc-
tavius, Antonius,
Lepidus) over
Brutus and Cas-
sius.
CHART
DATE
RULERS OF JUDEA
HIGH PRIESTS
WRITINGS AND
EVENTS IN JUDEA
CONTEMPORARY
EVENTS
B.C.
41
An
Herod appoints
Tetrarch and rule
taken away from
Hyrcanus, Judea
now a Roman
Province.
Parthians cap
37
35
lish Antigonus as
King.
Herod becomes
King of Judea.
Hyrcanus
deposed am
Ananelus made
High Priest.
Aristobulus
ture Jerusalem
while Herod flees
to Rome and is
appointed King o:
Judea.
Herod marries
Mariamne.
Hillel and Sham
kingdom for Cleo-
patra.
Virgil.
Tibullus.
31
High Priest.
His drowning.
Succeeded by
Jesus and then
Simon.
mai, rival teachers
of Rabbinism in
Jerusalem.
Scribism. domi
nant in Palestine
Jewish Rabbi-
nical Theology
(Talmud A. D.
200-500).
Rise of Hero-
Battle of Actium
27
dians.
and victory of Oc-
tavius over An-
tonius.
Octavius be-
25
Samaria rebuilt.
comes Emperor
(Augustus).
20orl9
Herod begins
Cornelius RTepos '
6
repairing the Tem-
ple at Jerusalem.
Birth of John
Sallust.
Horace.
Liw.
5
Matthias.
the Baptist.
BIRTH OF JE-
4
SUS.
Death of Herod
Ovid.
4
Archelaus Eth-
Joseph
the Great.
Herod Antipas
A.D.
4
narch of Judea.
Joasar.
Eleasar
Tetrarch of Gali-
ee and Perea.
Philip Tetrarch of
[turea, Trachoni-
tis, etc.
6
7
Archelaus de-
posed and Judea
igain made Prov-
ince of Rome.
Coponius Procu-
rator.
Jesus.
Ananus.
Rise of Zealots.
Visit of the Boy
Diodorus
Siculus.
Strabo.
9
12
14
Ambivius Procu-
rator.
Annius Rufus
Procurator.
Fesus to' Jerusa-
em.
Death of Au-
15
Valerius Gratus
Assumption of
gustus.
Tiberius be-
16
Procurator.
Ishmael.
Closes.
comes full Em-
peror (after two
-
Simon.
reard co-reigning
n the Provinces).
CHART
DATE
RULERS OF JUDEA
HIGH PRIESTS
WRITINGS AND
EVENTS IN JUDEA
CONTEMPORARY
EVENTS
18
Caiaphas.
25
John aptist be-
(or 26)
26
Pontius Pilate
gins ministry.
Baptism, of Jesus
(or 27)
30
(Procurator.)
Crucifixion anc
(or 29)
Pass-
over-
Forty
Resurrection o;
Christ.
Ascension of
days
later.
30
Pente-
Christ.
Descent of the
cost.
34
Holy Spirit.
Death of Philip
34-36
Death of Ste-
the Tetrarch.
35-37
phen.
Conversion of
36
37
Recall of Pon-
tius Pilate. Suc-
ceeded by Marcel-
lus.
Maruelus.
Jonathan.
Theophilus
Saul.
Writings of
Philo (born about
B. C. 20).
C^liglilllS KlH"
39
peror.
Herod Agrippa
I, made King.
Herod Antipas
41
Herod Agrippa I
Simon
deposed as Tet-
rarch.
Claudius Em-
43
given Judea also.
Rules as King.
"M. atthias
peror.
44
45
48
49
Death of Agrippa
I. and Judea a
province again.
Cuspius Fadus
Procurator.
Alexander.
Cumanus.
Ellonaios.
Joseph
Ananus.
Death of James
the Apostle. Im-
portant date in ca-
reer of Paul be-
cause of visit to
Jerusalem at time
of famine and
death of Herod
(Acts 11:30).
Epistle of James.
Conference at
Rebellion of
Theudas.
52
50-51
Felix.
Jerusalem.
Epistles of Paul
Rebellious out-
54
to the Thessaloni-
ans (First group).
breaks of Jews
against Rome.
Nero Emperor.
55-57
Second group of
59-60
Festus succeeds
Paul's Epistles. 1
Cor., 2 Cor., Gal.,
Rom. Date of
jalatians uncer-
tain.
The Judaizers.
Important date
Burrfms.
Seneca.
59
Felix.
Ishmael,
in career of Paul.
Possibly Mark
60
Joseph.
and Matthew by
this time.
Probably Gospel
of Luke during
stay at Caesarea
( 58-60).
Xll
CHART
DATE
RULERS OF JTJDEA
HIGH PRIESTS
WRITINGS AND
EVENTS IN JUDEA
CONTEMPORARY
EVENTS
59-61
Departure of
62
61-63
Albinus.
Ananus.
Paul to Rome.
. Third group of
64
Gessius Florus
Paul's Epistles
Philippians, Colos
sians, Ephesians
and Philemon.
Paul set free.
The Gnostics.
Burning of
65
66
People revolt
Matthias.
Epistles of Peter
Jude, and that to
the Hebrews, most
probably between
64 and 69.
Rome.
Persecution of
Christians.
Romans driven
66-68
against Rome.
nor of Galilee.
Pastoral Epistles
from Jerusalem.
67
of Paul (Fourth
Group).
Possible death
68
of Simon Peter.
Paul's second
Galilee and Judea.
Death of Nero
69
imprisonment and
death.
Flight of Chris-
Brief reigns of
Galba, Otho, Vit-
ellius.
Vespasian Em*
70
End of Jewish
tians to Pella.
Destruction of
peror.
Quintus Curtius
75
state.
Temple and Jeru-
salem by Titus.
End of Sanhed-
Epictetus.
Pliny the Elder.
79
rin.
Rabbinic School
Titus Emperor
81
at Jamnia.
Waitings of Jo-
Domitian Em-
85
sephus.
Possible date of
peror.
Cerinthus.
90
Epistles of John.
Possible date of
Ebionites.
Martial.
Juvenal.
Persecution of
95
Gospel of John.
Probable date of
Christians under
Domitian.
Tacitus.
96
Revelation of John.
Nerva Emperor
98
Trajan Emperor.
98-100
Death of John
Plutarch.
i
and close of Apos-
tolic time. To-
wards close of this
century 2 (4) Es-
dras and Apoca-
ypse of Baruch
were doubtless
written and also
parts of Enoch
and Sybilline Ora-
:les. Here also be-
ong Epistle of
Element of Rome,
and so-called Epis-
le of Barnabas.
Quintilian.
CONTENTS
PAGE
. * c m ^
CHART OF INTERBIBLICAL AND NEW TESTAMENT TIMES . . vii
GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY . ... 25
BOOKS ABOUT BOOKS ON THE NEW TESTAMENT . . 25
BIBLE DICTIONARIES 26
IMPORTANT EDITIONS OF THE ENGLISH NEW TESTAMENT . 27
CONCORDANCES . . . . . . . . . 27
BOOKS ON OLD TESTAMENT QUOTATIONS .... 28
INTRODUCTION TO THE NEW TESTAMENT ... 28
NEW TESTAMENT HISTORY AND TIMES .... 31
THEOLOGY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT .... 35
HERMENEUTICS, OR INTERPRETATION .... 36
EXTRA-CANONICAL EARLY CHRISTIAN LITERATURE . . 37
PART I: THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY
{400 B. C. to B. C. 6 or 5) . ... 43
BIBLIOGRAPHY 1 43
THE OLD TESTAMENT APOCRYPHA AND PSEUDEPIGRAPHA . 43
PHILO . 47
JOSEPHUS 48
THE TALMUD 49
THE TARGUMS 52
HANDBOOKS ON THE INTERBIBLICAL PERIOD ... 52
LESSON I: IN THE PERSIAN PERIOD (B. C. 400-
B. C. 331) 53
LIST OF PERSIAN RULERS . . . . . . 54
LIST OF HIGH PRIESTS DURING PERSIAN PERIOD OF THE
INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 54
SPECIAL BOOKS ON PERSIAN PERIOD .... 55
LESSON II : IN THE GREEK PERIOD (B. C. 331-167) 55
Alexander and the Ptolemies (B. C. 331-198) . 55
SPECIAL BOOKS ON ALEXANDER THE GREAT . . 56
BOOKS ON THE PTOLEMAIC ERA 57
xiii
xiv CONTENTS
FACE
PART I: THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY
(Continued)
BOOKS ON THE SEPTUAGINT 57
Text ......... 57
Concordance and Grammar ..... 57
Special Books ....... 58
LIST OF PTOLEMAIC KINGS 58
LESSON III: IN THE GREEK PERIOD (Cont'd),
SELEUCID RULE ....... 59
FURTHER BOOKS ON ECCLESIASTICUS .... 60
LIST OF THE SELEUCID KINGS 61
LIST OF JEWISH HIGH PRIESTS DURING THE GREEK PERIOD
TILL OFFICE PASSES TO -THE MACCABEES ... 62
LESSON IV: FIRST LESSON IN THE MACCABEAN
PERIOD (Beginning of the Maccabean Revolt, B. G
167-166) . . 62
BOOKS ON MACCABEAN PERIOD 65
LESSON V: SECOND LESSON ON THE MACCA-
BEAN PERIOD (Judas Maccabeus B. C. 166-161) . 65
SEVEN CHIEF CAMPAIGNS BY JUDAS . . . . 66
SPECIAL BOOKS ON JUDAS MACCABJEUS ... 66
LESSON VI: THIRD LESSON ON THE MACCA-
BEAN PERIOD (Jonathan Maccabaeus, Simon Mac-
cabseus and John Hyrcanus, B. C. 161-106) . . . 67
LESSON VII: FOURTH LESSON ON THE MACCA-
BEAN PERIOD (Decline of the Maccabean Dynasty
and Beginning of Roman Period, B. C. 106-47) . . 68
SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE ROMAN PERIOD .... 70
LESSON VIII: IN THE ROMAN PERIOD . . 70
SPECIAL BOOKS ON HEROD 71
JEWISH LITERATURE OF THE INTERBIBLICAL AND NEW
TESTAMENT TIMES 72
LESSON IX: IN THE ROMAN PERIOD (Continued') 73
LESSON X: IN THE ROMAN PERIOD (Continued') 75
LESSON XI: THE JEWISH PARTIES ... 76
PHARISEES, SADDUCEES, SCRIBES, ESSENES, HERODIANS,
ZEALOTS . . . . . - . . . 76
SPECIAL BOOKS ON JEWISH PARTIES .... 77
CONTENTS
PART I: THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY
(Continued)
LESSON XII: THE JEWISH EXPECTATIONS CON-
CERNING THE MESSIAH .....
BOOKS ON THE MESSIANIC HOPE OF THE JEWS AND
ESCHATOLOGY ........
LESSON XIII: A GLIMPSE OF THE WORLD INTO
WHICH JESUS WAS BORN .....
Literature Useful for the Purpose ...
PART II: THE LIFE OF dHRIST (B. C. 6
or 5 to A. D. 29 or 30) ....
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF IMPORTANT WORKS ON
THE GOSPELS AND THE LIFE OF CHRIST .
I : THE GOSPELS ...... . .
1. Introduction to the Four Gospels ...
2. The Synoptic Problem . . . . .
3. The Authorship and Character of the Fourth
Gospel ..-..._...
H: COMMENTARIES ON THE GOSPELS ....
1. Series on Entire New Testament .
2.
3.
4.
5.
(a) For English Readers
(b) For Greek Students .
Commentaries on Matthew
(a) For English Students .
(b) For Greek Students .
Commentaries on Mark .
(a) For English Students .
(b) For Greek Students .
Commentaries on Luke .
.(a) For English Students .
(b) For Greek Students .
Commentaries on John
(a) For English Students
(b)
For Greek Students
m: HARMONIES OF THE GOSPELS .....
IV : LIFE OF CHRIST . . . . . . .
1. Bibliographies and Criticism of Literature on
the Life of Christ .....
2. Introductory Problems .....
3. Exhaustive Treatises on the Life of Christ .
4. Handbooks .......
5. Very Radical Works . < . .. . .
6. Jesus Treated^ as a Paranoiac . . .
7. The Historicity of Jesus . . . .
XT
PAGE
78
78
81
81
89
89
89
89
91
95
99
99
99
100
102
102
102
103
103
104
105
105
105
106
106
107
108
109
109
110
Ill
112
113
114
114
CONTENTS
xvi
PACT
PART II : THE LIFE OF CHRIST (Continued)
8. The Jesus or Christ (Jesus or Paul) Contro-
versy ... .... 115
9. The Person of Christ . .116
10. Special Aspects . . .120
11. The Miracles of Jesus . . 122
12. The Parables of Jesus . 124
13. The Teaching of Jesus . 125
(a) Teaching as a Whole . 125
(b) The Father and the Holy Spirit 127
(c) Christ's Idea of Himself . 127
(d) The Kingdom and Eschatology 128
(e) Ethical and Social Problems . 129
14. Lives of Christ for Children . . 130
15. Poems about Christ .... 131
16. Romances 131
17. Non-Scriptural Accounts of Jesus . . . 132
LESSON I: BEGINNINGS OF THE GOSPELS AND
PREPARATION FOR THE BIRTH OF JESUS . 133
LESSON II: THE BIRTH OF JESUS . . . 135
SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE VIRGIN BIRTH . . . . 136
OTHER BOOKS OF INTEREST 136
LESSON III: THE LONG YEARS OF SILENCE . 137
SPECIAL BOOKS 138
LESSON IV: JOHN THE BAPTIST .... 138
SPECIAL BOOKS ON JOHN THE BAPTIST .... 139
LESSON V: CHRIST'S BAPTISM AND TEMPTA-
TION 141
SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE TEMPTATION OF JESUS . . 142
LESSON VI: FROM BETHANY BEYOND JORDAN
TO CAPERNAUM 143
BOOKS ON THE TWO-WINE CONTROVERSY . 145
LESSON VII: THE EARLY MINISTRY IN JUDEA
AND SAMARIA 145
SPECIAL BOOKS ON SAMARITANS AND NICODEMUS . . 146
LESSON VIII: BEGINNING OF THE GALILEAN
MINISTRY 146
SPECIAL BOOKS . 148
LESSON IX: THE SABBATH CONTROVERSY . 148
BOOKS ON THE SABBATH QUESTION . . . . 149
BOOKS ON CHRIST AND THE OLD TESTAMENT . . . 149
CONTENTS xvii
PAGE
PART II: THE LIFE OF CHRIST (Continued)
LESSON X: THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT . 149
SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE LORD'S PRAYER . . . .151
BOOKS ON THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT . . . 152
LESSON XI: GOING TO WORK WITH THE
TWELVE 154
SPECIAL BOOKS ON JESUS* ALLUSION TO JONAH . . 155
LESSON XII: THE FIRST GREAT GROUP OF
PARABLES 155
LESSON XIII: REMAINDER OF THE BUSY DAY
AND CLOSE OF GALILEAN CAMPAIGN . .156
SPECIAL BOOKS ON DEMONOLOGY 158
LESSON XIV: THE FIRST THREE WITHDRAW-
ALS FROM GALILEE . . . ... 158
LESSON XV: THE FOURTH RETIREMENT . . 159
LESSON XVI: THE CLOSE OF THE SEASON OF
RETIREMENT 161
LESSON XVII: THE GREAT CONFLICT IN JERU-
SALEM AT THE FEAST OF TABERNACLES . 162
LESSON XVIII: WITHDRAWAL FROM JERUSA-
LEM INTO JUDEA AND RETURN TO FEAST
OF DEDICATION 163
LESSON XIX: FROM BETHANY BEYOND JOR-
DAN TO THE RAISING OF LAZARUS AT
BETHANY NEAR JERUSALEM . . . . 164
LESSON XX: THE LAST JOURNEY TO JERU-
SALEM 165
LESSON XXI: SUNDAY AND MONDAY OF THE
LAST WEEK . . - 167
LESSON XXII: THE LAST DAY IN CHRIST'S
PUBLIC MINISTRY . . , . - . , .168
LESSON XXIII: FROM THE DISCOURSE ON THE
MOUNT OF OLIVES TO THE LAST PASSOVER
MEAL . . . . . . . . . .169
LESSON XXIV: FROM THE LORD'S SUPPER TO
THE AGONY IN THE GARDEN . . . % . 171
SPECIAL BOOKS ON CHRIST'S FAREWELL DISCOURSE AND
THE INTERCESSORY PRAYER 172
XY1U
CONTENTS
PART II: THE LIFE OF CHRIST (Continued)
LESSON XXV: THE ARREST AND TRIAL OF
JESUS . . . . ...
SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE TRIAL OF JESUS . .
LESSON XXVI: THE CRUCIFIXION . .
SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE CRUCIFIXION ....
LESSON XXVII: THE RESURRECTION AND AS-
CENSION ..........
SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE RESURRECTION AND ASCENSION .
PAGE
172
174
175
176
178
180
PART III: THE ACTS AND THE EPIS-
TLES (Probably A. D. 30 to A. D. go) . 185
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1 : BOOKS ON THE APOSTOLIC PERIOD . . . . 185
! General History . . . . .185
2. Culture of the Period ... 185
3. Philosophy ..... 186
4. History of Religion and Morality . 188
5. The History of Apostolic Christianity 192
H: SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE LIFE AND TEACHING OF
PETER 196
Hi: SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE LIFE AND TEACHING OF THE
APOSTLE JOHN . . . . . . . 197
IV : THE LIFE AND TEACHING OF JAMES . . . 198
V: LIFE AND TEACHING OF LUKE . . . .199
VI : LIFE AND TEACHING OF PAUL .... 199
1. Life and Work ...... 200
2. The Epistles of Paul Treated as a Whole . 202
3. The Teachings of Paul 203
vn: SPECIAL BOOKS ON ACTS 205
1. Discussions . ... . . . 205
2. Commentaries on the English Text . . 206
3. Commentaries on the Greek Text . . . 207
LESSON I: BEGINNINGS OF APOSTOLIC HIS-
TORY (A. D. 29 or 30) 208
SPECIAL BOOKS ABOUT THE HOLY SPIRIT ... 209
LESSON II: THE YEARS OF WAITING IN JERU-
SALEM (A. D. 30-4) . ... . . .210
LESSON III: THE YOUTH OF SAUL OF TARSUS 210
CONTENTS xix
PAGE
PART III: THE ACTS AND THE EPIS-
TLES (Continued)
LESSON IV: THE SCATTERED DISCIPLES AND
THE OUTSIDE WORLD . . . . .211
LESSON V: SAUL'S CONVERSION (About A. D. 35) 212
SPECIAL BOOKS ON SAUI/S CONVERSION . ... . . 213
LESSON VI: THE YEARS OF TRANSITION (A. D.
LESSON VII: THE EPISTLE OF JAMES (A. D. 49) 214
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON JAMES .... 215
1. O the English Text ..... 215
2. On 'the Greek Text ...... 215
LESSON VIII : PAUL'S FIRST MISSIONARY JOUR-
NEY (A. D. 48-49) ...... 216
LESSON IX: THE CONFERENCE AT JERUSA-
LEM (A. D. 49) . . , .. . . . . 217
LESSON X : FROM ANTIOCH TO TROAS (A. D. 49) 218
LESSON XI: PAUL AT PHILIPPI, THESSALONICA
AND BERCEA (A. D. 49 or 50) . . . . . 218
LESSON XII: PAUL AT ATHENS (A. D. 49 or 50 . 219
SPECIAL BOOKS ON ATHENS ...... 219
LESSON XIII: PAUL AT CORINTH (A. D. 50-52) . 219
LESSON XIV: THE THESSALONIAN LETTERS
AND RETURN TO ANTIOCH <A. D. 50 or 51) . 220
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON I AND II THESSALONIANS . 220
1. On the English Text ..... 220
2. On the Greek Text ..... .221
LESSON XV: PAUL AT EPHESUS (52-55 or 56) . 222
LESSON XVI: FIRST CORINTHIANS 1-7 (A. D. 55
or 56) . . . ....... 223
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON I CORINTHIANS . . . 223
1. On the English Text ..... 223
2. On the Greek Text . ..... 224
LESSON XVII: FIRST CORINTHIANS 8-16 . . 225
xx CONTENTS
PAGE
PART III: THE ACTS AND THE EPIS-
TLES (Continued)
LESSON XVIII: FROM EPHESUS TO MACEDONIA
AND II CORINTHIANS 1-7 (A. D. 55 or 56) . .225
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON II CORINTHIANS ALONE . 225
1. On the English Text 226
2. On the Greek Text .226
LESSON XIX: II CORINTHIANS 8-13 (A. D. 55
or 56) . . . . . ... .... 226
LESSON XX: EPISTLE TO THE GALATIANS
(Probably A. D. 55 or 56) . 227
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON GALATIANS . . . 227
1. On the English Text . . . . .227
2. On the Greek Text ...... 228
LESSON XXI: ROMANS 1-8 (A. D. 56 or 57) . . 229
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON ROMANS . . . 229
1. On the English Text . . . 229
2. On the Greek Text 230
LESSON XXII: ROMANS 9-16 . . . ..231
LESSON XXIII: THE LAST JOURNEY TO JERU-
SALEM (Spring of 56 or 57) . . . . . 231
LESSON XXIV : PAUL AT JERUSALEM THE LAST
TIME (Pentecost of- 56 or 57) 231
LESSON XXV: PAUL A PRISONER AT OESAREA
56-58 or 57-59) 232
LESSON XXVI: PAUL'S VOYAGE TO ROME (Au-
tumn of 58 or 59 to Spring of 59 or 60) . . . 232
LESSON XXVII: PAUL IN ROME AND THE LET-
TER TO THE PHILIPPIANS (A. D. 60-2 or 61-3) . 233
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON PHILIPPIANS . . . 234
1. On the English Text . . . . .234
2. On the Greek Text . . . . . .234
LESSON XXVIII: PHILEMON AND COLOSSIANS
(A. D. 62 or 63) . . . . ' . . . . 235
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON PHILEMON AND COLOSSIANS 235
1. On the English Text 235
2. On the Greek Text ...... 236
LESSON XXIX: EPHESIANS (A. D. 62 or 63) . . 236
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON EPHESIANS . . . 237
1. On the English Text . . . . ... 237
2. On the Greek Text ...... 237
CONTENTS xxi
PAGE
PART III: THE ACTS AND THE EPIS-
TLES (Continued)
LESSON XXX: RELEASE OF PAUL AND I TIM-
OTHY (Probably 63 to 66 or 67) . . . . 238
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON PASTORAL EPISTLES . . 239
1. On the English Text 239
2. On the Greek Text ...... 240
LESSON XXXI: THE LAST YEAR OF PAUL'S LIFE
(Autumn of 67 till Summer of 68) . . . 241
LESSON XXXII: I PETER (About A. D. 65) . . 242
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON EPISTLES OF PETER AND JUDE
1. On the English Text 242
2. On the Greek Text 242
LESSON XXXIII: JUDE AND II PETER (About
A.D. 66-67) 244
LESSON XXXIV: HEBREWS 1-7 (About A. D. 69) . 244
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON HEBREWS .... 244
1. On the Greek Text 245
LESSON XXXV: HEBREWS 8-13 . .... 246
LESSON XXXVI: THE EPISTLES OF JOHN (Per-
haps A. D. 85-90) 247
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON THE EPISTLES OF JOHN . 247
1. On the English Text 247
2. On the Greek Text 248
PART IV: THE REVELATION OF JOHN
(Probably about A. D. 95) . . . . 251
SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE REVELATION .... 251
1. On the English Text ..... 251
2. On the Greek Text 253
LESSON I: REVELATION 1-3 254
LESSON II: REVELATION 4-11 257
LESSON III: REVELATION 12:1-19:10 ... 260
i: PRETERIST THEORIES 260
Objections 261
n: FUTURIST THEORIES 263
in: HISTORICAL THEORIES 264
Objections . . . . . . . . 265
Two Great Difficulties . . . . 266
LESSON IV: REVELATION 19:11-22:21 . . 271
i: DIFFERENT THEORIES ABOUT THE MILLENNIUM . 271
H: TIME OF BEGINNING 274
GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY
SYLLABUS FOR NEW
TESTAMENT STUDY
GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY
BOOKS ABOUT BOOKS ON THE NEW TESTAMENT
BRIGGS Theological Encyclopaedia.
BRUCKNER Theologischer Jahresbericht : Das Neue
Testament (published annually).
JONES, M. The New Testament in the Twentieth Cen-
tury (1914).
MOFFATT An Introduction to the Literature of the New
Testament (1911. Third Ed., 1920).
SCHAFF Theological Propaedeutic (1893).
SCHUERER History of the Jewish People in Time of
Christ (has exhaustive lists at beginning of chapters) .
THAYER Books and Their Use (1903).
VINCENT Student's New Testament Handbook (1893).
VOTAW AND BRADLEY Books for New Testament Study
(1901).
VOTAW Books for New Testament Study (Biblical
World for October, 1905, and May, 1911).
WEIDNER Theological Encyclopaedia (1889).
WINDISCH Englisch - Amerikanische Literatur zum
Neuen Testament in den Jahren 1914 bis 1920
(Zeitschrift fur die neut. Wiss. 1921 Heft 1-3).
WINDISCH Literature on the New Testament, 1914-1920
(Continental Europe). Harvard Theol. Review,
April, 1922.
25
26 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
BIBLE DICTIONARIES
BUCKLAND Universal Bible Dictionary (1914).
CHEYNE Encyclopaedia Biblica. Four volumes (1899-
1903).
DAVIS A Dictionary of the Bible. One volume (second
edition 1903).
EASTON Illustrated Bible Dictionary. One volume
(1893).
GUTHE Kurzes Bibelworterbuch. One volume (1903).
HASTINGS A Dictionary of the Bible. Five volumes
(1898-1904).
HASTINGS A Dictionary of the Bible. One volume
(1909).
HASTINGS A Dictionary of Christ and the Gospels.
Two volumes (1906-1908).
HASTINGS Dictionary of the Apostolic Church. Two
volumes (1916-1918).
HASTINGS Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics.
Twelve volumes (1908-1922).
HAUCK Realencyklopadie fur protestantische Theologie
und Kirche. 3 Aufl. Twenty-two volumes (1896-
1909).
JACKSON New Schaff-Herzog Encyclopaedia of Re-
ligious Knowledge. Thirteen volumes (1908-1913).
JACOBUS A Standard Bible Dictionary. One volume
(1909). New ed. in press.
MATHEWS AND SMITH A Dictionary of Religion and
Ethics (1921).
ORR International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Five
volumes (1915).
SMITH A Dictionary of the Bible. Four volumes
(1888). Revised A J, 1893.
SMITH A Dictionary of the Bible. One volume (1902,
reprint) .
SINGER The Jewish Encyclopaedia. Twelve volumes
(1901-6).
GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY 27
THE TEMPLE Bible Dictionary. One volume (1910).
WRIGHT Illustrated Bible Treasury (1896).
IMPORTANT EDITIONS OF THE ENGLISH NEW TESTAMENT
Besides standard versions of the whole Bible (the King
James' or Authorized Version, the 1911 Bible, which is
the Authorized Version slightly altered, the Canterbury
Revision, the American Standard Version) and special
editions of the English Bible (like the Cross Reference
Bible, the Scofield Reference Bible, the Variorum Teach-
ers' Bible, the Temple Bible, the Century Bible, the Bible
for Home and School, Messages of the Bible, the Modern
Reader's Bible), there are excellent translations of the
New Testament (like the Bible Union Version, Moffatt's
Historical New Testament and also his New Translation
of the New Testament and his Parallel New Testament,
Weymouth's Modern Speech New Testament, the Twen-
tieth Century New Testament, Robertson's Student's
Chronological New Testament, Goodspeed's American
Vernacular, etc.) Of interest also is The New Testa-
ment in Braid Scots by W. W. Smith (1901) and
Courtney's The Literary Man's New Testament (1914).
CONCORDANCES
CRUDEN Complete Concordance (1885).
GILLESPIE Englishman's Greek Concordance (1885).
HATCH AND REDPATH Concordance to the Septuagint.
Six volumes (1892-6). Supplement on Proper
Names (1900).
HAZARD Complete Concordance to the American Stand-
ard Bible (1922).
MOULTON AND GEDEN Concordance to the Greek Testa-
ment (1897).
STRONG^-Exhaustive Concordance to the Bible (1894).
STRONG Student's Concordance and Revised Version
(1882).
28 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
THOMS Concordance to the Revised Version of the New
Testament (1883).
YOUNG Analytical Concordance to the Bible. Seventh
edition (1893).
WALKER Comprehensive Concordance to the Bible
(1894).
BOOKS ON OLD TESTAMENT QUOTATIONS
BARTLET AND OTHERS New Testament in the Apostolic
Fathers (1905).
BOEHL Alttestamentliche Citate im Neuen Testament
(1878).
DITTMAR Vetus Testamentum in Novo (1899).
GOUGH New Testament Quotations (compared with
Hebrew and LXX, 1855).
HUHN Die Alttestamentliche Citate, etc. (1900).
JOHNSON The Quotations of the New Testament from
the Old (1896).
McNEiLE Our Lord's Use of the Old Testament (Cam-
bridge Biblical Essays, 1909) .
McFARLAND Jesus and the Prophets (1905).
SCOTT New Testament Quotations.
TAYLOR, C The Gospel in the Law (1869).
TOY Quotations in the New Testament (1884).
TURPIE The Old Testament in the New (1868).
VOLLMER Die Alttestamentlichen Citate bei Paulus
(1895).
INTRODUCTION TO THE NEW TESTAMENT
ALLEN AND GRENSTED Introduction to the Books of
the New Testament (1913).
BACON The Making of the New Testament.
BACON An Introduction to the New Testament (1900).
BALMFORTH The New Testament in the Light of the
Higher Criticism (1904).
GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY 29
EARTH Einleitung in das Neue Testament (1908). 5
Aufl. (1920.)
BELZER Einleitung in das Neue Testament Second edi-
tion (1902).
BLEEK Einleitung in das Neue Testament 4 Aufl.
(1886).
CLEMEN Die Enstehung des Neuen Testament (1906).
2 Aufl. (1919).
COBERN The New Archaeological Discoveries and Their
Bearing on the New Testament. Fifth edition
(1921).
CONYBEARE History of the New Testament Criticism
(1910).
CRUTTWELL Literary History of Early Christianity
(1893).
DAVIDSON, S. Introduction to the New Testament.
Third edition (1894).
DODS Introduction to the New Testament (1894).
FEINE Einleitung in das Neue Testament. 2 Aufl.
(1918).
GARDNER, P. A Historic View of the New Testament
(1901).
GLOAG Introduction to the New Testament. Eour
volumes (1879).
GODET Introduction to the New Testament. (Part I.,
1894 ; Part II., Div. i., 1899) .
GOODSPEED The Story of the New Testament (1915).
GREGORY, C. R. Einleitung in das Neue Testament
1909).
HARNACK History of Early Christian Literature until
Eusebius (1897).
HEINRICI Der literarische Charickter d. Neut Schrif ten
(1908).
HOLTZMAN, H. J. Lehrbuch der historisch-kritischen
Einleitung in das Neue Testament. 3 Aufl, (1892).
JACQUIER Histoire des Livres du Nouveau Testament
Four tomes (1903-8).
SO SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUD?
JACQUIER Etudes de Critique et de Philologie du
Nouveau Testament (1920).
JONES, M. The New Testament in the Twentieth Cen-
tury (1914).
JULICHER An Introduction to the New Testament
(1904).
KERR Introduction to New Testament Study (1892).
KNOPF Einfiihrung in das Neue Testament (1919).
KNOWLING Literary Criticism of the New Testament
(1908).
MCCLYMONT The New Testament and Its Writers
(1893).
MCCLYMONT History and Results of New Testament
Criticism (1913).
MILLIGAN The New Testament Documents. Their
Origin and Early History (1913).
MOFFATT The Historical New Testament (1901).
MOFFATT An Introduction to the Literature of the New
Testament (1911 and 1920).
MOFFATT The Approach to the New Testament (1921).
NASH Higher Criticism of the New Testament (1903).
PEAKE Critical Introduction to the New Testament
(1910).
RAMSAY The Bearing of Recent Discovery on the Trust-
worthiness of the New Testament (1915).
RAMSAY The First Christian Century (1911).
ROBERTSON, J. A. The Hidden Romance of the New
Testament (1920).
SALMON Introduction to the New Testament (1892).
SODEN, H. VON The History of Early Christian Litera-
ture (1906).
STRONG, A. H. Popular Lectures on the Books of the
New Testament (1914).
SYMES The Evolution of the New Testament (1921).
WEISS, B. A Manual of Introduction to the New Testa-
ment. Two volumes (1889). Dritte Aufl. (Berlin,
1897).
GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY 31
WREDE The Origin of the New Testament (1909).
ZAHN An Introduction to the New Testament. Three
volumes (1909).
(The above list includes only the more important of the
comparatively recent books and does not include books
on special problems like the synoptic question only the
New Testament as a whole and does not include books
on the canon, the geography of Palestine and customs of
the people, New Testament Archaeology, which are treated
in the class in Biblical Introduction. New Testament
Criticism, like Old Testament Criticism is formally taught
in the class in Biblical Introduction. For books on the
language of the New Testament and the text of the New
Testament, students are referred to my Grammar of the
Greek New Testament in the Light of Historical Research
and the books on New Testament Textual Criticism.)
NEW TESTAMENT HISTORY AND TIMES
(Books Covering Aspects of the Whole Period.)
ABBOTT Society and Politics in Ancient Rome (1909).
ADAM Religious Teachers of Greece (1908).
ANGUS Environment of Early Christianity (1915).
ARNOLD The Roman System of Provincial Administra-
tion (1906).
BENTWICH Hellenism (1919).
BERGMANN Jiidische Apologetik im neutestamentlichen
Zeitalter (1908).
BOTSFORD Ancient History.
BOTSFORD History of Greece.
BOTSFORD History of Rome.
BOUSSET Die Religion des Judenthums im neutestament-
lichen Zeitalter. 2 Aufl. (1906).
BREASTED Ancient Times: A History of the Ancient
World (1918).
32 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
BREED Preparation of the World for Christ. Second
edition (1893).
BUCHLER Types of Palestinian Piety (1922).
BURY History of the Roman Empire from B. C. 28 to
A. D. 180 (1893).
CASE The Evolution of Early Christianity (1914).
CLEMEN Primitive Christianity and Its Non-Jewish
Sources (1912).
CORNILL History of the People of Israel (1898).
DEISSMANN Light From the Ancient East (1910).
DEWICK Primitive Christian Eschatology (1912).
DILL Roman Society From Nero to Marcus Aurelius
(1905).
DOLLINGER The Gentile and the Jew. Two volumes
(1906).
EDERSHEIM History of the Jewish Nation (1885).
EDERSHEIM Sketches of Jewish Social Life (1876).
EWALD History of Israel. Eight volumes (1876-86).
FARRAR Early Days of Christianity (1882).
FARRER Paganism and Christianity (1891).
FELTEN Neutestamentliche Zeitgeschichte. Two vol-
umes (1910).
FERRERO The Greatness and Decline of Rome.- Five
volumes (1907-9).
FERRERO Characters and Events of Roman History
(1909). ' -
FISHER Beginnings of Christianity. Second edition
(1911).
FOAKES Jackson and Kirsopp Lake The Beginnings of
Christianity (1921- ).
FRIEDLANDER Die religiosen Bewegungen innerhalb des
Judentums in Zeitalter Jesu (1905).
FRIEDLANDER Roman Life and Manners under the Early
Empire. Three volumes (1909-10).
GLOVER Conflict of Religions within the Roman Empire
(1911).
GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY S3
GLOVER Progress in Religion to the Christian Era
(1922).
GRANT The Peasantry of Palestine (1907).
GRATZ Geschichte der Juden. 5 Aufl. (1906).
HALL Historical Setting of the Early Gospel (1912).
HARDY Christianity and the Roman Government (1894).
HARNACK Mission and Expansion of Christianity in the
First Three Centuries. Two volumes (1908).
HAUSRATH History of New Testament Times. Four
volumes (1878-95).
HERFORD Pharisaism (1912).
HOLLMANN The Jewish Religion in the Time of Jesus
(1909).
HOLTZMANN, O. Ncutestamentliche Zeitgeschichte
(1895). 2 Aufl. (1906).
INGE Society in Rome Under the Caesars (1894).
JEREMIAS Babylonisch im Neuen Testament (1904).
KAERST Geschichte des hellenistischen Zeitalters, Two
volumes (1901-9).
KRUGER Hellenismus und Judentum im neutestament-
lichen Zeitalter (1908).
LATIMER Judea From Cyrus to Titus (1899).
LEDRAIN Histoire dTsrael (1892).
LIVINGSTON The Legacy of Greece (1922).
MACKIE Bible Manners and Customs (1898).
MACLEAR Glass Book of New Testament History
(1890).
MAHAFFY Survey of Greek Civilization (1896).
MAHAFFY The Silver Age of the Greek World (1906).
MATHEWS The History of New Testament Times in
Palestine. Second edition (1910).
MOMMSEN History of Rome. Five volumes (1894).
Tl If _ .NX
Jw,fiMMSEN The Provinces of the Roman Empire from
Caesar to Diocletian. Two volumes (1909).
MONROE Source Book of the History of Education for
the Greeks and Romans (1902).
34, SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
MORRISON The Jews Under Roman Rule. Fourth edi-
tion (1899).
ORR Neglected Factors in the Study of the Early Prog-
ress of Christianity (1899).
OTTLEY Short History of the Hebrews in the Roman
Period (1900).
OESTERLEY AND Box The Religion and Worship of the
Synagogue (1907).
PFLEIDERER Primitive Christianity: Its Writings and
Teachings in Their Historical Connections. Three
volumes (1906-10).
PRESSENSE The Ancient World and Christianity.
RADIN The Jews among the Greeks and the Romans
(1915).
RALL New Testament History (1914).
RAMSAY, W. M. The Church in the Roman Empire
(1893).
RAMSAY, W. M. Roads and Travel in the New Testa-
ment (article in Hastings D. B., Volume V.)
RAMSAY The Bearing of Recent Discovery on the Trust-
worthiness of the New Testament (1915).
REITZENSTEIN Die hellenistichen Mysterienreligionen.
RIGGS History of the Jewish People in the Maccabean
and Roman Periods (1900).
ROBERTSON, A. T. Studies in the New Testament
(1915).
SCHURER The Jewish People in the Time of Christ.
Five volumes (1891).
SCHWALM La vie privee du peuple juif a 1'epoque de
Jesus Christ (1910).
SMITH, GEORGE ADAM Historical Geography of the
Holy Land. Fourteenth edition, two volumes
(1908).
STAFFER Palestine in the Time of Christ. Third edition
(1885).
STOBART The Glory That Was Greece (1911).
STOBART The Grandeur That Was Rome (1912).
GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY 35
STRACK UND BILLERBECK Kommentar zum Neuen Tes-
tament aus Talmud und Midrasch (1922).
STREATFIELD Preparing the Way (1919).
TRUMBULL Studies in Oriental Social Life (1907).
TUCKER Life in the Roman World of Nero and St.
Paul (1910).
UHLHORN Conflict of Christianity with Heathenism
(1879).
WADE New Testament History (1922).
WENDLAND Die hellenistisch-romische Kultur in ihren
Beziehungen zu Judentum und Christentum. 3 Aufl.
(1912).
WENLEY Preparation for Christianity in the Ancient
World (1898).
WERNLE Beginnings of Christianity. Two volumes
(1903-4).
THEOLOGY OF THE NEW TESTAMENT
(Merely a Few of the Leading Books on the
Whole Field.)
ALEXANDER System of Biblical Theology (1888).
BERNARD Progress of Doctrine in the New Testament
(1867).
BEYSCHLAG Theology of the New Testament. Two
volumes (1895).
BOVON Theologie du Nouveau Testament. Two vol-
umes (1893-4).
BRUCE The Kingdom of God (1893).
CONE The Gospel and Its Earliest Interpretations. Sec-
ond edition (1894),
ESTES Theology of New Testament (1900).
FAIRBAIRN Studies in Religion and Theology (1910).
FEINE Theologie des Neuen Testaments (1910). 3
Aufl. (1919).
FLETCHER Psychology of the New Testament.
GOULD Biblical Theology of the New Testament (1900).
36 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
HOLTZMANN, H. J. Lehrbuch der Neutestamentiichen
Theologie. Two volumes (1897).
NAIRNE The Faith of the New Testament (1920)'.
SCHLATTER Theologie des Neuen Testaments. Two
volumes (1909-10).
STEVENS The Theology of the New Testament (1899).
^EINEL Biblische Theologie des Neuen Testaments.
Die Religion Jesu und der Urchristentums. 3 Aufl.
(1921).
WEISS, B. Biblical Theology of the New Testament.
Two volumes (1888-9) . 6 Aufl. (1895) .
WEISS, B. The Religion of the New Testament (1904)'.
WERNLE Beginnings of Christianity. Two volumes
(1903-4).
[WIBRICH Juden und Griechen.
HERMENEUTICS, OR INTERPRETATION
BARNES A Companion to Biblical Studies (1916).
BRIGGS A General Introduction to the Study of Holy
Scripture (1899),
CARPENTER The Bible in the Nineteenth Century
(1903).
CAVE Introduction to Theology and Its Literature
(1896).
CLARKE The Use of the Scriptures in Theology (1905).
CLEMEN Religionsgeschichtliche Erklarung des Neuen
Testaments (1909).
DODS The Bible: Its Origin and Nature (1905).
EYSINGA Die hollandische radikale Kritik des Neuen
Testaments (1912).
FARRAR The History of Interpretation (1886).
FARRAR The Messages of the Books (1885).
GILBERT A Short History of the Interpretation o'f the
Bible (1908).
GUNKEL Zum religionsgeschichtlichen Verstandnis des
Neuen Testaments (1903).
GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY 37,
HEFFERN Apology and Polemic in the New Testament
(1922).
IMMER Hermeneutics of the New Testament. Third
edition (1890).
LOCKHART Principles of Interpretation (1900).
MACHLACHLAN The New Testament in the Light of
Modern Knowledge.
MILLIGAN The Expository Value of the Revised Ver-
sion (1916).
MOULTON, J. H. From Egyptian Rubbish Heaps
(1916).
MOULTON, R. G. Literary Interpretation of the Bible
(1899).
NASH History of the Higher Criticism of the New
Testament (1903).
PEAKE The Bible in the Twentieth Century (1910).
SANDAY The Oracles of God. Third edition (1891).
SELWYN The Oracles of the New Testament (1911).
SCOTT, E. F. The Apologetic of the New Testament
(1907).
SCOTT, E. F. New Testament Study (1922).
SELLECK The New Appreciation of the Bible (1907).
SMITH, H. P. Biblical Interpretation (1922).
STODDARD The New Testament in Life and Literature
(1914).
STRONG Popular Lectures on the Books of the New
Testament (1914).
TERRY Biblical Hermeneutics. Third edition (1890).
TORREY How to Study the Bible (1905).
TURNER New Testament Study (1921).
SCHWEITZER The Quest of the Historical Jesus (1910).
^WILLETT AND CAMPBELL The Teachings of the Books
(1899).
EXTRA-CANONICAL EARLY CHRISTIAN LITERATURE
ABBOTT Light on the Gospel from an Ancient Poet
(1912).
38 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
BARDENHEWER Patrologie. Third edition (1910).
BARTLET AND OTHER WRITERS The New Testament in
the Apostolic Fathers (1905).
.CRUTTWELL A Literary History of Early Christianity.
Two volumes (1893),
DONAHOO Apocryphal and Legendary Life of Christ
(1903).
FUNK Patres Apostolici. Second edition (1901).
GEBHARDT, HARNACK AND ZAHN Patrum Apostoli-
corum Opera. Fifth Edition (1906).
GILES Codex Apocryphus Novi Testamenti. Two vol-
umes (1852).
GOODSPEED Index Patristicus (1907).
GRENFELL AND HUNT Logia of Jesus (1897).
GRENFELL AND HUNT New Sayings of Jesus (1904).
GRIFFENHOOFE The Unwritten Sayings of Christ
(1903).
HANDMANN Das Hebraer Evangelium (1888).
HARNACK Geschichte der altchristlichen Literatur bis
Eusebius. Two volumes (1893-1904).
HARNACK UNO FLEMING Ein jiidisch-christliches Psalm-
enbuch aus dem ersten Jahnhundert (1910).
HARRIS The Newly-Recovered Gospel of St. Peter
(1893).
HARRIS The Odes and Psalms of Solomon (1909).
HASE New Testament Parallels in Buddhistic Literature
(1907).
HENNECKE Handbuch zu den Neutestamentlichen
Apokryphen (1904).
HILL The Earliest Life of Christ Ever Compiled from
the Four Gospels, Being the Diatessaron of Tatian
(1894).
HONE Apocryphal New Testament (1820).
HORDER Newly Found Words of Jesus (1905).
KLEIN Die alteste Christliche Kateschismus und die
jiidische Propaganda-Literatur (1909).
KNOPF Das nachapostolische Zeitalter (1905).
GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY 39
KRUGER History of Early Christian Literature in the
First Three Centuries (1897).
LIGHTFOOT The Apostolic Fathers. Three volumes
(1885-90).
LOCK AND SANDAY Two Lectures on the Sayings of
Jesus (1897).
NICHOLSON The Gospel According to the Hebrews.
ORR The New Testament Apocryphal Writings (1904).
PICK The Extra-Canonical Life of Christ (1903).
PICK Paralipomena : Remains of Gospels and Sayings
of Christ (1908).
PICK Apocryphal Acts of Paul, Peter, John, Andrew
and Thomas (1909).
PORTER Messages of the Apocalyptical Writers.
PREUSCHEN Antilegomena : Die Reste der ausserkanon-
ischer Evangelien und urchristlichen Ueberliefer-
ungen. 2 Aufl. (1905).
RESCH Aussercanonische Paralleltexte zu den Evange-
lien (1893).
RESCH Agrapha. 2 Aufl. (1906).
ROPES Die Spriiche Jesu die in den kanonischen Evan-
gelien nicht uberliefert sind (1896).
SCHAFF, P. The Teaching of the Twelve Apostles.
Third edition (1890),
SCHLECHT Doctrina XII Apostolorum (1901).
SWETE- The Apocryphal Gospel of St. Peter (1893).
SWETE Patristic Study (1902).
TAYLOR, C. The Oxyrhynchus Logia and the Apocryphal
Gospels (1899).
TAYLOR, C. The Oxyrhynchus Sayings of Jesus Found
in 1903 (1905).
WALKER English Translation of the Apocrypha of the
New Testament (Volume VIII Ante Nicene
Fathers) .
WHITE, EVELYN The Sayings of Jesus from Oxyrhyn-
chus (1922).
ZAHN Tatian's Diatessaron (1881).
PART I: THE INTERBIBLICAL
HISTORY
(400 B. C. TO B. C. 6 OR 5}
PART I: THE INTERBIBLICAL'
HISTORY
(400 B, C. to B. C. 6 or 5.)
The text-books used in connection with this part of the
Syllabus are Josephus, the Apocrypha of the Old Testa-
ment, and the Pseudepigrapha. The picture is drawn
from the original sources. Free use of the best books on
the period is advised, and such books are pointed out at
the proper place. Copious lectures are given with each
lesson, showing the inner development of the history. A
knowledge of ancient history is assumed in this study of
the interbiblical history of the Jews. One is supposed to
have some acquaintance with the outstanding features in
the history of Egypt, Assyria, Babylonia, Greece and
Rome as well as of the Old Testament. A selected bibli-
ography is given.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
THE OLD TESTAMENT APOCRYPHA AND PSEUDEPIGRAPHA
i
ANDRE Les Apocryphes de 1'ancien Testament (1903).
ANDREWS Apocryphal Books of the Old and New Testa-
ments (1908).
BAGSTER AND SONS The Apocrypha. Including III and
IV Maccabees.
BALL Ecclestiastical or Deutero-canonical Books of the
Old Testament (1892).
BENSLEY AND JAMES Fourth Esdras (1895).
BERRYMANN Jiidische Apocalyptik im neutestament-
lichen Zeitalter (1908).
43
44 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY.
BISSELL The Apocrypha of the Old Testament (Lange
Comm.) (1890).
BONWETSCH Das slavishe Henochbuch (1896).
BOUSSET Die jiidische Apocalyptik (1903).
BOUSSET Die Religion des Judentums im neutestament-
lichen Zeitalter (1903).
Box The Ezra- Apocalypse (1912).
BURKITT Jewish and Christian Apocalypses ( 1914) .
BUTTWEISER Outline of the Neo-Hebraic Apocalyptic
Literature (1901).
CHARLES Eschatology (1899).
CHARLES The Book of Enoch. Second edition (1912).
CHARLES The Apocalypse of Baruch (1896).
CHARLES The Assumption of Moses (1897).
CHARLES The Ascension of Isaiah (1900).
CHARLES The Book of Jubilees (1902).
CHARLES The Testaments of the Twelve Patriarchs
(1908).
CHARLES Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha of the Old
Testament. Two volumes (1913).
CHARLES Religious Development Between the Old and
the New Testaments (1914).
CHARLES A Critical History of the Doctrine of the
Future Life in Israel, in Judaism and in Christianity.
CHOWLSON Beitrage zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des
Judenthums (1910).
CHURTON The Uncanonical and Apocryphal Books.
CHURTON AND OTHERS The Apocryphal Books. .With
brief commentary (1880).
COOK The Fathers of Jesus. (1886).
CONRAD Die religiosen und sittlichen Anschauungen der
alttestamentlichen Apokryphen und Pseudepigraphen
(1907).
DAUBNEY The Use of the Apocrypha in the Christian
Church (1900). ;
DAUBNEY The Three Additions to Daniel (1906).
DANZIGER Jewish Forerunners of Jesus (1904).
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 45
DEANE The Book of Wisdom (1881).
DEANE Pseudepigrapha (1891).
DUFF I and II Esdras.
FAIRWEATHER AND BLACK The First Book of Macca-
bees (1897).
FAIRWEATHER I and II Maccabees.
FRITZSCHE UND GRIMM Kurzgefasstes exegetisches
Handbuch zu den Apokryphen des A. T. Three
volumes (1851-9).
GEFFCKEN Die Oracula sibyllina (1902).
GEFFCKEN Komposition und Entstehungszeit der Orac-
ula sibyllina (1902).
GOODRICK The Book of Wisdom (1913).
GREGG The Wisdom of Solomon.
GRESSMANN Israelitische jiidische Eschatologie (1905).
HARRIS Odes and Psalms of Solomon (1910).
HART Ecclesiasticus in Greek (1909).
HARWELL The Principal Versions of Baruch (1915).
HOLLMANN The Jewish Religion in the Time of Jesus
(1909).
HOLSCHER Kanonisch und Apokryph (1905).
HOLTZMANN Die jiidische Schriftgelehrsamkeit zur Zeit
Jesu (1901).
HUGHES Ethics of Jewish Apocryphal Literature
(1910).
ISSAVERDENS The Uncanonical Writings of the Old
Testament.
KABISCH Das Vierte Buch Ezra ( 1889) .
KAUTZSCH Die Apokryphen und Pseudepigraphen des
A. T. Two volumes (1900).
KEIL Kommentar fiber die Biicher der Makkabaer
(1875).
MARTIN Le Livre d'Henoch (1907).
MONTEFIORE The Wisdom of Solomon (1887).
MONTEFIORE Aspects of Judaism (1895).
MOORE Judaism at the Beginning of the Christian Era
(1916).
46 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
MORFILL AND CHARLES The Book of the Secrets of
Enoch (1896).
NELSON'S SONS Old Testament Apocrypha. Revised
English Version (1895).
OESTERLEY Ecclesiastictis (1912).
OESTERLEY The Religion and Worship of the Synagogue
(1907).
OESTERLEY The Books of the Apocrypha (1914).
OESTERLEY Doctrinal Teaching of the Apocrypha
(1914).
OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS The Apocrypha. Revised
(1896).
PHILIPPI Das Buch Henoch (1868).
RYLE AND JAMES Psalms of the Pharisees (1891).
SAYCE Tobit and the Babylonian Apocryphal Writings.
SCHECHTER Studies in Judaism ( 1908) .
SCHMIDT Ecclesiasticus.
SCHODDE Book of Jubilees.
SEDGWICK The Story of the Apocrypha.
SMEND Die Weisheit des Jesus Sirach. Two volumes
(1906).
SNELL The Value of the Apocrypha.
STEVENSON Wisdom and the Jewish Apocryphal Writ-
ings (1903).
SWETE Greek Text of the Apocrypha. Old Testament
in Greek. Three volumes (1895-1907).
SWETE An Introduction to the Old Testament in Greek.
Revised edition by Ottley (1914).
TERRY The Sibylline Oracles (1899).
THACKERAY The Septuagint and Jewish Worship
(1921).
THOMSON Books which Influenced Our Lord.
VAGANAY Le Probleme eschat. dans le IV Livre
d'Esdras (1907).
VIOLET Die Ezra-Apokalypse. Teil I (1910).
VITEAU AND MARTIN Les Psaumes de Salomon (1910).
VOLTZ Jiidische Eschatologie. A
JHE INTEBBIBLICAL HISTORY 47
VOLKMAR Einleitung in die Apokryphen.
WAGE Apocrypha. With Commentary. Two volumes
(1888).
WAHL Clavis librorum veteris testamenti apocryphorum
philologica (1853).
WESTCOTT Introduction to the Four Gospels (1875) .
WINTER UNO WUNSCHE Die judische Literatur seit
Abschluss des Canon.
ZOCKLER Apokryphen.
SINGER The Jewish Encyclopaedia. Twelve volumes
(1901-6).
PHILO
AALL Der Logos (1899).
BENTWICH Philo- Judaeus of Alexandria (1910).
BREHIER Les idees philosophiques et religieuses de
Philon d'Alexandrie ( 1908) .
BUCHER Philonische studien.
COHN Einteilung und Chronologic der Schriften Philos.
COHN AND WENDLAND Philonis Alexandrini Opera quae
supersunt. Greek text (1896).
CONYBEARE Philo about the Contemplative Life (1895).
DELAUNAY Philo d'Alexandrie. Second edition (1870).
DRUMMOND Philo Judseus : or, The Jewish-Alexandrian
Philosophy in Its Development and Completion.
Two volumes (1888).
FRANKEL Ueber den Einfluss der palastinenischen Exe-
gese auf die Alexandrinische Hermeneutik.
GFRORER Philo und die Alexandrinische Theosophie
(1831).
GUTHRIE The Message of Philo-Judseus of Alexandria
(1909).
GUYOT Les reminiscences de Philon ches Plotin (1906) .
HERRIOT Philon le Juif (1898).
JAMES Biblical Antiquities of Philo (1917).
KENNEDY Philo's Contribution to Religion (1919).
SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
KRUGER Philo und Josephus als Apologeten des Juden-
tums (1906).
NAIRNE The Alexandrine Gospel (1917).
PARIS (MANGEY) Edition of Philo's Works in the
Greek Text (1852).
REVILLE Le Logos d'apres Philon (1877).
RITTER Philo und die Halacha (1879).
RYLE Philo and Holy Scripture.
SIEGFRIED Philo von Alexandria (1875).
TAUCHNITZ Edition of the Greek Text.
WINDISCH Die Frommigheit Philos und ihre Bedeutung
fur das Christentum (1909).
YONGE Philo Judaeus. Complete works. Four volumes
in Bohn Library 1854-5. One volume Macmillan,
same date.
See also various works on Greek philosophy and the
articles on Philo in dictionaries, cyclopaedias and quar-
terlies, in particular Singer, The Jewish Encyclopaedia.
JOSEPHUS
BENTWICH Josephus (1914).
BERENDTS Die Zeugnisse von Christentum im Slavfsdien
de Bello Judaico des Josephus (1906).
BLOCH Die Quellen des Flavius Josephus (i879).
BOETTGER Topographisch-historisches Lexicon zu den
Schriften des Flavius Josephus (1879).
DESTINON Die Chronologic des Josephus (1880).
DESTINON Die Quellen des Josephus (1882).
DUSCHAK Josephus und die Tradition (1864).
HOLSCHER Die Quellen des Josephus (1904).
KRENKEL Josephus und Lukas (1894).
KRUGER Philo und Josephus als Apologeten des Juden-
tums (1906).
LAQUEUR Der jiidische Historiker Flavius Josephus
(1920).
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 49
MARGOLIOUTH Whiston's Translation of Josephus.
Edited with notes (1906).
MULLER Des Flavius Josephus Schrif t gegen den Apion
(1877).
NIESE Flavii Josephi Opera cum apparatu critico. Greek
text. Seven volumes (1887-95).
NIESE Flavii Josephi Opera. Editio Minor. Six vol-
umes.
NUSSBAUM Observationen in Flavius Josephus (1875).
OLITZKI Flavius Josephus und die Halacha (1885).
SCHLATTER Die hcbraischen Namen bei Josephus
(1913).
SCHMIDT, W. De Flavii Josephi elocutione (1894).
SHILLETO Whiston's Translation Revised. Five vol-
umes (1889-90).
TRAILL Josephus.
WHISTON Standard Translation.
THE TALMUD
ABRAHAMS Studies in Pharisaism (1917).
ABELSON Jewish Mysticism (1912).
ABELSON The Immanence of God in Rabbinic Litera-
ture (1912).
BAECK Das Wesen des Judenthums (1905). 2 Aufl.
(1922).
BARCLAY The Talmud (1878).
BENNETT The Mishna as Illustrating the Gospel (1912).
BERGMANN Jiidische Apologetik im neutestamentlichen
Zeitalter (1908).
BERNFELD Das Talmud: seine Bedeutung und seine
Geschichte.
BISHOFF Jesus und die Rabbinen (1905).
BOHL Forschungen nach einer Volksbibel zur Zeit Jesu.
BOUSSET Die Religion des Judentums in neutestament-
lichen Zeitalter ( 1903 ) .
50 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
BOUSSET Jesu Predigt in ihren Gegensatz zum Juden-
tum (1892).
BRAUNSCHWEIGER Die Lehrer der Mischnah (1890).
BRODY Anthologia Hebraica (1922).
BUCHLER Das galilaische 'Am-ha-'Aretz (1906).
BUXTORF Lexicon Chaldaicum Talmudicum et Rabbini-
cum (1640).
COOK The Fathers of Jesus (1886).
DANZIGER Jewish Forerunners of Jesus (1904).
DELITZSCH Hillel and Jesus (1867).
DELITZSCH Talmudische Studien.
DUSCHAK Die Moral der Evangelien und des Talmud
(1877).
FRIEBIG Talmud und Theologie (1903).
FRIEDLANDER Rabbinic Philosophy and Ethics (1912).
FRIEDLANDER Die religiosen Bewegungen innerhalb des
Judentums im Zeitalter Jesu (1905).
GEIGER Das Judenthum und seine Geschichte.
GOLDSCHMIDT Der Babylonische Talmud (1897).
HALPER Post-Biblical Hebrew Literature (1921).
HAMBURGER Real-Encyclopadie fur Bibel und Talmud
(1883).
HERFORD Christianity in Talmud and Midrash (1903).
HERFORD Pharisaism (1912).
HERSHON The Treasures of the Talmud. '
KOHLER Grundriss einer systematischen Theologie des
Judentums auf geschichtliche Grundlage (1910).
LAIBLE Jesus Christus im Talmud (1900).
LIGHTFOOT, J. Horse Hebraicae et Talmudicae in 4 Evan-
gelia (1663-1678).
MIELZINIER Introduction to the Talmud. Second edi-
tion (1903).
MONTEFIORE Aspects of Judaism (1895).
MONTEFIORE The Religious Teaching of Jesus (1910).
MONTEFIORE Judaism and St. Paul (1915).
NICOLAS Les doctrines religieuses des Juifs pendant les
deux siecles anterieures a 1'ere chretienne (1860).
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 51
OESTERLEY Religion and Worship of the Synagogue
(1907).
PETERS Wit and Wisdom of the Talmud (1900).
PICK What is the Talmud? (1887).
PICK Jesus and the Talmud (1913).
PICK The Cabala: Its Influence on Christianity and
Judaism (1913).
RABBINOWICZ Kritische Uebersicht der Gesammt und
Einzelausgabe des Babylonischen Talmuds seit 1484.
Twenty-six volumes (1880-6).
RAGSPORT Tales and Maxims from the Talmud
(1910).
RAPHALL The Mishna.
REIZENSTEIN, JENMI Rabbinic Wisdom (1921).
ROBERTSON, A. T. The Pharisees and Jesus (1920).
ROBINSON The Evangelists and the Mishna (1859).
RODKINSON English Translation of the Babylonian Tal-
mud (1898).
SCHECHTER Studies in Judaism (1908).
SCHECHTER Some Aspects of Rabbinic Theology
(1909).
SCHOTTGEN Horse Hebraicse et Talmudicae (1733).
SCHWAB Le Talmud de Jerusalem (1871).
STAFFER Les idees religieuses en Palestine a Tepoque de
Jesus Christ (1878).
STRACK Einleitung in den Talmud. 4 Aufl. (1908) .
STRACK Jesus, die Haretiker und die Christen nach den
altesten Auf gaben (1910).
STRACK UND BILLERBECK Kommentar zum Neuen
Testament aus Talmud und Midrasch (1922).
SURENHUSIUS Mishnah.
TAYLOR, C Sayings of the Jewish Fathers (1897). Ap-
pendix (1900).
THEIN Der Talmud.
TAUCHUMA Midrash.
WEBER Die Lehre des Talmud (1880).
WEBER Jiidische Theologie auf Grund des Talmud und
,52 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
verwandter Schriften gemeinfasslich dargestellt. 2
Aufl. (1897).
WETSTEIN Novum Testamentum Grsecum.
WUNSCHE Der Jerusalemische Talmud.
WUNSCHE Bibliotheca Rabbinica.
See in particular : SINGER The Jewish Encyclopedia.
THE TARGUMS
For the various Targums (Jerusalem, Jonathan, Joseph,
Onkelos) see
BERLINER Targum Onkelos.
DUSCHAK Der Moral der Evangelien und des Talmud.
FRANKEL Targum der Propheten.
SINGER Onkelos und seine Verhaltnis zur Halacha.
SINGER The Jewish Encyclopaedia.
HANDBOOKS ON THE INTERBIBLIGAL PERIOD
BEVAN Jerusalem Under the High Priests (1904).
CHEYNE Religious Life After the Exile.
CONDER The Hebrew Tragedy (1900).
FAIR WEATHER From the Exile to the Advent (1895).
FAIRWEATHER The Background of the Gospels (1909).
GARNER Connection of Sacred History (1880).
GRANT Between the Testaments (1908).
GREGG Between the Testaments (1908).
HUNTER After the Exile. Two volumes (1890).
HUNTINGTON Palestine and Its Transformation (1911).
KENT Makers and Teachers of Judaism (1911).
KRUGER Hellenismus und Judentum im neutestament-
lichen Zeitalter (1908).
LATIMER Judea from Cyrus to Titus (1899).
MACLEAR Class Book of New Testament History
(1890).
MADDEN Coins of the Jews (1881).
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 53
MATHEWS A History of New Testament Times in
Palestine. Second edition (1910).
MORRISON The Jews Under Roman Rule. Fourth edi-
tion (1899).
OTTLEY A Short History of the Hebrews to the Roman
Period (1901).
PAULUS Les Juifs avant le Messie (1905).
PRIDEAUX Connection Between the Old and the New-
Testaments. Two volumes (1858).
RAE Connection Between the Old and the New Testa-
ments (1904).
RAPHAEL Post-Biblical History of the Hebrews (1886).
REDFORD Four Centuries of Silence (1885).
RIGGS History of the Jewish People in the Maccabean
and the Roman Periods (1900).
SCHLATTER Israels Geschichte von Alexander dem
Grosse bis Hadrian (1901).
SCHURER The Jewish People in the Time of Christ.
Five volumes (1891).
SKINNER Historical Connection Between the Old and
the New Testaments.
SMITH, GEORGE ADAM Jerusalem from the Earliest
Times to A. D. 70. Two volumes (1908).
TOY Judaism and Christianity (1890).
WADDY-MOSS From Malachi to Matthew (1899).
WISE History of the Hebrew Second Commonwealth
(1880).
LESSON I: IN THE PERSIAN PERIOD
(B. C. 40Q-B. C. 331.)
1. Periods of the Interbiblical History:
(a) Persian Period, B. C. 536 to B. C. 331 ; beginning
of Interbiblical History uncertain, about B. C.
400.
(b) Greek Period, B. C. 331 to B. C. 167.
54 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
(c) Maccabean Period, B. C. 167 to B. C. 63.
(d) Roman Period, B. C. 63 to B. C. 5, when Jesus
was born. The Roman rule continued till A. D.
70, when the nation of the Jews perished with
the destruction of Jerusalem.
For a full treatment of the sources of our knowledge
of the Interbiblical History and the literature
thereon see SCHURER History of the Jewish People
in the Time of Jesus, Div. I., Vol. I., pp. 1-166.
2. The Jews still under Persian Rule, down to B. C. 331.
Read Josephus' Antiquities, Book XL, chapter vii.
General contents of each of the four works of Jose-
phus (War, Antiquities, Life, Against Apion).
Note especially sketch of his own life. Name the
books in the Apocrypha. Read the Book of Tobit
(Apocrypha) .
See further on Tobit, SCHURER History of the Jew-
ish People, Div. II., Vol. III., pp. 37-44.
LIST OF PERSIAN RULERS
Cyrus, B. C. 536-529.
Cambyses, B. C. 529-522.
Darius Hystaspis, B. C. 522-486.
Xerxes, B. C. 486-465.
Artaxerxes, B. C. 465-425.
Xerxes II., B. C., 425.
Darius Nothus, B. C. 425-405.
Artaxerxes Mnemon, B. C. 405-359.
Ochus, B. C. 359-338.
Arses, B. C. 338-336.
Darius, B. C. 336-331.
LIST OF HIGH PRIESTS DURING PERSIAN PERIOD OF THE
INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY
Eliashib (time of Nehemiah, B. C. 445). Exact years
not known. A Sanballat in time of Nehemiah.
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 55
Joiada. Exact years not known.
Jonathan, B. C 405-359.
Jaddua, B. C 359-331. Latest name in Old Testament
(Neh. 12:11 f.). Close of Old Testament canon
and history. A Sanballat in Josephus in time of
Jaddua.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON PERSIAN PERIOD
BENJAMIN Persia (Story of Nations Series, 1888).
BUDGE Babylonian Life and History (1888).
Cox The Greeks and the Persians (1876).
KENT The Babylonian, Persian and Greek Periods
(1899).
RAGOZIN Media (Story of the Nations Series, 1887).
RAGOZIN Chaldsea (Story of the Nations Series, 1886).
STAVE Ueber den Einfluss des Parsismus auf den
Judenthum.
Cf. also GOODSPEED History of Ancient World;
MEYER Ancient History; RAWLINSON Ancient Mon-
archies ; SAYCE Ancient Empires.
LESSON II: IN THE GREEK PERIOD
(B. C. 331-167)
Alexander and the Ptolemies (B. C. 331-198)
1. Three divisions :
(a) The reign of Alexander over the Jews B. C.
331-323. Alexander was recognized B. C. 336
as king by the Congress at Corinth. Reigned
in all twelve years and eight months.
(b) Under the Ptolemies, B. C. 320-198. Interval of
three years after the death of Alexander before
Ptolemy Soter conquered Jerusalem.
(c) Under the Seleucid Kings, B. C. 198-167. Seleu-
56 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
cid line from Seleucus Nicator. Seleucid Era
began in Syria, B. C. 312.
2. The Jews under Alexander :
Josephus, Antiquities, Book XI., ch. viii. Cf. Dan. 8
and 11:2-4.
3. The Jews under the Ptolemies :
Origin of the Septuagint Josephus, Antiquities, Book
XII., ch. i., 1-iii, 2 (skipping sections 8-10 in ch. ii.)
For further study consult WHEELER'S Alexander the
Great and some Bible dictionary on the subject of the
Septuagint and SCHURER History, etc., Div. II., Vol.
III., pp. 159-195.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON ALEXANDER THE GREAT
ARRIAN Anabasis of Alexander.
CHURCH A Young Macedonian in the Service of Alex-
ander.
CURTEIS Rise of the Macedonian Empire (1879).
CURTIUS Life of Alexander.
DROYSEN Geschichte Alexanders des Grosses (1880).
DROYSEN Geschichte des Hellenismus. Second edition
(1870).
HOGARTH Philip and Alexander (1897).
MAHAFFY The Story of Alexander's Empire' (1899).
MAHAFFY Progress of Hellenism in Alexander's Em-
pire (1905).
MAHAFFY Greek Life and Thought from Alexander to
the Roman Conquest (1887).
MULLER Scriptores rerum Alexandri Magni (1877).
PLUTARCH Sketch of Alexander in his "Lives."
SCHREIBER Studien uber das Bildness des Grossen Alex-
anders.
WALLIS-BRIDGE Life and Exploits of Alexander
(1896).
WENDLAND Die hellenistisch-Romische Kultur. 3 Aufl.
(1912).
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 57
WHEELER Alexander the Great ( 1900) .
WILLIAMS Life of Alexander the Great.
See also BOTSFORD History of Greece ; BURY -History
of Greece ; GULICK Lif e of the Ancient Greeks ; GROTE,
MYERS, etc.
BOOKS ON THE PTOLEMAIC ERA
BOUCHE-LECLERQ Histoire des Lagides. Four volumes
(1903-7).
HULTSCH Die ptolemaischen Miinz-und Rechnungs-
wiiste.
MAHAFFY The Empire of the Ptolemies (1895).
MAHAFFY History of Egypt Under Ptolemaic Dynasty
(1899).
MEYER Das Heerwesen der Ptolemaer und Romer in
Aegypten (1900).
MILNE History of Egypt Under Roman Rule (1890).
STEINER Der Fiskus der Ptolemaer (1913).
STRACK Die Dynastie der Ptolemaer (1897).
See the various histories of Egypt : BREASTED History
of the Ancient Egyptians ; PETRIE History of Egypt, etc.
BOOKS ON THE SEPTUAGINT
Text
SWETE The Old Testament in Greek. Three volumes.
Second edition (1899).
The fuller Cambridge edition of the Greek text is now
appearing.
Concordance and Grammar
HATCH AND REDPATH (1896).
HELBING Grammatik der Septuaginta. Laut-und Wort-
lehre (1907).
58 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
THACKERAY A Grammar of the Old Testament in
Greek. Vol. I. (1909).
Special Books
CHURTON The Influence of the Septuagint upon the
Progress of Christianity (1861).
DEISSMANN Bible Studies (1901).
HATCH Essays in Biblical Greek (1892).
KENNEDY Sources of New Testament Greek (1895).
OTTLEY Handbook to the Septuagint (1920).
SWETE Introduction to the Old Testament in Greek.
Second edition (1914).
LIST OF PTOLEMAIC KINGS (EGYPTIAN CAPITAL AT
ALEXANDRIA)
Ptolemy Soter, B. C. 323-285.
Ptolemy Philadelphus, 285-247 (translation of the LXX
begun) .
Ptolemy Euergetes I., B. C. 247-222.
Ptolemy Philopator, B. C. 222-205.
Ptolemy Epiphanes, B. C. 205-181.
Ptolemy Philometor, B. C. 181-146.
Ptolemy Euergetes II., B. C. 170-116 (jointly with
Physcon, or Ptolemy Philometor, till B. C. 146).
Ptolemy Lathyrus, B. C. 116-107.
Ptolemies Alexander and Cleopatra, B. C. 107-80.
Ptolemy Auletes, B. C. 80-51 (exiled for three years).
Ptolemies Dionysius and Cleopatra, B. C. 51-30.
(Death of Antony and Cleopatra. Under Roman
domination.)
LESSON III: IN THE GREEK PERIOD (CONT.) :
SELEUCID RULE
1. The Jews under the Greek (Seleucid) Kings of An-
tioch (B. C. 198-167) :
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 59
Jos., Ant., Book XII., ch. iii., 3 : eh. iv., 5, 10 and 11.
Important dates here : Antiochus the Great was
beaten by Ptolemy Philopator at Raphia (near
Gaza) in B. C. 217. Antiochus takes Jerusalem
B. C. 203. Scopas, general of Ptolemy Epiphanes,
got back Judea in B. C. 199, but Antiochus the
Great defeated Scopas at Panium in B. C. 198, and
recovered Jerusalem and Judea, for some time a
football between Egypt and Syria. One hundred
and twenty-two years of Ptolemaic rule are now
over. The Romans conquered Antiochus the Great
in B. C. 190, near Magnesia (close to Ephesus).
Downfall of Hannibal came also. Antiochus lost all
of Asia Minor west of the Taurus Mountains. The
Romans thus gained a foothold in Asia. III. Macca-
bees, of uncertain date, either first century A. D. or
B. C., is a rhetorical account of a visit of Ptolemy
Philopator to Jerusalem and of his persecution of
the Jews of Alexandria. The book has no histo-
rical value, but is worth looking at as a story
simply.
2. Wisdom of the Son of Sirach (Ecclesiasticus) .
Read, besides Prologue, especially chapters 1, 2, 24-26,
38 and 39, 44-51. Observe teachings as to women,
physicians, scribes, immortality,. Messiah ( ?) . Your
estimate of the book. Sayings that strike you.
3. Date of the Original and of the Translation.
(a) Original work was after Simon the High Priest,
the Son of Onias (ch. 50: 1). Two men of
this title, both sons of an Onias (Simon I. and
Simon II.). One of them died B. C. 287 and
the other 198. The newly-discovered Hebrew
text is fairly good Biblical Hebrew, reenforc-
ing argument for early date, if a genuine orig-
inal text. An enormous Ecclesiasticus litera-
ture has appeared since the discovery of this
Hebrew text. See list in Presbyterian and Re-
60 SYLLABtTS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
formed Review for July, 1900, in article by
Robert Dick Wilson. It was written after one
of these dates (287 or 198) , and most likely the
first one. How long after the first it was writ-
ten is not known.
(b) Original work was before the Maccabean strug-
gle, B. C. 167. It does not mention the Macca-
bees in the list of worthies (chs. 44-50), and
stops with Simon; so between 287 and 167
B.C.
(c) Translator into Greek says in the Prologue that
he came to Egypt in the thirty-eighth year of
Ptolemy Euergetes. Here again we are in
doubt, for two Ptolemies had this name. But
only the second (170-116) reigned that long,
in conjunction with Philometor. However, it
is possible that the translator means to say in
his own thirty-eighth year under (epi) Euer-
getes. Either is possible. Still the second
Ptolemy has the best of the argument. Cf.
1 Mace. 13 : 42 ; 14 : 27, for similar use of epi.
If so, then he made this trip 132 B. C. He
stayed there some time and translated the book
about B. C. 130. But it was originally written
in Hebrew by his grandfather, Jesus. Possibly
the original work was written between B. C.
250 and 170. But, whether written during the
Ptolemaic or the Seleucid period, it is a picture
of Jewish life and doctrine in Palestine.
See further SCHURER History, etc., Div. II., Vol. III.,
pp. 23-32.
FURTHER BOOKS ON ECCLESIASTICUS
COWLEY AND NEUBAUER The Original Hebrew of a
Portion of Ecclesiasticus.
GENUNG The Hebrew Literature of Wisdom (1906)*
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 61
HART Ecclesiasticus in Greek (1909).
KENT -The Wise Men of Israel and their Proverbs.
OESTERLEY The Wisdom of Jesus the Son of Sirach or
Ecclesiasticus (1912).
ROOT The Profit of the Many.
SANDERS Messages of the Sages (1915).
SCHECTER AND TAYLOR The Wisdom of Ben-Sira.
LIST OF THE SELEUCID KINGS (SYRIAN CAPITAL AT
ANTIOCH)
Seleucus Nicator, 312-280.
Antiochus Soter, 280-261.
Antiochus Theos, 261-246.
Seleucus Callinicus, 246-226.
Seleucus Ceraunus, 226-223.
* Antiochus the Great, 223-187. Cf . Hannibal and the
Scipios.
Seleucus Philopator, 187-175.
Antiochus Epiphanes, 175-164.
Antiochus Eupator, 164-162.
Demetrius Soter, 162-150.
Alexander Balas, 150-145.
Demetrius Nicator, 145-138, first reign.
Antiochus Sidetes VI., 138-128, Tryphon as guard-
ian.
Demetrius Nicator, 128-125, second reign.
Seleucus V. succeeded to the throne, but was murdered
directly.
Antiochus Grypus, 125-113.
Antiochus Cyzicenus, 113-95.
During 111-96 Antiochus Grypus wrested part of Syria
away from Cyzicenus.
Antiochus Eusebes, 95-83, throne not secure.
Tigranes, 83-69.
i
*Two lines of descent, hence from Antiochus's sons that are
very confusing.
62 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
Antiochus Asiaticus, 69-65. Pompey then makes Syria
a Roman province.
Cf. BEVAN The House of Seleucus (two volumes,
1902).
BOUCHE-LECLERQ Histoire des Seleucidae (1913)1
GARDNER The Seleucid Kings of Syria (1878).
LIST OF JEWISH HIGH PRIESTS DURING THE GREEK PERIOD
TILL OFFICE PASSES TO THE MACCABEES
Onias I., B. C. 331-299.
Simon I., the Just, B. C. 299-287. Time of the so-
called Great Synagogue.
Eleazar, B. C. 287-266. (Reputed translation of the
LXX. begun.)
Manasseh, B. C. 266-240.
Onias II., B. C. 240-227.
Simon II., B. C. 226-198.
Onias III., B. C. 198-175.
Jason, B. C. 175-172.
Menelaus, B. C. 172-162.
Alcimus, B. C. 162-160.
Vacant for seven years, till 153, when Jonathan Macca-
baeus was made High Priest by Alexander Balas,
See further on Jewish priesthood and temple worship^
SCHURER History, etc., Div. II., Vol. I., pp. 207-305.
LESSON IV: FIRST LESSON IN THE
MACCABEAN PERIOD
(Beginning of the Maccabean Revolt, B. C. 167-166)
I. Mace., chs. i., ii. ; II. Mace. chs. iv.-vii.; Josephus,
Ant, Book XII., ch. v., 5. Cf. Dan. viii., 20-26; and ch.
xi. The first part of the lesson is really in the Seleucid
era, but is preparatory to the uprising. Four lessons on
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 63
this Period. Josephus and the two Maccabean books here
overlap and supplement each other. Group the events
around the following outline. r tKere were undoubtedly
four expeditions of Antiochus Epiphanes against Egypt,
though it is difficult to divide accurately the accounts in
Josephus and L and II. Mace. But a working hypothesis
is presented in the OUTLINE.
1. Antiochus Epiphanes and his efforts to Hellenize the
Jews. Maneuvers of Jason and Menelaus. B. C.
175-172. I. Mace, i., 1-15; II. Mace. iv.
2. Antiochus going against Egypt and defeating the
Egyptians at Pelusium. B. C. 171. I. Mace, i., 16-
18.
3. In B. C. 170 he makes a second expedition against
Egypt. Outcome and why. Effect on Jerusalem.
I. Mace, i., 19-28 ; II. Mace, v., 1-23. II. Mace, con-
fuses to some extent the events of the second and
fourth expeditions.
4. In B. C. 169 Antiochus makes a third expedition
against Egypt. Reason for failure. Cf . Livy xiv.,
11 ; Polybius xxix., 10 and 11. The Jews in Alex-
andria forced Antiochus Epiphanes to retire from
Alexandria. They had heard of his conduct at Jeru-
salem the year before and were ready to help drive
him away from Alexandria.
5. In B. C. 168 he makes his fourth expedition against
Egypt. Reason for failure, and his subsequent con-
duct towards Jerusalem. I. Mace, i., 29-64; II.
Mace, v., 24-26; Dan. viii., 20-26, and ix., 27; xi.,
21-45 ;cf. Livy xlv., 12.
6. Mission of Athenaeus to Jerusalem to carry out the
decree of Antiochus, and the way he was received.
Eleazar, the mother and her seven sons. II. Mace,
vi. and vii.
7. Behavior of the Samaritans in this crisis. Jos., Ant.,
Book XII., ch. v., 5.
64 ^YLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
5?
cn
.0"*
a
55
O
CO
S
ra .
rf d 1
^ *5 -
U 5M
Nl
HH
II
o .
~~gtx
Wvo
Pi
< U .
<
y^S
C/5
W
W
H
^2w M
W
O
a
o
s s"!
m
^
i^
PQO\
^^
X
u
s
H
M 13
u
II
^
o
O
01
3
t/5
M
fcj
W
52;
-i
vo
f^
^
|o
W
_u
w
o
m
~s^
01?
l-3
W
.a
-S M
S 10
"
< rt
S-d
<
-Iri
w
P!r 5 c>j
Q II
g "-
at
< w
I s
o
u
rt
\^
1
HH
> .
~g3 g
^ 1
O 7
&cJ " g
" ^r 5
. i
11
P$ &pq
c/3 a 5 a
1 . O *5 < W
p g 55 H
.U
ri
m
go
u
^. |s"~
o 3-3-S-g-
ffi w <" & 1
~ls
>.\o
O.T, M IJ' (-4
go ^ H
g- "- M o
d
S^
^ ri
II g"
.
Ul O
|ri
U
^
w 1 " 1
<
S
.3^
&JS M^O
l~> . I-H1 H 1 ""
*o . <:s_s
gpq
4
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 65
8. Behavior of Mattathias and his five sons, and the
cleavage between the Asideans and the Apostates.
B. C. 167 and 166. I. Mace. ii. ; II. Mace, v., 27.
For further discussion see SCHURER History of Jew-
ish People, Div. I., Vol. I., pp. 169-218; Div. II., Vol. I.,
pp. 1-56.
BOOKS ON MACCABEAN PERIOD
BOST L'epoque des Machabees (1862).
CURTISS The Name Maccabee (1876).
DE SAULCY Histoire des Machabees, ou princes de la
dynastie asmoneenne ( 1880) .
FAIRWEATHER /The Maccabees (1903).
HENDERSON The Age of the Maccabees (1907).
JOST History of the Jew from the Maccabees to th
Present Day (1848).
NIESE Die beiden Makkabaer-bucher (1901).
RIGGS The Maccabean and Roman Periods (1900).
ROSSMANN Die Makkabaische Erhebung (1860).
STREANE The Age of the Maccabees (1898).
From this point throughout till the close of the first
century A. D., SCHURER'S five volumes on the History of
the Jewish People in the Time of Jesus Christ can be
consulted with great profit for the history, ideas and cus-
toms of the Jews. See also the various books on Jewish
history and the handbooks on the Interbiblical Period.
LESSON V: SECOND LESSON ON THE
MACCABEAN PERIOD
(Judas Maccabseus B. C. 166-161)
I. Mace, iii., 1 ix., 22. Same subject treated in II.
Mace, viii.-xv., and Jos., Ant., Bk. XII., chs. vii.-xi., to
which reference can be made if desired.
66 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
SEVEN CHIEF CAMPAIGNS BY JUDAS
1. 'Against Apollonius. I. Mace, iii., 10-12, verses 1-9
opening eulogy on Judas. Place of battle not known.
B. C. 166.
2. Against Seron. I. Mace, iii., 13-37. Battle of Beth-
horon. B. C. 166.
3. Against the three generals of Lysias, viz., Ptolemy,
Nicanor and Gorgias. I. Mace, iii., 38 iv., 25.
Battle of Emmaus. B. C. 165.
4. Against Lysias himself. I. Mace, iv., 26-61. Battle
of Bethsura. B. C. 164.
5. Against neighboring enemies, viz., Idumeans, Am-
monites, Galileans, Gileadites (numerous battles,
Bosor, Raphon, Carnain, Ephron, etc.), Idumeans
again, Philistines, the tower in Jerusalem. I. Mace,
v., 1 vi., 27. B. C. 163. Merely glance at head-
ings in this section.
6. Against the young King Antiochus. Defeat of Judas
at Bsethzacharias (near Bethsura). I. Mace, vi.,
28 vii., 4. B. C. 162.
7. Against Demetrius' generals, viz., Bacchides, Nicanor
and Bacchides again. Battles of Capharsalama,
Adora (Bethhoron), and Eleasa (near Ashdod).
Intrigues of Alcimus, the High Priest. Judas' ap-
peal to the Romans. His death. B. C. 161. I.
Mace, vii., 5 ix., 22.
See further SCHURER History, etc., Div. I., Vol. I.,
pp. 219-233.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON JUDAS MACCABJEUS
CONDER Judas Maccabseus and the Jewish War of In-
dependence (1894).
CHURCH Judas, the Hammer, A romance.
CURTISS The Name Maccabee (1877).
LONGFELLOW Judas Maccabseus.
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 67
LUDLOW Deborah A Tale of the Times of Judas Mac-
cabseus (1900).
WEISS Judas Maccabaeus.
LESSON VI: THIRD LESSON ON THE
MACCABEAN PERIOD
(Jonathan Maccabseus, Simon Maccabseus, and John
Hyrcanus, B. C. 161-106)
1. Jonathan Maccabaeus, B. C. 161-143. I. Mace, ix.,
23 xii., 53.
(a) Jonathan succeeding- to the rule and struggle with
Bacchides. I. Mace, ix., 23-57.
(b) Apostate Hellenizers appeal to Bacchides, and the
truce with Jonathan. I. Mace, ix., 58-73.
(c) Overtures to Jonathan by contesting Syrian
Kings, Alexander Balas and Demetrius Soter,
and his policy. Made High Priest. I. Mace.
x., 1-47.
(d) Jonathan keeping on good terms with Alexander
and then with young Demetrius Nicator, know-
ing whose side to take, like a politician.
Merely note this point in I. Mace, x., 48 xi.,
37 without careful reading.
(e) Jonathan again changing sides from Demetrius
to young Antiochus, useful to both, and why
Tryphon seizes Jonathan. Merely note this
fact in I. Mace, xi., 38 xii., 53 without care-
ful reading.
2. Simon Maccabseus, B. C. 143-135. I. Mace., chs. xiii.-
xvi.
(a) Simon's effort to rescue Jonathan. I. Mace, xiii.,
1-32.
(b) Simon taking sides with Demetrius, and peace at
last. B. C. 142. Year 1 of Jewish Independ-
ence. I. Mace, xiii., 33-42.
68 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
(c) Simon at last takes the tower in Jerusalem. I.
Mace. xiiL, 43-53.
(d) Demetrius' eastern campaign and rising of Anti-
ochus VI against him, and Antiochus* insult
to Simon's offer to help. Only note this fact
in I. Mace, xiv., 1 xvi., 10.
(e) Ignoble death of Simon. I. Mace, xvi., 11-22.
3. John Hyrcanus (John Hyrcanus I.), B. C. 135-106.
Jos., Ant., Book XIIL, chs. viii.-x. Chief points:
(a) Ousting Ptolemy from Dagon, near Jericho. Jos.
viii., 1.
(b) Hyrcanus besieged in Jerusalem and outcome.
Jos. viii., 2 and 3.
(c) Conduct of Hyrcanus in Jerusalem and towards
the Parthians. Jos. viii., 4.
(d) Hyrcanus attacking Samaritans (destroying their
temple) and Idumeans. Jos. ix., 1 and 2.
{e) Taking advantage of Syrian troubles, and Jews
growing rich. Merely note this fact in Jos. ix.,
3 x., 4.
(f) Hyrcanus deserting the Pharisees for the Sad-
ducees. Jos. x., 5-7.
Cf. WERNER Johann Hyrkan (1877), and see further
SCHURER History, etc., Div. I., Vol. L, pp. 234-290.
LESSON VII: FOURTH LESSON ON THE
MACCABEAN PERIOD
'(Decline of the Maccabean Dynasty and Beginning of
Roman Period, B. C. 106^7)
Jos., Ant, Book XIIL, ch. xi., 1 Book XIV., ch.
f
vin., 5.
1. John Hyrcanus' two sons (Aristobulus and Alexander
Jannaeus) and their wife (Salome Alexandra). B.
C. 106-69.
(a) Aristobulus' brief and revolutionary reign (calls
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 69
himself King), B. C. 106. Jos., Book XIII.,
ch. xi.
'(b) Alexander Jannaeus succeeds to rule and wife of
his brother, and extends rule widely. Dealing
with Pharisees and general character. B. C.
105-78. Merely note these facts in Jos., Book
XIII., chs. xii.-xv.
(c) Reign of Salome Alexandra and her alliance with
the Pharisees, B. C. 78-69. Merely note this
fact in Josephus, Book XIII., ch. xvi.
2. Alexander Jannseus' two sons, Hyrcanus (John Hyr-
canus II.) and Aristobulus (Aristobulus II.) B.
C. 69-63.
,(a) Character of the two sons and their compromise.
Jos., Book XIII., ch. xvi., 1-2; Book XIV.,
ch. i., 1-2.
'(b) Antipater on the scene, and his schemes. Jos.,
Book XIV., ch. i., 3 ch. ii., 2.
(c) Pompey steps in and captures Jerusalem and set-
tles things. Josephus, Book XIV., ch. ii., 3
ch; iv.,'5.
3. Under the Romans. What Gabinius, Crassus and
Caesar did to the Jews, B. C. 63-47. The First Tri-
umvirate (Pompey, Caesar, Crassus).
(a) Gabinius making a sort of aristocratic rule for
the Jews, and Antipater watching his chances,
B. C. 57. Merely note this fact in Jos., Book
XIV., chs. v. and vi.
(b) Crassus plundering Jerusalem, B. C. 54. Jos v
Book XIV., ch. vii.
XG) Caesar siding against Hyrcanus, and Antipater,
gaining Caesar's favor in Egypt, saves the day
for Hyrcanus. Antipater given office under
Hyrcanus, sort of Prime Minister (Procura-
tor), who was called Ethnarch as well as High
Priest, B. C. 47. Battle of Pharsalia, B. C. 48.
Jos., Book XIV., ch. viii.
70 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
See further, SCHURER History, etc., Div. I., Vol. I.,
pp. 291-382.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE ROMAN PERIOD
ARNOLD History of the Later Roman Commonwealth.
New edition (1906).
BOTSFORD History of Rome.
BURY Student's Roman Empire.
CAPES The Early Empire (1877).
CHAMPAGNY Rome et la Judee. 2 vols. (1862).
FERRERO Greatness and Decline of Rome. Five volumes
(1907).
FERRERO Characters and Events of Roman History
(1908).
FERRERO The Women of the Caesars.
FIRTH Augustus Caesar (1903).
FOWLER Julius Caesar.
GARDTHAUSEN Augustus und seine Zeit (1904).
JONES The Story of the Roman Empire (1908).
LONG Decline of the Roman Republic (1874).
MAHAFFY The Greek World Under Roman Sway.
MERIVALE The Fall of the Roman Republic (1853).
MERIVALE The Roman Triumvirates (1878).
MILNE The History of Egypt Under Roman Rule
(1898).
MORRISON The Jews Under Roman Rule (1890).
OTTLEY Short History of the Hebrews in the Roman
Period (1900).
SCOTT Portraitures of Julius Csesar (1903).
SCHNECKENBURGER Augustus (1903).
SEECH Kaiser Augustus (1902).
LESSON VIII: IN THE ROMAN PERIOD
Three lessons on Herod ; born B. C. 74 and died B. C. 4.
Son of Antipater, the Idumean. First lesson, THE EARLY
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 71
YEARS OF HEROD, B. C. 47-37. Jos., Ant., Bk. XIV., chs.
ix., xi., xvi. (skipping x.) .
1. Herod as governor of Galilee. Jos. XIV., ix.
2. Antipater helping Caesar, whose death (B. C. 44) puts
Herod on Cassius* side against the Second Trium-
virate (Octavius, Antonius, Lepidus). Merely note
this fact in Jos. XIV., xi.
3. Herod driving out Antigonus and betrothing Mari-
amne. Jos. XIV., xii., 1.
4. After battle of Philippi (B. C. 42) Antony gets the
East, whereupon Herod gets his favor and takes
the rule away from Hyrcanus. Herod Tetrarch
and Judea now a Roman Province. B. C. 41. Jos.
XIV., xii., 2 and xiii., 1 and 2.
5. Parthians come and establish Antigonus, and Herod's
flight. Jos. XIV., xiii., 3-10.
6. Herod's effort to regain his rule and surprising success
in Rome. Even appointed King in B. C. 40. Jos.
XIV., xiv.
7. Winning his crown by B. C. 37. Merely note this fact
in Jos. XIV., xv. and xvi. Final downfall of the
Hasmonean House.
Look over the Book of Wisdom of Solomon as prepara-
tion for lectures on Jewish Alexandrian Philosophy.
See further on Herod, SCHURER History, etc., Div. I.,
Vol. I., pp. 383-399.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON HEROD
AMELIE RIVES Herod and Mariamne (Lippincott, Sept.,
1888).
FARRAR The Herods (1900),
FERGUSON -The Family of the Herods (1902).
STEPHEN PHILLIPS Herod ( 1900) .
VICKERS The History of Herod (1885).
72 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
JEWISH LITERATURE OF THE INTERBIBLICAL AND NEW
TESTAMENT TIMES
(Outside of the New Testament)
Two centuries of literary activity, Jerusalem and Alex-
andria. In two languages, Hebrew (or Aramaic) and
Greek. Some has doubtless perished, much that remains
is insipid, marking a distinct decline from the great
prophetical times closing with Malachi.
See chart for probable or possible dates of these books,
a very uncertain matter in most cases.
1. Histories: I., II. and III. Maccabees belong to this
time. I. Mace, is a noble book. II. and III. Mace.
are florid and fanciful. Josephus comes at the close
of the New Testament times.
2. Romances: Tobit and Judith.
Apocryphal additions to the Old Testament: To
Esther in the Septuagint, not in Hebrew. To
Daniel there are added in the Septuagint the Prayer
of Azarias and the Song of the Three Children,
Susannah, Bel and the Dragon. The Septuagint
gives the Prayer of Manassas and the Epistle of
Jeremias as genuine works, but both are doubtless
spurious. I. Esdras, though used by Josephus as
a genuine work, cannot be so maintained. It is a
reworking of Ezra and II. Chron. before the time
of Christ.
3. Philosophical works: Wisdom of the son of Sirach,
Aristobulus, Wisdom of Solomon, IV. Maccabees,
Philo.
4. Apocalyptic writings: Book of Enoch (parts of, cer-
tainly), Book of the Secrets of Enoch, Sybilline
Oracles, Apocalypse of Baruch, Assumption of
Moses, Ascension of Isaiah, Psalter of Solomon,
Book of Jubilees, II. Esdras, Testament of the
Twelve Patriarchs (parts of, certainly). These last
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTOBY 73
and some of the others are called pseudepigraphic
works, written under the name of some worthy of
older times.
See previous bibliography for the Old Testament
Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha. In particular, for
Palestinian Jewish Literature see SCHURER History,
etc., Div. II., Vol. III., pp. 1-155, and for Grseco-Jewish
Literature pp. 157-320.
LESSON IX: IN THE ROMAN PERIOD
(Continued)
Second lesson, HEROD'S PROSPEROUS REIGN B. C. 37-
19. Jos., Ant, Book XV.
1. Herod's dealing with the Sanhedrin. Ch. i.
2. Fate of Antigonus and Hyrcanus. Ch. i., 2 ii., 4.
3. Herod and his mother-in-law, Alexandra, struggle
against each other for the favor of Cleopatra and
Antony. Death of Mariamne's brother, Aristobulus.
Plots and counterplots. Joseph's charge and jeal-
ousies and hatred (Salome and Cyprus, Alexandra
and Mariamne). Merely sketch ch. ii., 5 iii., 9.
4. Cleopatra's influence over Antony and Herod. Merely
note this point in ch. iv.
5. Issue between Antony and Octavius, and battle of
Actium, B. C. 31 ; Herod not allowed to help An-
tony. Merely note this point in ch. v.
6. Winning Octavius' favor and losing Mariamne's love.
Death of Hyrcanus, Mariamne, Alexandra and sons
of Baba. Merely sketch chs. vi. and vii.
7. Herod as a builder of cities, and theaters even in Jeru-
salem. Trophies to Augustus (cf. Antiochus
Epiphanes). The Hellenizing influence of Herod.
Simply note this point in chs. viii. and ix.
8. Herod educating his sons by Mariamne (Alexander
and Aristobulus) in Rome. Currying favor of
74 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
2
fa
Q
o
w
ffl
o
n
*
to
M-l
O
o
D.
1
<u
s
-^t
H
H
bo
o
I . |
^ a ii
c g -
S < |
>H B
1 *
<n
.
MOO
&
o^s
H
Ft u
e'g
O 3
PHERORAS
d. 5 B. C.
a
u
tn u
03 U
G ~. flj
s^ Srt-i
S 2 2 5
-2s SH2 .
-31
c *
O B4
S 3"
^i -I
<S-3>o
6l^
v? co _ . ,_.
g'c K-S
g "3 3
-*
8-s*
u
JM u
<U
11
& .
-mpq-
SO
-Sri
.
Jo
o^ 3
a-a
CO
rt K Pd
">
t3
H
X
1
S
01
&
en
-S
p
o
o
w
<
.a
C5
3
"
r
K
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 75
I
Augustus and next to Agrippa. Temple at Panium.
Merely sketch ch. x.
9. .Herod repairing the temple at Jerusalem. Begun B.
C. 19 and finished A. D. 65. Ch. xi. Begun in 18th
year of Herod's reign. Herod began to reign B. C.
37. Jos. correct here and wrong in War I., xxi., 1,
when he says it was begun in 15th year of reign.
Schiirer points but that it was in same year as the
visit of the Emperor to Syria, which was B. C. 20
or 19, according to Dion Cassius, liv., 7. Herod has
been reigning seventeen years when this visit was
made by Caesar. (Jos., Ant, XV., x., 3.) See note
in Robertson's Harmony of the Gospels (p. 265).
Look over IV. Maccabees as preparation for lecture on
Jewish Alexandrian Philosophy.
See further on Herod, SCHURER History, etc., Div. I.,
Vol. I., pp. 392-439.
On IV. Maccabees see further, SCHURER History, etc.,
Div. It, Vol. lit, pp. 244-8.
See also CROSS Socrates : The Man and His Message
(1918).
DAVIDSON The Stoic Creed (1907).
FORBES Socrates (1905).
HYDE From Epicurus to Christ ( 1906) .
LEONARD Socrates: Master of Life (1916).
MURRAY The Stoic Philosophy (1915).
LESSON X: IN THE ROMAN PERIOD
(Continued}
Third lesson, HEROD'S DECLINE AND DEATH. B. C.
19-4. Jos., Ant., Book XVI. and Book XVII., i. viii.
Broadus' Comm. on Matt., ii., 1.
1. Herod's law against housebreakers. XVt, i., 1.
2. Troubles with Mariamne's sons, and Salome and
Antipater. XVt, i., 2 and iii. and iv.
76 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
3. Herod having trouble with the Jews. XVI., v. and
vii., 1.
4. Fresh domestic troubles stirred up by the women
and Antipater and Pheroras. Merely sketch XVI.,
vii. and viii.
5. Herod Getting- into Trouble at Rome. Merely
see this point in XVI., ix. and x.
6. The Trial of Herod's sons, Alexander and Aris-
tobulus. XVI., xi.
7. Antipater's ambitious schemes and their outcome.
Merely see this point in XVII., i.-v.
8. Herod now makes Antipas his successor and tries to
regain his health amid many troubles. Death of
Antipater. XVII., vi. and vii.
9. Herod alters his will again, and finally dies in B. C.
4. Funeral. XVII., viii.
10. General character of Herod. See Broadus' Comm.
on Matt., ii., 1.
For literature on Philo, see previous list of books. In
particular note SCHURER History, etc., Div. II., Vol.
III., pp. 321-381.
For closing years of Herod, see further SCHURER
History, etc., Div. I., Vol. I., pp. 440-467.
Lecture on Philo, concluding the course on Jewish
Alexandrian Philosophy.
LESSON XI: THE JEWISH PARTIES
PHARISEES, SADDUCEES, SCRIBES, ESSENES, HERODIANS,
ZEALOTS
1. Pharisees and Sadducees See Broadus on Matt, iii.,
7.
2. Essenes Broadus on Matt., p. 46a.
3. Mishna, the two Gemaras, the two Talmuds Broadus
on Matt., p. 45a, and footnote.
4. Scribes Broadus on Matt., ii., 4.
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 77
5. Sanhedrin Broadus on Matt., xxvi., 59.
6. 'Herodians Broadus on Matt., p. 451.
7. Zealots Broadus on Matt., p. 31a and page 217a.
In each case read the portions of Josephus referred to
in the Commentary. Lecture on Talmud or Jewish Rab-
binical Theology.
See further on Pharisees and Sadducees, ROBERTSON,
Pharisees and Jesus, ch. i.; SCHURER History, etc.,
Div. II., Vol. II., pp. 10-43 ; on the Essenes, see SCHURER
History, etc., Div. II., Vol. II., pp. 188-218; on the
Mishna, Gemara, Talmud, Midrash, see SCHURER His-
tory, etc., Div. I., Vol. I., pp. 117-166; on the scribes,
scribism, school and synagogue, life under law, see
SCHURER History, etc., Div. II., Vol. I., pp. 306-379,
Div. II., Vol. II., pp. 44-125; on the Sanhedrin, see
SCHURER History, etc., Div. II., Vol. I., pp. 163-195;
on the Zealots, see SCHURER History, etc., Div. II.,
Vol. II., pp. 80f.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON JEWISH PARTIES
(See previous list on Talmud and Targums, and the
histories, periodicals, cyclopaedias and dictionaries.)
ABRAHAMS Studies in Pharisaism and the Gospels
(1917).
BAKER Christ and the Pharisees (1919).
BAMBERGER Sadducaer ( 1917) .
BISCHOFF Jesus und die Rabbinen (1905).
COHEN Les Phariseens. 2 vols. (1877.)
DAVAINE La Sadducaisme (1888).
PELITZSCH Hillel und Jesus (1867).
ELBOGEN Die Religionanschauungen der Pharisaer
(1904).
FRIEDLANDER Rabbinic Philosophy and Ethics (1912).
GEIGER Sadducaer und Pharisaer (1863).
HERFORD Pharisaism (1912).
HOLSCHER Sadduzaismus (1906).
78 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
JOST rGeschichte des Judenthums und seine secte.
LAUTERBACH The Sadducees and Pharisees (1913).
LESZYNSKY Die Sadduzaer (1912).
LIGHTLEY Les Scribes (1905).
Lucius Der Essenismus in seiner Verhaltniss zum
Judenthum (1881).
MONTET Essai sur les origines des partis sadduceen et
phariseen et leur histoire jusq* a naissance de Jesus-
Christ, (1883).
NARBEL Etude sur le parti phariseen (1890).
OESTERLEY Religion and Worship of the Synagogue
(1907).
REGEFFE La Secte des Essenes.
ROBERTSON, A. T. The Pharisees and Jesus (1920).
SCHECHTER Die Chassidim ( 1904) .
SCHNEDERMANN Das Judentum und die christliche
Verkiindigung in den Evangelien (1884).
WELLHAUSEN Die Pharisaer und Sadducaer (1874).
WICKS Doctrine of God in the Jewish Apocryphal arid
Apocalyptical Literature (1915).
LESSON XII: THE JEWISH EXPECTATIONS
CONCERNING THE MESSIAH
Read as preparatory for this lecture II. Esdras, chs.
iii.-xiv. The other chapters and "Jesus" in vii., 28, are
doubtless Christian additions. Lecture on the Jewish
Picture of the Messiah.
See further on the Messianic Hope, SCHURER His-
tory, etc., Div. II., Vol. II., pp. 126-187.
For literature on Jewish apocalypses, see previous list.
BOOKS ON THE MESSIANIC HOPE OF THE JEWS AND
ESCHATOLOGY
ADENEY The Hebrew Utopia (1879).
ALEXANDER The Witness of the Psalms to Christ.
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 79
ANDREWS God's Revelations of Himself to Men (1886).
ANGER Vorlesungen iiber die Geschichte der Messianis-
chen Idee (1873).
BALDENSPERGER Die Messianisch-apokalyptischen Hoff-
nungen des Judentums (1903). 3 Aufl.
BOUSSET Der Antichrist in der iiberlief erung des Juden-
tums, des Neuen Testament, und der alten Kirche
(1895).
BOUSSET Die jiidische Apokalyptik (1903).
BOUSSET Kurios Christos (1913).
Box The Christian Messiah in the Light of Judaism
(Journal of Th. Studies for 1912).
BRIGGS Messianic Prophecy.
BURKITT Jewish and Christian Apocalypses (1913).
BUTTWEISER Outline of the Neo-Hebraic Apocalyptic
Literature (1901).
CASE The Messianic Hope (1917).
CHARLES A Critical History of the Doctrine of a Future
Life in Israel, in Judaism, and in Christianity
(1899).
CHARLES Religious Development between the Old and
the New Testaments (1914).
COLANI Jesus-Christ et les croyances messianiques de
son temps. Second edition (1864).
CUMINE The Messiah (1915).
DELITZSCH Old Testament History of Redemption.
DELITZSCH Messianic Prophecies (1880).
DELITZSCH Messianic Prophecies in Historical Succes-
sion (1891).
DEWICK Primitive Christian Eschatology (1912).
DRUMMOND The Jewish Messiah (1877).
EDERSHEIM Prophecy and History in Relation to the
Messiah (1884).
EDERSHEIM The Witness of Israel to the Messiah.
EMMET The Eschatological Question in the Gospels
(1916).
FLUGEL Messiah-Ideal.
80 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
GLOAG Messianic Prophecy.
GOODSPEED Israel's Messianic Hope (1900).
GREENHOUSE The Messiah in Jewish History (1906).
HART The Hope of Catholic Judaism (1910).
HENSTENBERG Christology of the Old Testament.
HIGGINSON Ecce Messias.
HILGENFELD Die jiidische Apokalyptik in ihrer ges-
chichtlichen Entwickelung (1857).
HILGENFELD The Messiah of the Jews.
HUHN Die Messianischen Weissagungen des israeli-
tisch-jiidischen Volkes (1890).
KING The Messiah in the Psalms (1899).
KLAUSNER Die Messianischen Vorstellungen des jiidi-
schen Volkes im Zeitalter der Tannaiten (1904).
LAGRANGE Le Messianisme chez les juifs (1908).
LEATHES Witness of the Old Testament to Christ
(1868).
LEMAN Histoire complete de 1'idee messianique chez le
peuple d'Israel (1909).
MACKINTOSH The Doctrine of the Person of Jesus
Christ (1912).
OESTERLEY The Evolution of the Messianic Idea
(1908).
ORELLI The Old Testament Prophecy of .the Consum-
mation of God's Kingdom Traced in Its Historical
Development (1889).
PORTER Messages of the Apocalyptical Writers.
RIEHM Messianic Prophecy. Second edition (1891).
SANDAY Christologies Ancient and Modern (1910).
SCHONEFELD Ueber die Messianische Hoffnung von 200
vor Christo bis gegen 50 nach Christo (1874).
STANTON The Jewish and the Christian Messiah.
VOLZ Jiidische Eschatologie von Daniel bis Akiba
(1903).
[WINDISCH Der Messianische Krieg und das Urchris-
tentum (1909).
WooDS-^The Hope of Israel (1896).
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 81
LESSON XIII: A GLIMPSE OF THE WORLD
INTO .WHICH JESUS WAS BORN
A Lecture
On the state of culture in general, see SCHURER His-
tory, etc., Div. II., Vol. I., pp. 1-163, and on Judaism in
the Dispersion, see SCHURER History, etc., Div. II., Vol.
II., pp. 219-327.
Literature Useful for the Purpose
Besides the various books in many lines already men-
tioned that interpret the historical conditions of the great
era B. C. 5, one may note further:
1. The Greek and Roman writers of the general period
like Appian, Arrian, Caesar, Cicero, Dio Cassius,
Epictetus, Horace, Juvenal, Livy, Ovid, Plutarch,
Seneca, Strabo, Seutonius, Tacitus. These throw a
lurid light on the times.
2. The Papyri, Qstraca, and Inscriptions reflect in vivid
fashion the life of the people. See
CRUM Coptic Ostraca (1902).
DEISSMANN Bible Studies (1901).
DEISSMANN Light from the Ancient East (1910).
DEISSMANN St. Paul in the Light of Social and Re-
ligious History (1912).
HILL AND HICKS A Manual of Greek Historical Inscrip-
tions (1901).
KENNEDY Sources of New Testament Greek (1895).
MILLIGAN Greek Papyri (1910).
MILLIGAN Here and There among the Papyri (1922).
MOULTON, J. H. From Egyptian Rubbish Heaps (1916).
ROBERTSON A Grammar of the Greek N. T. in the Light
of Historical Research. Fourth edition (1923).
See also cyclopaedias and Bible dictionaries.
82 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
3. Summary Outlines of the Period :
ABBOTT Society and Politics in Ancient Rome (1909).
ANGUS The Environment of Early Christianity (1915).
ANRICH Das antike Mysterienwesen in seinen Einfluss
auf das Christentum (1894).
BAUER Christus und die Caisaren. 2 Aufl. (1879).
BECKER Gallus.
BENSON Christ and His Times (1889).
BEURLIER Le cult rendu aux empereurs romains (1891).
BOISSIER La religion remain d'Auguste aux Antonins.
Two volumes (1874).
BOTSFORD Hellenic Civilization (1915).
BREED Preparation of the World for Christ. Second
edition (1893).
CARTER The Religious Life of Ancient Rome.
CASE The Evolution of Early Christianity .(1914).
CHURCH Pictures of Roman Life and Story (1892).
CUMONT Mysteries of Mithra (1903).
CUMONT Religions orient, dans le paganisme remain
(1906).
DAVIS The Influence of Wealth in Imperial Rome
(1910).
DOELLINGER Gentile and Jew. Two volumes (1906).
EDERSHEIM Life and Times of Jesus the Messiah. Vol.
I., Book I. The Preparation for the Gospel.
FARRAR Early Days of Christianity. Book I. The
World.
FARRER Paganism and Christianity (1891).
FERRERO The Ruin of the Ancient Civilization and the
Triumph of Christianity (1921).
FISHER The Beginnings of Christianity (1877). Chs.
I.-VII.
FOWLER Religious Experience of the Roman People
(1911).
FOWLER Roman Ideas of Deity in the Last Century be-
fore the Christian Era (1914).
t THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 83
FRIEDLANDER Roman Life and Manners under the
Early Empire. Three volumes (1909-10).
FRIEDLANDER Geschichte der jiidischen Apologetik als
Vorgeschichte des Christentums (1903).
GEIKE Life of Christ (1877). Chs. I.- VI.
GLOVER Conflict of Religions in the Early Roman Em-
pire (1909).
GLOVER Progress in Religion to the Christian Era
(1922).
HALLIDAY Lectures on the History of Roman Religion
(1923).
HOUSTON Anno Domini: A Glimpse of the World into
which Messias Was Born (1885).
HYDE From Epicurus to Christ (1904).
KEIM Rome und das Christentum (1881).
LANCIANI Ancient Rome (1897).
LAURIE Historical Survey of Pre-Christian Education
(1895).
LEGGE Forerunners and Rivals of Christianity. Two
volumes (1915).
LIVINGSTON The Legacy of Greece (1922).
LIVINGSTON The Greek Genius and Its Meaning to Us
(1912).
LORD The Old Roman World (1868).
MAHAFFY Survey of Greek Civilization (1896).
MOORE Religious Thought of Greeks and the Romans
from Homer to the Triumph of Christianity
(1916).
MUIRHEAD The Times of Christ (1904).
PATTERSON Mithraism and Christianity (1921).
PETRIE Personal Religion in Egypt before Christianity
(1909).
PRESSENSE Jesus Christ: His Times, Life, and Work
(1866). Book I. Preliminary Questions.
RAMSAY The Church in the Roman Empire (1897).
REITZENSTEIN Die hellenistischen Mysterien-religionen
(1910).
84 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
ROBERTSON Studies in the New Testament (1915).
Part I. The Background.
SCHMITZ Die Opf eranschauung des spateren Judentums
und die Opferanschauung des Neuen Testaments
(1910).
SEIDEL In the Time of Jesus (1885).
SIHLER Testimonium Animae ; or Greek and Roman be-
fore Christ.
STAFFER Palestine in the Time of Christ (1885).
STOBART The Glory That Was Greece (1911).
STOBART The Grandeur That Was Rome (1912).
SWEET, L. M. Roman Emperor Worship (1919).
TUCKER Life in the Roman World of Nero and St.
Paul (1910).
TUTING The Coming of the Kingdom of Christ to the
Roman Empire (1915).
UHLHORN Conflict of Christianity with Heathenism.
(1879).
L WENDLAND Die hellenistisch-romische Kultur in ihren
Beziehungen zu Judentum und Christentum. 3 Aufl.
(1912).
.WENLEY The Preparation for Christianity in the An-
cient World (1898).
[WissowA Die Religion und Mythologie der Romer. 2
Aufl. (1912).
4. Novels Dealing with the Period :
BROOKS A Son of Issachar. A Romance of the Days of
Messias (1890).
BULWER Days of Pompeii.
CROLY Tarry Thou Till I Come. New Edition (1901).
FARRAR Darkness and Dawn; or Days of Nero (1893).
GARDENHIRE Lux Crucis (1904).
MILLER Saul of Tarsus. A Story of Paul's Time
X1906).
THE INTERBIBLICAL HISTORY 85
RHONE In the Days of the Son of Man (1903).
SIENKEWICZ Quo Vadis. A Story of the Days of Nero
(1893).
STEARNS A Friend of Caesar (1901).
PART II: THE LIFE OF CHRIST
(B.C. 6 OR 5 TO A.D. 29 OR 30)
PART II: THE LIFE OF CHRIST
(B. C. 6 or 5 to A. D. 29 or 30)
The text-books used in connection with this part of
the Syllabus are Robertson's Harmony of the Gospels,
Broadus' Commentary on Matthew, Josephus, Robert-
son's Epochs in the Life of Jesus, and The Student's
Chronological New Testament. Use of other books is
strongly encouraged with specific references and with
abundant reference to maps. The lectures with each
lesson aim to unfold the history from an inner point of
view and to be exegetical and spiritual. The Scripture
text itself is the basis of study, question, and lecture.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF IMPORTANT WORKS ON
THE GOSPELS AND THE LIFE OF CHRIST
I. THE GOSPELS
1. 'Introduction to the Four Gospels.
ABBOTT, E. A. The Fourfold Gospel. Introduction.
Section I. (1913), Section II. (1914), Section III.
(1915), Section IV. (1916), Section V. (1917).
ABBOTT Miscellanea Evangelica (1914).
ABBOTT Indices ( 1907) .
ABBOTT Clue: A Guide Through Greek and Hebrew.
ABBOTT The Corrections of Mark.
ABBOTT From Tithe and Spirit.
ABBOTT Paradosis.
ABBOTT Silanus the Christian (1906).
ABBOTT Notes on New Testament Criticism (1907).
ALEXANDER Leading Ideas of the Gospels (1898).
BADHAM-^Formation of the Four Gospels.
90 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
BARROWS The Gospels True Histories.
BATTIFOL Six Lecons sur les evangiles (1897).
BENNETT The Four Gospels from a Lawyer's Stand-
point.
BLASS Philology of the Gospels (1898).
BURTON A Short Introduction to the Gospels (1904).
CHASE The Gospels in the Light of Historical Criticism
(1914).
CLADDER Unsere Evangelien (1919).
CONE Gospel Criticism and Historical Christianity
(1891).
DA COSTA The Four Witnesses (1851).
DALE- The Living Christ and the Four Gospels (1890).
DALMAN The Words of Jesus ( 1902) .
GODET Biblical Studies.
GODET The Collection of the Four Gospels, and the
Gospel of St. Matthew (1899).
GREGORY, D. S. Why Four Gospels (1876).
HAUSLEITER Die Vier Evangelien (1906).
LARDNER Credibility of the Gospels. Seven volumes
(1857).
LEVESQUE Nos quatre evangiles. Leur composition et
leur position respective (1917).
LUCKOCK The Special Characteristics of the Four
Gospels (1900).
MARVIN Authorship of the Four Gospels (1886).
McVERY Did Jesus Write His Own Gospel? (1912).
MILL On the Mythical Interpretation of the Gospels.
Reply to Strauss (1861).
MOFFATT Theology of the Gospels (1912).
MOREHEAD Studies in the Four Gospels.
NORTON 'Genuineness of the Gospels (1848).
PATTON The Sources of the Synoptic Gospels (1915).
PULLAN The Gospels (1912).
RESCH Aussercanonische Parallel-texte zu den Evan-
gelien (1893).
ROBERTS Discussion on the Gospels (1864).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 91
ROBINSON The Study of the Gospels (1898).
SALMON The Human Element in the Gospels (1907).
SANDAY The Gospels in the Second Century (1876) .
SCOTT The Making of the Gospels (1905).
SPARROW The Gospels in Art.
STANTON The Gospels as Historical Documents. Part
I. The Early Use of the Gospels (1903).
STOKOE Manual of the Four Gospels (1901).
TISCHENDORF Origin 'of the Four Gospels (1867).
THORBURN The Mythical Interpretation of the Gospels
(1916).
TORREY, C. C. The Translations Made from the Origi-
nal Aramaic Gospels (1913).
.WERNLE The Sources of Our Knowledge of the Life of
Jesus (1907).
WESTCOTT Introduction to the Four Gospels (1875).
WESTCOTT -Elements of the Gospel Harmony (1851).
^WILLIAMSON Four Lectures on the Early History of the
Gospels.
^WRIGHT A Synopsis of the Gospels in Greek (1903).
ZIMMERN Der historische Werth der altesten Ueberlief-
erung.
See also the Bible dictionaries, the New Testament in-
troductions, and the commentaries on the Gospels.
2. The Synoptic Problem.
Besides the preceding, note the following:
[&BBOTT AND RusHEBROOKE The Common Tradition of
the Synoptic Gospels in the Text of the Revised
Version (1884).
ALBERTZ -Die synoptischen Streitgesprache (1921).
BACON The Beginnings of Gospel Story (1909).
BACON Is Mark a Roman Gospel? (1919).
BADHAM St. Mark's Indebtedness to St. Matthew
(1897),
BERTRAM Die Leidengeschichte Jesu (1922).
92 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
BLEEK -Synoptische Erklarung der drei ersten Evange-
lien (1862).
BOSANQUET Outlines of the Synoptic Record (1904).
BUCKLEY Introduction to the Synoptic Problem (1912).
BURKITT Two Lectures on the Gospels.
BURKITT The Gospel History and Its Transmission.
Second edition (1907).
BURKITT The Earliest Sources for the Life of Jesus
(1910).
BURTON Some Principles of Literary Criticism and
Their Application to the Synoptic Problem (1904).
CADBURY The Style and Literary Method of Luke
(1920).
CAMPBELL The First Three Gospels.
CARPENTER The First Three Gospels. Third edition
(1904).
CARPENTER, S. C. Christianity According to St. Luke
(1919).
CARUS The Synoptic Gospels (1910).
CARY The Synoptic Gospels.
CHASE The Gospels in the Light of Historical Criticism
(1914).
CONE Gospel Criticism and Historical Christianity
(1911).
FLINDERS-PETRIE The Growth of the Gospels as Shown
by Structural Criticism (1910).
FULLIGNET Les sources des evangiles (1911).
GLOAG Introduction to the Synoptic Gospels (1895).
GOGUEL L'evangile de Marc et ses rapports avec ceux
de Matthieu et de Luc (1909).
HARNACK Luke the Physician (1907).
HARNACK The Sayings of Jesus : the Second Source of
St. Matthew and St. Luke (1908).
HARNACK -The Date of the Acts and the Synoptic Gos-
pels (1911).
HAYES The Most Beautiful Book in the World (1913).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 93
HAYES The Synoptic Gospels and the Book of Acts
(1919).
HAWKINS Horae Synopticse. Second edition (1909).
HOBSON Diatessaron of Tatian and the Synoptic Prob-
lem (1904).
HOFFMANN Das Marcus evangelium tmd seine Quellen
(1904).
HOLDSWORTH Gospel Origins (1913).
HOLTZMANN Die synoptische Evangelien, ihr Ursprung
und geschichtlicher charakter (1863).
KOCH Die Abf assungszeit des lukanischen Geschichts-
werkes (1910).
JAMESON The Origin of the Synoptic Gospels (1922).
JOLLEY Synoptic Problem for English Readers (1893).
JULICHER Neue Linien in der Kritik der evangelischen
Ueberlieferung (1906).
LOISY Les evangiles synoptique (1907).
LUMMIS How Luke Was Written (1913).
MACKINLAY Recent Discoveries in St. Luke's Writings
(1921).
MACHLACHLAN St. Luke, Evangelist and Historian
(1912).
MACHLACHLAN St. Luke: The Man and His Work
(1920).
MANGENOT Les evangiles synoptiques (1911).
MONTEFIORE The Synoptic Gospels (1909).
MULLER Zur Synopse : Untersuchung iiber die Arbeits-
weise des Lukas und Matthaus und ihre Quellen
(1908).
NICOLARDOT Les precedes de redaction des trois pre-
miers Evangelistes (1908).
PALMER Gospel Problems and Their Solution (1908).
PATTON Sources of the Synoptic Gospels (1915).
PASQUIER La solution du probleme synoptique (1911).
PAUL Die Abfassungszeit der synoptischen Evangelien
(1887).
94 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
PERRY The Sources of Luke's Passion Narrative
(1920).
PURCHAS Johannine Problems and Modern Needs
(1901).
RAMSAY Luke the Physician (1908).
RAMSAY Was Christ Born at Bethlehem? (1899).
ROBERTSON, A. T. Studies in Mark's Gospel (1919).
ROBERTSON A. T. Luke the Historian in the Light of
Research (1920).
ROHRICH La composition des evangiles (1898).
RUSHEBROOKE Synopticon: An Exposition of the Com-
mon Matter of the Synoptic Gospels (1880).
SALMON The Human Element in the Gospels (1907).
SANDAY ET ALII Studies in the Synoptic Problem
(1911).
SCOTT The Making of the Gospels. New edition (1908).
SMITH, R. The Solution of the Synoptic Problem
(1922).
SOIRON Die Logia Jesu (1916).
SPITTA Die synoptische Grundschaft (1912).
STANTON The Synoptic Gospels (1909). Part II. of
the Gospels as Historical Documents.
[WEiss, B. Das Marcusevangelium und seine synop-
tischen Parallelen (1872).
[WEiss, B. Das Matthausevangelium und ' seine Lucas
parallelen (1876).
[WEISS, B. Die geschichtlichkeit des Markusevangeliums
(1905).
WEISS, B. Quellen des Lukasevangeliums (1907).
WEISS, B. Die Quellen der synoptischen Ueberlieferung
(1908).
[WEIZSACKER Untersuchungen iiber die evangelische
Geschichte, ihre Quellen und die Gang ihrer Ent-
wickelung. 2 Aufl. (1901).
WELLHAUSEN Einleitung in die drei ersten Evangelien
(1905).
[WENDLING Ur-Markus ( 1905 ) .
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 95
WENDLING Die Entstehung des Markusevangeliums
(1908).
WENDT Die Lehre Jesu. Band I. Die evangelischen
Quellenberichte iiber die Lehre Jesu (1886). The
Teaching of Jesus. Vol. I. (1892).
WESTON Matthew the Genesis of the New Testament
(1900).
WERNLE Die synoptische Frage (1899).
WERNLE The Sources of our Knowledge of the Life of
Jesus (1907).
WETZEL Die synoptischen Evangelien (1883)..
WRIGHT The Composition of the Four Gospels
(1890).
WRIGHT The Gospel According to St. Luke in Greek
(1900).
See Bible dictionaries, introductions and commentaries.
3. The Authorship and Character of the Fourth Gospel.
ABBOTT, PEABODY AND LIGHTFOOT The Fourth Gospel :
Evidences External and Internal for its Johannine
Authorship (1891).
ABBOTT, EZRA On the Authorship of the Fourth Gospel
(1880).
ABBOTT, E. A. Johannine Vocabulary (1905).
ABBOTT, E. A. Johannine Grammar (1906).
APPEL Die Echheit des Johannesevangeliums (1915).
ASKWITH The Historical Value of the Fourth Gospel
(1910).
BACON The Fourth Gospel in Research and Debate
(1910).
BALDENSPERGER Der Prolog des vierten Evangeliums
(1898).
BARTH The Gospel of John and the Synoptic Gospels
(1907).
BENHAM St. John and His Work (1902).
BEYSCHLAG Zur Johanneischen Frage (1872).
96 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
BURNEY The Aramaic Origin of the Fourth Gospel
(1922).
CHAPMAN John the Presbyter and the Fourth Gospel
(1911).
CLEMEN Die Entstehung des Johannesevangeliums
(1912).
D'ALMA La Controverse du quatrieme evangile (1908).
D'ALMA Philo et la quatrieme evangile (1911).
DAUSCH Das Johannesevangelium (1909).
DELFF Das vierte Evangelium wiederhergestellt (1890).
DELFF Neue Beitrage zur Kritik und Erklarung des
vierten Evangeliums (1890).
DRUMMOND An Inquiry into the Character and Au-
thorship- of the Fourth Gospel (1904).
EVANS St. John the Author of the Fourth Gospel
(1888).
EWALD Das Hauptproblem der Evangelienf rage und der
Wegzu seiner Losung (1890).
FOUARD, S. Jean et la fin de 1'age apostolique (1904).
GARDNER, P. The Ephesian Gospel (1915).
GARVIE The Beloved Disciple: Studies in the Fourth
Gospel (1922).
GOBEL Die Reden des Herrn nach Johannes (1906).
GOGUEL Les sources du recit Johannique de la Passion
(1910).
GORDON, S. D. Quiet Talks on St. John's Gospel.
GREGORY, C. R. Wellhausen und Johannes (1910).
GREEN The Ephesian Canonical Writings (1910).
GRILL Untersuchungen iiber die Entstehung des vierten
Evangeliums (1902).
GUMBEL Das Johannesevangelium Eine Erganzung des
Lukasev. (1911).
HARRIS, J. R. The Origin of the Prologue to St. John's
Gospel (1917).
HAYES John and His Writings (1917).
HEITMULLER Das Johannesevangelium (1908).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 97
HOLLAND The Philosophy of Faith and the Fourth
Gospel (1920).
HOLTZMANN, H. J. Evangelium, Brief e, und Offen-
barung des Johannes. 3 Aufl. (1908).
JACKSON The Fourth Gospel and Some Recent German
Criticisms (1906).
JACKSON The Problem of the Fourth Gospel (1918).
JOHNSTON The Philosophy of the Fourth Gospel
(1909).
KEISKER Inner Witness of the Fourth Gospel
(1922).
KREYENBUHL Neue Losung der Johanneischen Frage
(1905).
LARFIELD Die beide Johannes von Ephesus (1914).
LEPIN L'Origine du Quatrieme evangile (1907).
LEPIN La valeur historique du quatrieme evangile
(1910).
LEWIS Disarrangements in the Fourth Gospel (1910).
LEWIS, F. G. The Irenaeus Testimony to the Fourth
Gospel : Its Extent, Meaning, and Value (1908) .
LIAS Doctrinal System of John (1875).
LIGHTFOOT Essays on the Work entitled Supernatural
Religion (1889).
LIGHTFOOT Biblical Essays (1893).
LOISY Le quatrieme evangile (1903).
LOWRIE The Doctrine of John (1895).
LUTHARDT t. John the Author of the Fourth Gospel
(1875).
MONSE Johannes und Paulus (1915).
OVERBECK Das Johannesevangelium (1911).
PEYTON The Memorabilia of Jesus.
RICHMOND The Gospel of the Rejection (1906).
ROBERTSON, A. T. The Divinity of Christ in the Fourth
Gospel (1916).
ROBINSON Historical Character of St. John's Gospel
(1908).
98 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY]
SANDAY Authorship and Historical Character of the
Fourth Gospel (1872).
SANDAY Criticism of the Fourth_.Gospel (1905).
SCHLATTER Die Sprache und Heimat des vierten Evan-
gelisten (1903).
SCHMIEDEL The Johannine Writings (1908). J
SCHNIEWIND Die Parallelperikopen bei Lukas und
Johannes (1914).
SCOTT, E. F. The Historical and Religious Value of the
Fourth Gospel (1909).
SCOTT, E. F. The Fourth Gospel : Its Purpose and The-
ology (1906).
SCOTT-HOLLAND The Philosophy of the Fourth Gospel
(1919).
SEARS The Fourth Gospel, the Heart of Christ (1872).
SENSE A Free Inquiry into the Authorship of the Fourth
Gospel.
SMITH, J. R. The Teaching of the Fourth Gospel
(1903).
SPEER The Greatest Book in the World (1915).
SPITTA Das Johannesevangelium als Quelle der Gesch-
ichtejesu (1909).
STANCE Die Eigenart des Johanneischen Produktion
(1914).
STANTON The Fourth Gospel (Part III of The Gospels
as Historical Documents, 1921).
STEVENS Johannine Theology (1894).
STRACHAN, R. H.- The Fourth Gospel: Its Significance
and Environment (1917).
VEDDER The Johannine Writings and the Johannine
Problems (1917).
.WATKINS Modem Criticism Considered in its Relation
to the Fourth Gospel (1890).
WATSON Mysticism of St. John's Gospel (1916).
[WEARING The [World View of the Fourth Gospel
X1918).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 99
JVEiss, B. Das Johannesevangelium als einheitliches
Werk (1911).
WELLHAUSEN Das Evangelium Johannes (1908).
^WENDT The Gospel According to St. John : An Inquiry
into its Genesis and Historical Value (1902).
WENDT Die Schichten im vierten Evangelium (1911).
.WORSLEY - The Fourth Gospel and the Synoptists (1909).
.WREDE Charakter und Tendenz des Johannesevange-
liums (1903).
ZAHN Das Evangelium des Johannes (1908).
II. COMMENTARIES ON THE GOSPELS
1. Series on Entire New Testament.
(a) For English Readers :
AMERICAN COMMENTARY, AN Edited by Alvah Hovey.
By various authors (1880-90).
BENGEL Gnomon of the New Testament. Translated by
Blackley and Hawes. Three volumes (1867).
BIBLE COMMENTARY (Speaker's Commentary). Edited
by Cook. By various British authors. New edition
(1898).
BIBLE FOR HOME AND SCHOOL. Edited by Shailer
Mathews. By various American authors (1908 ).
BUCKLAND'S DEVOTIONAL COMMENTARY. Various
writers.
CAMBRIDGE BIBLE FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES. Various
British authors. Nineteen volumes on New Testa-
ment. (1877-96).
CARROLL, B. H. Interpretation of the English Bible
(1912-18).
CENTURY (NEW) BIBLE. Edited by W. F. Adeney. By
various authors. Thirteen volumes on New Testa-
ment. (1899-1904).
CLARK, G. .W. People's Commentary (1873-1905).
100 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
CLARK, T. AND T. Handbooks for Bible Classes.
Devotional Commentary
DUMMELOW A Commentary on the Bible in One Vol-
ume. By various British authors (1909).
ELLICOTT New Testament for English Readers. Three
volumes. 1878 ff. By various British authors.
EXPOSITOR'S BIBLE. Edited by Sir W. Robertson Nicoll.
By various British authors. Twenty-one volumes on
New Testament and one index volume (1889-94).
GRAY Christian Workers' Comm. on the Whole Bible
(1915).
HUMPHREY Commentary on the Revised Version of the
New Testament (1882).
INDIAN COMMENTARY. Various writers.
PARKER People's Bible.
PEAKE One Volume Commentary on the Bible (1919).
MACLAREN Expositions of Holy Scripture. Volumes on
New Testament (1895-1908).
VAN NESS Convention (Southern Baptist) Commen-
taries. Various Baptist authors (1912 ).
WALKER AND WARMAN The Reader's Commentary
(1910).
WEISS A Commentary on the New Testament. Trans-
lated by Schodde and Wilson. Four volumes ( 1906) .
WESTMINSTER NEW TESTAMENT. By various British
authors.
WESTMINSTER COMMENTARIES. Edited by Walter Lock
(1901).
(b) For Greek Students:
ALFORD Greek Testament. Four volumes. Sixth edi-
tion (1874).
BENGEL Gnomon Novi Testamenti. Third edition
(1855).
BRIGGS, DRIVER AND PLUMMER (EDITORS) The inter-
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 101
national Critical Commentary. By various American
and British authors. Will be about eighteen volumes
onN. T. (1895).
CALVIN Commentaries on the N. T. English translation
(1847). Tholuck's edition in Latin is in five volumes
and cheap. Covers most of the N. T.
HOLTZMANN, H. J. (EDITOR) Der Commentar zum
Neuen Testament. By various German authors.
Four volumes (1890).
LIETZMANN (EDITOR) Handbuch zum Neuen Testa-
ment. By various German writers (1906 ).
MEYER Commentary on the N. T. from Thess. to Rev.
by Liinemann, Huther and Diisterdieck. Transla-
tion. Eleven volumes (1885-1887).
MEYER (edited and thoroughly revised by various Ger-
man authors) Kritisch-exegetischer Kommentar
iiber das Neue Testament. Sixteen volumes (1897-
1910).
NICOLL (EDITOR) The Expositor's Greek Testament.
By various British authors. Five volumes (1897-
1910).
PEROWNE AND ROBINSON (EDITORS) Cambridge Greek
Testament for Schools and Colleges. Nineteen vol-
umes on N. T. (1887-1915).
VINCENT Word Studies in the N. T. Two volumes
(1889).
WEISS, B. Das Neue Testament im berichtigten Text,
mit Kurzer Erlauterung. 2 Aufl. Three volumes
(1902-5).
WEISS, J. (EDITOR) Die Schriften des Neuen Testa-
ments. Neu iibersetzt und f iir die Gegenwart erklart.
By various German authors. 3 Aufl. Two volumes
(1917-18).
ZAHN (EDITOR) Der Kommentar zum Neuen Testa-
ment. By various German authors (1905^-).
102 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
2. Commentaries on Matthew.
(a) For English students :
Besides those by Bengel, Carroll, Clarke, Ellicott,
Humphreys, Maclaren, Parker, B. Weiss, cov-
ering all the New Testament, the following
books by separate authors are to be noted :
ANDERSON The Gospel according to St. Matthew
(1909).
BROADUS Commentary on the Gospel of Matthew.
American Commentary (1887).
CARR Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges.
ERDMAN, C. R. The Gospel according to Matthew
(1920).
GIBSON The Gospel of Matthew. Expositor's Bible
(1890).
HORTON The Gospel according to St. Matthew (1909).
MICKLEM The Gospel according to St. Matthew (1917).
MORRISON Practical Commentary on the Gospel accord-
ing to St. Matthew. Ninth edition (1895).
ROBERTSON Commentary on the Gospel according to
Matthew. Bible for Home and School (1911).
SLATER St. Matthew. The New-Century Bible (1901).
SMITH, D. The Gospel of St. Matthew. The West-
minster New Testament (1909).
WILLIAMS The Hebrew Christian Messiah (1916). Ex-
position of Matthew.
{b) For Greek students :
Besides Alford, Bengel, Calvin, Meyer, Vincent
and B. Weiss on the whole New Testament, one
may note the following separate writers :
ALLEN A Critical and Exegetical Commentary on the
Gospel according to St. Matthew. Int. Crit. Comm.
(1907).
BALJON Commentaar op het Evangelic van Mt. (1900).
BLASS Evangelium secundum Matthaeum (1901).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 103
BRUCE The Synoptic Gospels. Exp. Gk. Test. (1897).
CARR Matthew in the Cambridge Greek Testament
(1894).
GERESELO Authenticita eta e storica autorita del Vangelo
diS. Matteo (1909).
CHRYSOSTOM Homiletical discourses.
DIMMLER Das Evangelium nach Matthaus (1909).
HOLTZMANN Die Synoptiker. Hand-Commentar. 3
Aufl. (1901).
KLOSTERMANN UND GRESSMANN Matthaus (1909).
LOISY Les evangiles synoptiques. Two volumes
(1907-8).
McNEiLE The Gospel according to St. Matthew (1915).
NIGLUTSCH Brevis Commentarius in Evangelium S.
Matthaei (1913).
NOSGEN Das Evangelium des Matthaus (1897).
PLUMMER An Exegetical Commentary on the Gospel ac-
cording to St. Matthew (1909).
WEISS, B. Das Matthaus-Evangelium. Meyer Kom-
mentar. 9 Aufl. (1898).
.WEISS Die drei alteren Evangelien. Schrif ten des Neuen
Testaments. (1907).
WELLHAUSEN Das Evangelium Matthsei (1904).
ZAHN Das Evangelium des Matthaus. Zahn Kommen-
tar. 2 Aufl. (1905).
3. Commentaries on Mark
(a) For English students :
Besides those on the whole New Testament.
ALEXANDER Gospel of Mark (1863).
BACON The Beginnings of Gospel Story: A Historico-
Critical Inquiry into the Sources of and Structure of
the Gospel according to Mark (1909).
BENNETT Life of Christ according to St. Mark (1907).
BROADUS Gospel according to Mark.
CHADWICK The Gospel of Mark. Exp. Bible (1887).
104 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
CLARKE Gospel of Mark. Am. Comm. (1881). ]
DEAN The Gospel according to St. Mark (1916).
ERDMAN The Gospel of Mark (1917) .
HUNTER John Mark; or the Making of a Saint (1917).
JACOBUS The Gospel according to Mark. Bible for
Home and School (1915).
JONES, J. D. Commentary on St. Mark. Four volumes
(1919).
LINDSAY The Gospel according to St. Mark.
LUCKOCK Footprints of the Son of Man as Traced by
St. Mark (1889).
MACLEAR Gospel of St. Mark. Cambridge Bible for
Schools and Colleges.
MENZIES The Earliest Gospel: A Historical Study of
the Gospel according to Mark (1901).
MORISON Practical Commentary on the Gospel accord-
ing to St. Mark. Seventh edition (1894).
PLUMMER Cambridge Bible for Schools.
ROBINSON St. Mark's Life of Jesus (1922).
ROBERTSON, A. T. Making Good in the Ministry : A
Sketch of John Mark (1918).
ROBERTSON, A. T. Studies in Mark's Gospel (1919).
SALMOND The Gospel according to St. Mark. New-
Century Bible.
TAYLOR, J. J. Gospel according to Mark. S.' B. Conven-
tion Series.
(b) For Greek students :
Besides the general books.
ALLEN The Gospel according to Mark (1915).
Du BOISSON The Origin and Characteristics of Mark
(1906).
BRUCE Exp. Gk. Test. (1897).
GOGUEL L'Evangile de Marc et ses rapports avec ceux
de Matthieu et de Luc (1909).
GOULD The Gospel according to St. Mark. Int. Crit.
Ser. 1896.
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 105
GREEN, W. The Gospel according to St. Mark (1909).
HoLTZMANtt Die Synoptiker. Hand-Comm. (1901).
KLOSTERMANN-GRESSMANN Markus ( 1907) .
LAGRANGE Evangile selon St. Marc (1911).
LOISY L'Evangile selon Marc (1912).
MACLEAR Camb. Gk. Test. (1893).
MERX Das Evangelium Markus (1905).
PLUMMER Camb. Gk. Test. (1915).
JR.OHR Die Glaubwiirdigkeit des Markusevangeliums
(1913).
SWETE The Gospel according to St. Mark. Second edi-
tion (1902).
WEISS, B. Meyer Komm. (1901).
WEISS, J. Das alteste Evangelium (1903).
WEISS, J. Das Markus Evangelium (1906). Die Schrif-
ten des Neuen Testaments.
WELLHAUSEN Das Evangelium Marci. 2 Aufl. (1909).
WOHLENBERG Das Evangelium des Markus. Zahn
Komm. (1910).
4. Commentaries on Luke
(a) For English students:
Not on entire New Testament.
ADENEY New-Century Bible.
BLISS In Am. Comm. (1881).
BURTON Exp. Bible (1890).
FARRAR In Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges.
HAYES The Most Beautiful Book in the World.
LINDSAY Gospel according to St. Luke.
MCLAUGHLIN Commentary on the Gospel according to
St. Luke (1912).
RAGG The Gospel according to St. Luke (1922).
SADLER Gospel according to St. Luke (1886).
STEVENSON Handbook to Luke (1901).
(b) For Greek students :
Not on entire New Testament.
106 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
BLASS Evangelium secundum Lucam (1897).
BRUCE Synoptic Gospels in Exp. Gk. T. (1897).
BURNSIDE Camb. Gk. Test. (1915).
CADBURY Critical Studies in the Gospel of Luke and the
Book of Acts (1916-18).
FARRAR Camb. Gk. Test. (1884).
GODET Commentary on the Gospel of St. Luke (1887).
HARNACK Luke the Physician (1907).
HOLTZMANN Die Synoptiker. Hand-Komm. (1901).
KLOSTERMAN Lukas. Handbuch zum N. T. (1919).
KOCH Die Abfassungszeit des lukanischen geschichts-
werkes (1911).
LOISY Les evangiles synoptiques (1908).
PLUMMER The Gospel according to St. Luke. Int. Crit.
Comm. Fourth edition (1909).
ROBERTSON, A. T. A Translation of Luke's Gospel with
Grammatical Notes (1923).
ROSE L'evangile selon S. Luc (1904).
WEISS, B. Meyer Komm. 9 Aufl. (1901).
WEISS, J. Das Lukas Evangelium (1906). Schriften d.
N. T.
WELLHAUSEN Das Evangelium Lucae (1904).
ZAHN Das Evangelium des Lukas (1914). 4 Aufl.
(1920).
5. Commentaries on John
(a) For English students :
Not on entire New Testament.
CANDLER Practical Studies in the Gospel of John.
Three volumes (1912-15).
DODS The Gospel of John. Exp. Bible. Two volumes
(1891).
GORE Exposition of the Gospel of John (1920).
HOVEY In Am. Comm. (1885).
MAURICE The Gospel of St. John (1906).
MCCLYMONT New-Century Bible ( 1901 ) .
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 107
MILLIGAN AND MouLTON In Schaff's Comm. (1895).
PLUMkER Camb. Bible for Schools and Colleges.
REITH St. John.
REYNOLDS The Gospel of St. John. The Pulpit Comm.
Two volumes (1887-8).
ROBERTSON, A. T. Divinity of Christ in the Gospel of
John (1916).
SELBIE Belief and Life. Studies in the Thought of the
Fourth Gospel (1916).
WATKINS In Ellicott's Comm. (1879).
k WniTELAw The Gospel of John (1888).
(b) For Greek students:
Not on entire New Testament.
BERT Das Evangelium des Johannes (1922).
BELZER Das Evangelium des heiligen Johannes (1905).
BLASS Evangelium secundum Johannem (1902).
CALMES L'evangile selon S. Jean (1904).
CARR Gospel of St. John (1904).
DODS Expositor's Greek Testament (1897).
GODET-! Comm. on the Gospel of St. John. Two volumes
(1886-90).
GOEBEL Die Reden unseres Herrn nach Johannem. Two
volumes (1906-10).
HEITMULLER Das Johannes-Evangelium. Schr. d. N. T.
(1907).
HOLTZMANN Hand-Comm. 3Aufl. von Bauer (1908).
LOISY Le Quatrieme Evangile. Second edition (1921).
PLUMMER Camb. Gk. Test. (1913).
WEISS, B.Meyer-Komm. 9 Aufl. (1902).
WELLHAUSEN Das Evangelium Johannis (1908).
WESTCOTT Commentary on the Gospel of St. John. Two
volumes (1908).
ZAHN Das Evangelium Johannes. ZahnKomm. (1909).
6 Aufl. (1921).
108 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
III. HARMONIES OF THE GOSPELS
AUGUSTINE Harmony of the Evangelists.
BRASSAC Nova Evangeliorum Synopsis (1913).
BURTON AND GOODSPEED A Harmony of the Synoptic
Gospels (1917).
BURTON AND GOODSPEED A Harmony of the Synoptic
Gospels in Greek (1920).
BROADUS A Harmony of the Gospels in the Revised
Version with New Helps for Historical Study.
Critical Notes by Robertson. Twelfth edition
(1921).
CADMAN Christ in the Gospels. Four Gospels com-
bined into one.
CAMERLYNCK ET COPPIETERS Evangeliorum secundum
Matthseum, Marcum et Lucam Synopsis juxta Vul-
gatam Editionem (1910).
CAMPBELL First Three Gospels in Greek (1899).
CLARK Harmony of the Gospels in the Authorized Ver-
sion (1892).
FINNEY Huck's Synopsis of the First Three Gospels
(1909).
GARDINER A Harmony of the Four Gospels in Greek
(1873).
HEINEKE Synopse der drei ersten Kan. Evangelien mit
Parallelen aus dem Joh. Ev. (1898).
HILL The Earliest Life of Christ ever compiled from
the Four Gospels, Being the Diatessaron of Tatian
(1894).
HUCK Synopse der drei ersten Evangelien. 4 Aufl.
(1910).
KERR A Harmony of the Gospels in the American Stand-
ard Version (1903).
LARFELD Griechische Synopse der 4 neut. Evangelien
(1912).
ROBERTSON, A. T. A Harmony of the Gospels for
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 109
Students of the Life of Christ (1922). Second Edi-
tion (1923).
ROBINSON-RIDDLE A Harmony of the Gospels in Greek
(1885).
SHARMAN Records of the Life of Jesus (1917).
STEVENS AND BURTON A Harmony of the Gospels for
Historical Study in the Revised Version. Tenth edi-
tion (1910).
VAN KIRK A Source Book for the Life oi Christ
(1919).
WIESELER Chronological Synopsis of the Gospel History 7
(1877).
WRIGHT A Synopsis of the Gospels in Greek (1903).
TV. LIFE OF CHRIST
A Small Selection from the Enormous Literature
1. Bibliographies and Criticism of Literature on the Life
of Christ
ANSTEY Modern Lives of Christ (1895).
AYRES Jesus Christ Our Lord. An English Bibliog-
raphy of Christology Comprising over Five Thousand
Titles Annotated and Classified (1906).
CONYBEARE History of New Testament Criticism. Is-
sued for the Rationalist Press Association (1910).
FANT Die Christologie seit Schleiermacher, ihre Gesch-
ichte und ihre Begriindung (1912).
SANDAY The Life of Christ in Recent Research (1907).
SANDAY Christologies Ancient and Modern (1910).
SCHWEITZER Von Reimarus zu Wrede (1906).
SCHWEITZER The Quest of the Historical Jesus. A
Critical Study of Its Progress from Reimarus to
Wrede (1910).
WABNITZ Histoire de la vie de Jesus (1906).
WEINEL Jesus im neunszehnten Jahrhundert. 2 Aufl.
(1906).
110 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
t
WEINEL Jesus in the Nineteenth Century and After
(1914).
See further lists in the various lives of Christ, in the
Bible dictionaries, and in the New Testament bibli-
ographies, in particular Hastings' Dictionary of
Christ and the Gospels.
2. Introductory Problems
ANTHONY Introduction to the Life of Christ (1896).
EARTH Die Hauptprobleme des Lebens Jesu. 3 Aufl.
(1907).
BAUENFEIND Die literarische Form des Evangeliums
(1915).
BRIGGS New Light on the Life of Jesus (1904).
BULTMAN Die Geschichte der synoptischen Tradition
(1921).
BURKITT The Earliest Sources for the Life of Jesus
(1910).
BUTLER How to Study the Life of Christ (1900).
CASPARI Chronological and Geographical Introduction
to the Life of Christ (1869).
DELFF Die Geschichte d. Rabbi Jesus von Nazareth
(1889).
DIBELIUS Die Formgeschichte des Evangeliums (1919).
HILL Introduction to the Life of Christ (1911).
HODGE Historical Atlas and Chronology of the Life of
Christ (1899).
HOLTZMANN, O. Die Hauptprobleme der Leben-Jesu
Forschung (1906).
JULICHER Neue Linien in der Kritik der evangelischen
Ueberlieferung (1906).
LIBERTY The Political Relations of Christ's Ministry
(1916).
MEYER, E. Ursprung und Anfange des Christentums
(1921).
MILLER Our Knowledge of Christ (1914).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 111
MOMMERT Zur Chronologie des^Lebens Jesu (1909).
REVILLE Jesus de Nazareth: Etudes critiques sur les
antecedents de 1'histoire evangelique et la vie de
Jesus. Two volumes (1897). Second edition of
Vol. I. (1906).
ROBINSON Study of the Saviour in the Newer Light
(1898).
SANDAY The Sacred Sites of the Gospels (1903).
SCHMIDT, K. L. Der Rahmen der Geschichte Jesu
(1919).
SODEN Die wichtigsten Fragen im Leben Jesu. 2 Aufl.
(1909).
SPITTA Streitfragen der Geschichte Jesu (1907).
[WERNEE The Sources of Our Knowledge of Jesus
(1907).
^WESTCOTT Introduction to the Study of the Gospels
(1887).
.WIESELER Chronological Synopsis to the Gospel His-
tory .(1877).
3. Exhaustive Treatises on the Life of Christ
ANDREWS Life of Christ. New edition (1892).
BEYSCHLAG Das Leben Jesu. Two volumes (1893).
BOVON Vie de Jesus (1894).
EDERSHEIM The Life and Times of Jesus the Messiah.
Third edition. Two volumes (1886).
EWALD History of Christ and His Times (1865).
FARRAR Life of Christ. Two volumes (1874).
GEIKIE The Life and Words of Christ. Two volumes
(1879).
HANNA Our Lord's Life on Earth. Six volumes
(1876).
LEPSIUS Das Leben Jesu. 2 Bde (1917, 1918).
NOESGEN Geschichte Jesu Christi (1891).
The Life of Christ. Translation from the Ital-
ian (1923).
112 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
PATTERSON-SMYTH A People's Life of Christ (1920).
PRESSENSE Jesus Christ: His Times, Life, and Work
(1879).
SCHLATTER Die Geschichte der Christus (1920).
SMITH, D. In the Days of His Flesh. Tenth edition
(1915).
WEISS, B. The Life of Christ. Second edition. Three
volumes (1909).
WERNLE Jesus (1916).
'4. Handbooks
ANDERSON, F. L. The Man of Nazareth (1914).
BARTON Jesus of Nazareth (1922).
BENNETT The Life of Christ according to St. Mark
(1907).
CAMPBELL The Life of Christ (1921).
DAVIS The Story of the Nazarene (1904).
DAWSON The Man Christ Jesus (1901).
DRURY The Ministry of Our Lord (1911).
ELLICOTT Historical Lectures on the Life of Christ
(1869).
FAIRBAIRN Studies in the Life of Christ. New edition
(1892).
GARVIE Studies iathe Inner Life of Jesus (1907).
GLOVER The Jesus of History (1917).
GOOD The Jesus of Our Fathers (1923).
HEADLAM The Life and Teachings of Jesus Christ
(1922).
HILL The Life of Christ (1917).
HOLDSWORTH The Christ of the Gospels (1911).
KENT Life and Teachings of Jesus (1913).
LEES The Life of Christ (1920).
LOOPS -Wer war Jesus Christus (1916).
PARKER Ecce Deus (1875).
RHEES The Life of Jesus (1900).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 113
ROBERTSON, A. T. Epochs in the Life of Jesus. Popu-
lar edition (1923).
ROBERTSON, J. A. The Spiritual Pilgrimage of Jesus.
Fifth edition (1922).
ROBINSON St. Mark's Life of Jesus (1923).
SANDAY Outlines of the Life of Christ. Second edition
(1908).
SEELYE- Ecce Homo. New edition (1895).
STALKER Life of Christ (1881). Many editions since.
STEWART The Life of Christ.
WATSON Life of the Master (1900).
WHYTE The ^Walk and Conversation of Jesus Christ
(1906).
WILSON The Christ That We Forget (1917).
5. Very Radical Works
BOUSSET Jesus (1906).
BOUSSET Kurios Christos (1914).
GILBERT Jesus (1912).
HOLTZMANN, O. The Life of Jesus (1904). Christos.
2Aufl. (1915).
KEIM The History of Jesus of Nazara. Six volumes
(1876-83). Jesus von Nazara. 2Bde(1872).
MARTIN, A. W. The Life of Jesus (1913).
NEUMANN- Jesus (1906).
PFLEIDERER Christian Origins (1906).
RENAN The Life of Jesus. Twenty-third edition
(1896).
SCHMIDT, N. The Prophet of Nazareth (1905).
SCHMIDT, P. W. Die Geschichte Jesu (1904).
STAFFER Jesus Christ. Three volumes (1898).
STRAUSS The Life of Jesus Critically Examined.
Translation from fourth German edition (1898).
VAN NORDEN Jesus (1906).
WILLIAMSON The Life and Times of Jesus the Christ
(1912).
114 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
6. Jesus Treated as a Paranoiac
BUNDY The Psychic Health of Jesus (1922).
HALL, G. STANLEY Jesus Christ in the Light of Psy-
chology (1917).
HITCHCOCK The Psychology of Jesus.
HOLTZMANN, O. War Jesus Ekstatiker? (1903).
JAEGER 1st Jesus Christus ein suggestions-therapeut
gewesen (1918).
LOOPS What Is the Truth about Jesus Christ (1913).
SCHAEFER Jesus in psychiatrischer Beleuchtung (1910).
Die psychische Gesundheit Jesu (1908).
7. The Historicity of Jesus
BORNEMANN Jesus als Problem (1909).
BUGGE Das Christus-Mysterium (1915).
CASE The Historicity of Jesus (1912).
CONYBEARE The Historical Christ (1914).
DIBELIUS Recent Pamphlet Lit. on the subject in The-
olog. Literaturzeitung 1910, No. 10.
DREWS The Christ Myth (1911).
DREWS Die Zeugnisse fur die Geschichtlichkeit Jesu
(1911).
FORREST The Christ of History and Experience
(1897).
GREER The Historical Christ (1890).
HAUCK Hat Jesus gelebt? (1910).
HENDRIX If I Had Not Come (1916) .
JENSEN Moses, Jesus, Paulus. 2 Aufl. (1909).
JULICHER Hat Jesus gelebt? (1910).
KALTHOFF Das Christus-Problem (1902).
KALTHOFF Die Enstehung des Christentums (1904).
KEIM Der Historische Christus (1867).
KLOSTERMANN Die neuesten Angriffe auf die Geschicht-
lichkeit Jesu.
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 115
LACEY The Historic Christ (1905).
MELHORN Wahrheit und Dichtung im Leben Jesu. 2
Aufl. (1919).
PIEPENBRING Jesus Historique (1909). New ed.
(1922).
RIEGEL AND JORDAN Simon, Son of Man (1917).
ROBERTSON, J. M. Christianity and Mythology (1900).
ROBERTSON, J. M. Pagan Christs (1903).
ROBERTSON, J. M. The Historical Jesus (1916).
ROBERTSON, J. M. The Jesus Problem (1917).
ROSSINGTON Did Jesus Really Live? (1911).
SCHMIEDEL Jesus in Modern Criticism (1907).
SEITZ Christus. Zeignisse aus dem Altertum (1896).
SIMPSON The Fact of Christ (1900).
SMITH, D. The Historic Jesus ( 1912) .
SMITH, W. B. Der vor-Christliche Jesus (1906).
SMITH, W. B. The Pre-Christian Jesus (1906).
SODEN Hat Jesus gelebt? (1910).
SODEN Has Jesus Lived? (1911).
THORBURN Jesus the Christ: Historical or Mythical?
(1912).
THORBURN The Historical Jesus (1916).
TROELTSCH Die Bedeutung der Geschichtlichkeit Jesus
fur den Glauben (1911).
WEINEL 1st das "liberate" Jesusbild widerlegt? (1910).
L WEiss, J. Jesus von Nazareth, Mythus oder Geschichte?
(1910).
WILLIAMSON The Times and the Teaching of Jesus
Christ (1912).
8. The Jesus or Christ (Jesus or Paul) Controversy
BACON Jesus and Paul (1921).
BREITENSTEIN Jesus et Paul (1908).
CARPENTER The Historical Jesus and the Theological
Christ (1912).
PRESCHER Das Leben Jesu bei Paulus (1900).
116 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
DUNKMANN Der historische Jesus, der mythologische
Christus, und Jesus der Christus (1910).
FEINE Jesus Christus und Paulus (1902).
GOGUEL L'apotre Paul et Jesus-Christ (1904).
HEITMULLER Jesus tind Paulus (1915).
HIBBERT JOURNAL SUPPLEMENT Jesus or Christ. (Re-
print for January, 1909).
HOLTZMANN, H. Paulus als Zeuge wider die Christus-
mythe von Arthur Drews (Die Christliche Welt, 17
Feb., 1910).
JULICHER Paulus und Jesus (1910).
KAFTAN Jesus und Paulus (1906).
KNOWLING Testimony of St. Paul to Christ. Second
edition (1911).
KOLBING Die geistige Einwirkung der Person Jesus auf
Paulus (1906).
MEYER, A. Jesus or Paul (1909).
REID Jesus the Christ and Paul the Apostle (1915).
RESCH Der Paulinismus und die Logia Jesu (1904).
ROBERTSON, A. T. -Paul the Interpreter of Christ (1921).
SCHMIDT, F. Der Christus des Glaubens und der Jesus
der Geschichte.
SCHMIDT, H/ Der paulinische Christus (1867).
SCHWEITZER The Quest of the Historical Jesus (1900).
SCOTT, C. A. Jesus and Paul. In Cambr. Biblical Essays
(1909).
WEINEL Jesus im neunzehnten Jahrhundert (1906).
WEISS, J. Paul and Jesus (1909).
WERNLE Jesus und Paulus (1915).
WUSTMANN Jesus und Paulus (1907).
.WYNNE Fragmentary Records of Jesus of Nazareth
from the Letters of a Contemporary (1887).
9. The Person of Christ (Chrisfology, Kenosis, Son of
Man, Son of God or Humanity and Deity of Jesus)
ABBOTT The Message of the Son of Man (1909).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 117
ABBOTT The Son of Man : Contributions to the Study
of the Thoughts of Jesus (1910).
ALEXANDER, GROSS The Son of Man (1901).
AUSTIN, MARY The Man Jesus (1915).
BACON Jesus the Son of God (1911).
BAILEY Does Hellenism Contribute Constituent Ele-
ments to Paul's Christology? (1905).
BAKER Christ and the Pharisees (1919).
BALDENSPERGER Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu. 2 Aufl.
(1892).
BALL The Kenotic Theory (1898).
BOUSSET Jesus der Herr (1916).
BRiGGS-^The Incarnation of Our Lord (1902).
BRUCE The Humiliation of Christ (1892).
BRUCKNER Die Entstehung der paulinischen Christolo-
gie (1903).
BUSHNELL The Character of Jesus (1884).
CAIRNCROSS The Appeal of Jesus (1916).
CHAPMAN The Consciousness of Christ (1922).
COOKE The Incarnation and Recent Criticism (1907).
CRAIG rjesus as He Was and Is (1914).
DECKER Christ's Experience of God (1914).
DENNEY Jesus and the Gospel (1908).
DORNER History of the Development of the Doctrine
and the Person of Christ. Five volumes (1878).
DOUGALL AND EMMET! The Lord of Thought (1923).
DRUMMOND Via, Veritas, Vita (1894).
Du BOSE, W. P. The Gospel in the Gospels (1906).
Du BOSE, H. M.' The Consciousness of Jesus (1917).
DURELL The Self -revelation of Our Lord (1910).
ENLOW A Jewish View of Jesus (1920).
FAIRBAIRN The Place of Christ in Modern Theology
(1893),
FANT Die Christologie seit Schleiermacher (1912).
FIEBERG Der Menschensohn ( 1901 ) .
FINDLAY, J. A. Jesus as They Saw Him (1920).
FORREST The Christ of History and Experience (1897).
JUS SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
FORREST The Authority of Christ (1906).
FORSYTE: The Person and Place of Jesus Christ (1909).
FROVIG Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu (1918).
GARVIE Studies in the Inner Life of Jesus (1907).
GIBSON Jesus Christ the Unique Revealer of God
(1915).
GIFFORD The Incarnation (1897).
GLOVER Jesus in the Experience of Men (1921).
GORDAN, G. A. The Christ of To-day.
GORE The Incarnation of the Son of God (1891).
GRANBERY An Outline of N. T. Christology (1909).
GUNTHER Die Entwickelung der Lehre Person Christi
im XIX Jahrhundert (1911).
HEADLAM The Life and Teachings of Jesus Christ
(1923).
HITCHCOCK The Psychology of Jesus.
HOFFMANN Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu (1904).
HOLDSWORTH The Christ of the Gospels (1911).
HOLTZMANN, H. J. Das Messianische Bewusstsein Jesu
(1907).
HOYT The Teaching of Jesus Concerning His Own Per-
son (1907).
JEFFERSON The Character of Jesus (1908).
KENNEDY The Self-Revelation of Jesus Christ.
KLAUSNER Jesus of Nazareth, His Life, His Times, His
Teachings. By a Jew, in Hebrew (1922).
KUHL Das Bewusstsein Jesu (1908).
LEPIN Jesus Messie et Fils de Dieu. Third edition
(1908).
LIDDON Our Lord's Divinity (1889).
LIETZMANN Der Menschensohn (1896).
LOOFS What Is the Truth about Jesus Christ? (1913).
LUCAS The Fifth Gospel. The Pauline Interpretation
of Christ.
LUTGERT Johannes Christologie.
MACKINTOSH The Doctrine of the Person of Jesus
Christ (1912).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 119
MACNEILL The Christology of the Ep. to the Hebrews
(1914).
MICKLEM The Galilean. 2d ed. (1921).
MULLER Our Lord : Belief in the Deity of Christ (1907) .
MULLINS The Authority of Christ (in Freedom and
Authority in Religion) (1913).
NICOLL The Church's One Foundation : Christ and Re-
cent Criticism (1902).
NOLLOTH The Person of Our Lord and Recent Thought
(1908).
OTTLEY The Doctrine of the Incarnation (1896).
PARKER Ecce Deus (1875).
PAULUS Der Christus-Problem der Gegenwart (1922).
PEABODY The Character of Christ (1904).
PETERS The Master (1911).
PFLEIDERER The Early Christian Conception of Christ
(1905).
POWELL The Principle of the Incarnation (1896).
RELTON A Study in Christology (1919).
REVILLE History of the Dogma of the Deity of Christ.
Third edition (1905).
ROBERTSON, A. T. The Pharisees and Jesus (1920).
Ross, G. A. J. The Universality of Jesus.
SANDAY Christologies : Ancient and Modern (1910).
SCHMIDT, N. Son of Man and Son of God in Modern
Theology (1904).
SCHURER Das Messianische Selbstbewusstsein Jesu
Christi (1903).
SCHWEITZER The Quest of the Historical Jesus (1910).
SCOTT Dominus Noster (1918).
SEEBERG Christi Person und Werk nach der Lehre
seiner Jiinger (1910).
SEELEY Ecce Homo (1866).
SOMERVILLE St. Paul's Conception of Christ (1897).
STALKER The Christology of Jesus (1901).
SiREATFiELD-^The Self-Interpretation of Jesus Christ
(1907).
120 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
TEMPLE The Boyhood Consciousness of Christ (1922).
TORREY, R. A. The Real Christ (1920).
VAN OOSTERZEE The Person and Work of the Re-
deemer (1886).
VOELTER Die Menschensohnfrage heu untersucht
(1916).
VONIER The Personality of Christ (1915).
WALKER The Spirit and the Incarnation (1900).
WARFIELD The Lord of Glory (1907).
WEISS, J. Christ: The Beginnings of Dogma (1911).
WETTER Der Sohn Gottes (1916).
WILKINSON, W. C. Concerning Jesus Christ the Son of
God (1916).
WREDE Das Messiahgeheimnis in den Evangelien
(1907).
YOUNG Our Lord and Master (1902).
10. Special Aspects
For lists on Virgin Birth, John the Baptist, Baptism,
Temptation, Sermon on the Mount, Lord's Prayer,
Trial, Crucifixion, Resurrection, Ascension, etc.,
see lessons on those topics.
AITKEN The Christ of the Men of Art -(1914).
ANTHONY The Method of Jesus (1900).
BERNARD The Mental Characteristics of Christ (1888).
BISCHOFF Jesus und die Rabbinen (1905).
BISHOP Jesus the Worker (1910).
BLAIKIE Glimpses of the Inner Life of Our Lord
(1876).
BROOKS The Influence of Jesus (1879).
BROCKER Die Wahrheit iiber Jesus (1911).
BROADUS Jesus of Nazareth (1889).
BRUCE The Training of the Twelve. Fourth edition
(1894).
CAIRNS Christ the Central Evidence of Christianity.
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 121
CAMERON The Renascence of Jesus (1915).
CARPENTER The Witness of the Influence of Christ
(1905).
FARRAR The Life of Lives (1900).
FARRAR The Life of Christ as Represented in Art.
GIBSON Jesus the Supreme Revealer of God (1915).
GRIFFITH- JONES The Master and His Methods (1902).
GRIST The Historic Christ in the Faith of To-day
(1911).
HAUSRATH Jesus und die neutest. Schrif tsteller ( 1908) .
JORDAN Jesus und die modernen Jesusbilder (1909).
LATHAM Pastor Pastorum (1890).
LAW The Emotions of Jesus (1915).
LEIGHTON Jesus Christ and the Civilization of To-day
(1907).
MATHESON Studies in the Portrait of the Messiah
(1900).
MATHESON St. John's Portrait of Christ (1910).
MCDOWELL The School of Christ (1910).
MORGAN Crises of the Christ (1910).
MOULE Scenes in the Life of Our Lord (1909).
MYERS, M. The Sinlessness of Jesus (1907).
PARKER The Inner Life of Christ. Three volumes
(1882).
PARKIN The New Testament Portrait of Jesus (1908).
ROBERTSON, A. T. The Pharisees and Jesus (1919).
ROBERTSON, J. A. The Spiritual Pilgrimage of Jesus
(1917).
ROBINSON, C. H. Studies in the Character of Christ
(1907).
SELBIE Aspects of Christ (1909).
SLATTERY The Master of the World (1906).
SPEER The Man Christ Jesus (1896).
STALKER Imago Christi. Seventh edition (1889).
TISSOT The Life of Our Lord Jesus Christ. Profusely
Illustrated. Third edition (1899).
THOMAS A KEMPIS The Imitation of Christ.
122 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
ULLMANN The Sinlessness of Jesus (1863).
WARSCHAUER Jesus : Seven Questions.
WENDLING The Man of Galilee (1908).
WILSON Contrasts in the Character of Christ (1916).
11. The Miracles of Jesus
ABBOTT New Testament Miracles.
ARGYLE Duke of, The Reign of Law.
ARNOLD, M. Literature and Dogma (1898).
BALLARD Miracles of Unbelief (1904).
BELCHER Our Lord's Miracles of Healing (1872).
BEST Beyond the Natural Order (1908).
BETH The Miracles of Jesus (1907).
BOWNE The Immanence of God (1905).
BREWER A Dictionary of Miracles (1897).
BRUCE The Miraculous Element in the Gospels (1892).
BURTON Christ's Acted Parables (1893).
BUSHNELL Nature and the Supernatural.
BUTLER, Jos. Analogy of Religion (1896).
CAIRNS Christ the Central Evidence of Christianity.
COOKE The Credentials of Science the Warrant of Faith
(1893).
DAVIES The Miracles of Jesus (1913).
DUFF AND ALLEN Psychic Research -and Gospel
Miracles (1902).
FIEBIG Jiidische Wundergeschichte d. neut. Zeitalter
(1911).
GILBERT The Miracles in St. John's Gospel and Their
Teaching (1922).
GORDON Religion and Miracle (1909)
GORE Bampton Lectures (1891).
HABERSHON Study of the Miracles (1910).
HEADLAM The Miracles of the New Testament (1915).
HUME Enquiry Concerning the Human Understanding.
New edition (1896).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 123
*
HUTCHINSON Our Lord's Signs in St. John's Gospel
(1892).
HUXLEY Some Controverted Questions (1892).
HUXLEY Science and Christian Tradition (1896).
ILLINGWORTH The Divine Immanence (1898).
ILLINGWORTH Gospel Miracles (1915).
LAIDLAW The Miracles of Our Lord (1892).
LANG The Miracles of Jesus (1920).
LYTTLETON The Relation between Religion and Science.
MAY Miracles and Myths of the New Testament
(1909).
MICKLEM Miracles and the New Psychology (1923).
MOZLEY On Miracles (1865).
MULLINS Why Christianity is True (1905).
NEWMAN, J. H. On Miracles (1870).
RAINY, ORE, AND DODS The Supernatural in Christian-
ity (1894).
SAINTYVES Le discernement du miracle (1909).
STEINMEYER The Miracles of Our Lord (1875).
TAYLOR, W. M. The Gospel Miracles in their Relation
to Christ and Christianity (1880).
TAYLOR, W. M. The Miracles of Our Lord and Saviour
(1900).
THOMPSON Miracles in the New Testament (1911).
TRAUB Die Wunder im Neuen Testament (1905).
TRENCH Notes on the Miracles of Our Lord. New
edition (1902).
WARFIELD Counterfeit Miracles (1918).
WARRINGTON Can We Believe in Miracles? (1871).
WENDLAND Miracles and Christianity.
WESTCOTT Characteristics of the Gospel Miracles
(1859).
WHITE, A. D. Warfare of Science with Religion (1897).
WRIGHT The Finger of God (1903).
See Bible dictionaries and magazines.
124 SYLLABUS FOE NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
12. The Parables of Jesus
ARNOT The Parables of Our Lord (1872).
BEYSCHLAG Die Gleichnisse des Herrn (1875).
BOUKDILLON The Parables of Our Lord.
BROWNE The Parables of the Gospels (1915).
BRUCE The Parabolic Teaching of Christ (1892).
BUGGE Die Haupt-Parabeln Jesu (1903).
CALDERWOOD Parables of Our Lord (1880).
PODS The Parables of Our Lord (1895).
DRUMMOND The Parabolic Teaching of Christ (1872).
FIEBIG rAltjiidische Gleichnisse und die Gleichnisse Jesu.
FIEBIG Die Gleichnisse Jesu im Lichte der rabbin.
Gleichnissen (1912).
GOEBEL The Parables of Jesus (1884).
HABERSHON A Study of the Parables (1904).
HUBBARD The Parables (1907).
JULICHER Die Gleichnisreden Jesu (1910).
KOCH Die Gleichnisse Jesu (1910).
LANG Thoughts on Some of the Parables of Jesus
(1905).
Lisco On the Parables (1850).
LITHGOW The Parabolic Gospel (1914).
MINER The Parabolic Teaching of Christ (1920).
MURRAY Jesus and His Parables (1914):
RESKER Our Lord's Illustrations (1899).
ROBINSON The Parables of Jesus in Their Relation to
His Ministry (1921).
SALMOND The Parables of Our Lord.
SPANUTH Die Gleichnisse Jesu (1906).
SWETE Parables of the Kingdom (1920).
TAMM Der Realismus Jesu in seinen Gleichnissen
(1886).
TAYLOR The Parables of Our Saviour (1886).
THOMSON The Parables and their Home ( 1895 ) .
TRENCH Notes on the Parables of Our Lord. New edi-
tion (1902).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 125
WEINEL Die Gleichnisse Jesu. 2 Aufl. (1904).
YOUNG The Illustrative Teachings of Jesus (1915).
See Bible dictionaries and magazines.
13. The Teaching of Jesu$
Besides general works on Biblical Theology and Bible
dictionaries.
(a) Teaching as a Whole.
ABBOTT The Message of the Son of Man (1899).
ADAMSON Studies in the Mind of Christ (1898).
BEARDSLEE Teacher-Training with the Master Teacher
(1903).
BISCHOFF Jesus und die Rabbinen (1905).
BOND The Master Preacher (1910).
BOUSSET Jesu Predigt im ihren Gegensatz zum Juden-
tum (1892).
BRUCE^-The Galilean Gospel (1893).
BRUN Jesu Evangelium (1917).
BURRELL The Wonderful Teacher (1902).
CASTOR Matthew's Sayings of Jesus (1918).
CLARKE The Ideal of Jesus (1911).
DALMAN The Words of Jesus (1898).
DALMAN Jesus- Jeschua (Jesus und Judenthum, 1922).
D'ARCY Ruling Ideas of Our Lord (1901).
DEANE Rabboni (1921).
DECKER Christ's Experience of God (1915).
DENNEY Jesus and the Gospel (1908).
Du BOSE The Gospel in the Gospels (1904).
EVANS, M. G. What Jesus Taught According to the
Gospels (1922).
FuLtKRUG Jesus and the Pharisees (1904).
GARVIE Studies in the Inner Life of Jesus (1907).
GIBSON Christianity to Christ (1885).
GILBERT The Revelation of Jesus (1899).
GRAVES What Did Jesus Teach? (1919).
126 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
HALL The Messages of Jesus (1901).
HORNE Jesus the Master Teacher (1920).
HORTON The Teaching of Jesus (1895).
IHMELS Das Evangelium von Jesus Christus (1911).
JACKSON The Table Talk of Jesus (1903).
JACKSON The Teaching of Jesus (1903).
KING The Theology of Christ (1903).
KNOX The Gospel of Jesus (1909).
LANCASTER The Creed of Christ (1905).
MACKINTOSH Rabbi Jesus (1911).
MACLAREN, IAN The Mind of the Master (1896).
MACFARLAND Jesus and the Prophets (1905).
MCCLELLAND The Mind of Christ (1909).
McGEE Jesus the World's Teacher (1907).
MEYER Le Christianisme du Christ.
MONTEFIORE Some Elements in the Religious Teachings
of Jesus (1910).
PICTON The Religion of Jesus (1893).
ROBERTSON, JAMES The Teaching of Our Lord (1900).
ROBERTSON, A. T. Keywords in the Teaching of Jesus
(1906).
ROBERTSON, A. T. The Pharisees and Jesus (1920).
SCHAEDER Das Evangelium Jesu und das Evangelium
von Jesu (1906).
SCHAEFER The Supreme Revelation. Studies in the
Synoptic Teachings of Jesus (1914).
SCHNEIDER Jesus als Philosoph (1911).
SEEBERG Das Evangelium Christi (1905).
SELWYN The Teaching of Christ (1915).
SKINNER, CHARLOTTE The Master's Message to Women
(1895).
SMITH The Teaching of Christ in John (1904).
SPEER The Principles of Jesus (1905).
STEVENS The Teaching of Jesus (1901).
STIER The Words of Jesus. Eight volumes (1869).
SWETE Studies in the Teaching of Our Lord (1903).
TIGERT Christianity of Christ and His Apostles (1905).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 127
WALKER, W. L.- The Teaching of Christ in its Present
Appeal (1904).
WALKER, A. H. Christ's Christianity (1882).
WEINSTOCK Jesus the Jew (1902).
WEISS, J. Predigt Jesu.
WENDT The Teaching of Jesus. Two volumes (1892).
WUNKHAUS Der Humor Jesu (1909).
(b) The Father and the Holy Spirit.
CRANE The Teaching of Jesus Concerning the Holy
Spirit (1905).
ROBERTSON, A. T. The Teaching of Jesus Concerning
God the Father (1904).
SWETE The Holy Spirit in the New Testament (1909).
WALKER The Spirit and the Incarnation (1900).
(c) Christ's Idea of Himself.
See also 9.
BALDENSPERGER Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu. 2 Aufl.
(1892).
BEARDSLEE Christ's Estimate of Himself.
BERNARD The Central Teaching of Christ (John 14-17)
(1897).
DURELL The Self -Revelation of Our Lord (1910).
FOSTER Teaching of Jesus Concerning His Own Mission
(1903).
FRITZSCHE Das Berufsbewusstsein Jesu (1905).
FROVIG Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu (1918).
HANEL Der Schriftbegriff Jesu (1919).
HITCHCOCK The Psychology of Jesus (1907).
HOFFMANN Das Selbstbewusstsein Jesu (1904).
HOLTZMANN, H. J. Das Messianische Bewusstsein Jesu
(1907).
HOYT Teaching of Jesus Concerning His Own Person
(1907).
KENNEDY The Self-Revelation of Jesus Christ.
KUHL Das Bewusstsein Jesu (1908).
128 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
Ross The Self -Portraiture of Jesus (1904).
SCHURER Das Messianische Selbstbewusstsein Jesu
Christi (1903).
SCHWARTZKOPFF The Prophecies of Jesus Christ Relat-
ing to His Death, Resurrection, Second Coming and
Prophecy Fulfilled (1897).
STALKER The Christology of Jesus '(1901).
STOKES What Jesus Christ Thought of Himself (1916).
VOELTER Jesus der Menschensohn oder das Berufs-
bewusstsein Jesu (1914).
STREATFIELD The Self-Interpretation of Jesus Christ
(1907).
(d) The Kingdom and Eschatology.
ATZBERGER Die Christliche Eschatologie (1890).
BARTMANBT Der Himmelreich und sein Konig (1904).
BOARDMAN The Kingdom of God (1893).
BRUCE The Kingdom of God (1893).
CANDLISH The Kingdom of God (1884).
CAVEN Christ's Teaching Concerning Last Things
(1908).
CHAFER The Kingdom in History arid Prophecy
(1916).
DEWICK Primitive Christian Eschatology (1912).
DICKEY The Constructive Revolution of Jesus.
DOBSCHUTZ The Eschatology of the Gospels (1910).
DURELL The Self -revelation of Our Lord (1910).
EMMET Eschatological Questions in the Gospels (1916).
ERDMAN The Return of Christ (1922).
GANDIER The Son of Man Coming in His Kingdom
(1922).
GOODSPEED, G. S. Israel's Messianic Hope to the Time
of Jesus (1900).
HALL Eschatology (1922).
HAUPT Die eschatologischen Aussagen Jesu in den syn-
optischen Evangelien (1895).
HOGG Christ's Message of the Kingdom.
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 129
HOOKE Christ and the Kingdom of God (1917).
JACKSON The Eschatology of Jesus (1913).
KOLBING Die bleidende Bedeutung der urchristlichen
Eschatologie (1907).
LATIMER The Eschatology of Jesus (1913).
MANSON Christ's View of the Kingdom.
MATHEWS The Messianic Hope of the New Testament
(1905).
MUIRHEAD The Eschatology of Jesus (1904).
OESTERLEY The Doctrine of the Last Things (1908).
OESTERLEY The Apocalypse of Jesus (1912).
ROBERTSON, A. Regnum Dei (1901).
Ross, J. J. Our Glorious Hope (1922).
SANDAY The Life of Christ in Recent Research (1907).
SCHWEITZER The Quest of the Historical Jesus (1910).
SCOTT, E. F. The Kingdom and the Messiah (1911).
SHARMAN The Teaching of Jesus about the Future, ac-
cording to the Synoptic Gospels (1909).
STIRLING Christ's Vision of the Kingdom of Heaven
(1913).
TITUS Jesu Lehre vom Reiche Gottes (1895).
Vos Teaching of Jesus Concerning the Kingdom and
the Church (1903).
WALKER, W. L. The Cross and the Kingdom as Re-
vealed by Christ Himself in the Light of Evolution
(1902).
WEIFFENBACH Die Wiederkunftsgedanken Jesu (1873).
WINSTANLEY Jesus and the Future (1913).
.WORSLEY The Apocalypse of Jesus (1912).
(e) Ethical and Social Problems.
For special treatises on the Sermon on the Mount,
see lesson on that subject.
BACHMANN Die Sittenlehre Jesu (1904).
BRIGGS The Ethical Teaching of Jesus (1904).
CONE Rich and Poor in the New Testament (1902).
FLUGEL Die Sittenlehre Jesu. 2 Aufl. (1888).
ISO SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
GARDNER, C. S. The Ethics of Jesus and Social Progress
(1914).
GRIMM Die Ethik Jesu ( 1903) . 2 Aufl . ( 1917) .
HALL The History of Ethics Within Organized Chris-
tianity (1910).
HERRMANN Die sittlichen Weisungen Jesu (1904).
HERRMANN Faith and Morals (1904).
JENKS Political and Social Significance of the Life and
Teaching of Jesus (1906).
JENNINGS The Social Teaching of Jesus (1915).
JONES, GRIFFITH The Economics of Jesus.
JONES, J. O. Politics of the Nazarene (1901).
KING The Ethics of Jesus (1910).
LEIGHTON Jesus Christ and the Civilization of To-day
(1907).
MATHEWS The Social Teaching of Jesus (1897).
PEABODY Jesus and the Social Question (1901).
PEABODY Jesus Christ and the Christian Character
(1905).
PREISKER Die Ethik der Evangelien und die jiidische
Apokalyptik (1915).
RAUSCHENBUSCH The Social Principles of Jesus
(1916).
SAMPEY The Ethical Teaching of Jesus (1900).
SAVAGE Jesus and Modern Life (1893).
STALKER The Ethic of Jesus (1909).
VEDDER The Gospel of Jesus and the Problems of
Democracy (1914).
ZENOS The Teaching of Jesus Concerning Christian
Conduct (1905).
14. Lives of Christ for Children
BATCHELOR Story of Jesus Told for Little Children
(1905).
BIRD Jesus the Carpenter of Nazareth (1900).
BLACKALL Stories about Jesus (1890).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 131
FORBUSH Boy's Life of Christ (1905).
FOSTER The Life of Jesus Written for the Young
(1866).
GEIKE A Short Life of Christ. New edition (1914).
HODGES When the King Came (1904).
NEWTON, R. H. The Light of the World (1893).
ROBERTSON, ELLA B. The Child's Bible (1921).
SANGSTER The Sweet Story of Old (1904).
15. Poems about Christ
ARNOLD, EDWIN The Light of the World (1891).
CHITTENDEN The Pleroma. A Poem of the Christ
(1890).
FORD, C. L. Lyra Christi. Third edition (1892).
HOGE, P. H. The Divine Tragedy (1905).
HOLLAND, J. G. Christ and the Twelve (1876).
LONGFELLOW The Divine Tragedy, or Christus.
McDuFF The Story of Jesus in Verse (1893).
MILTON Paradise Regained.
MONTGOMERY, ROBERT Messiah.
WESLEY The Life of Our Lord Jesus Christ (1693).
16. Romances
ANONYMOUS Philo-christus (1878).
BROOKS A Son of Issachar (1890).
BURR Aleph the Chaldsean; or, The Messiah as Seen
from Alexandria ( 1891 ) .
CARUS The Crown of Thorns (1901).
CLARKE Lif e and Times of Jesus ( 1887) .
CORELLI Barabbas (1893).
DAVIS When Christ Was Here (1905) .
GARDENHIRE Lux Crucis (1904).
JACOBS As Others Saw Him (1895).
JOHNSTON, ANNIE FELLOWS Joel, A Boy of Galilee
(1896),
132 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
KINGSLEY Titus, A Comrade of the Cross (1894).
MOORE The Brook Kerith (1916).
RHONE In the Days of the Son of Man (1903).
STOUT Lacanus, a Friend of Christ (1904).
SUE The Silver Cross; or, The Carpenter of Nazareth
(1898).
VAN DYKE The Story of the Other Wise Man (1899).
WALLACE Ben-Hur. A Tale of the Christ (1880).
WARD, ELIZABETH PHELPS The Story of Jesus Christ.
Popular edition (1901).
17. Non-Scriptural Accounts of Jesus
ANDREWS Apocryphal Books of the Old and New Testa-
ments (1908).
BARNES Canonical and Uncanonical Gospels (1893).
BAUER Das Leben Jesu im Zeitalter d. neut. Apokryphen
(1909).
COWPER The Apocryphal Gospels (1867).
DONOHOO Apocryphal and Legendary Life of Christ
(1903).
GOULD, S. BARING Lost and Hostile Gospels (1901),
GRENFELL AND HUNT Logia of Jesus (1897).
GRENFELL AND HUNT New Sayings of Jesus (1904).
GRIFFENHOOFE The Unwritten Sayings of Christ
(1903).
GUERBER Legends of the Virgin and Christ (1896).
HACKWOOD Christ Lore (1907).
HANDMANN Das Hebraer Evangelium (1888).
HARRIS The Newly-Recovered Gospel of St. Peter
(1893).
HERFORD Christianity in Talmud and Midrash (1903).
HOENNECKE Neutestamcntliche Apokryphen (1904).
HONE Apocryphal New Testament (1820).
HORDER The Newly-Found Words of Jesus (1905).
JACKSON Twenty-five Agrapha; or, Extra-Canonical
Sayings of Our Lord (1900).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 133
JOSEPHUS Antiquities, Bk. XVIII., ch. iii., 3.
KRAUSS Leben Jesu nach jiidischen Quellen (1905).
LAIBLE Jesus Christus im Talmud (1900).
LOCK AND SANDAY Two Lectures on the Oxyrhynchus
Sayings, of Jesus (1889).
MEAD Sayings- of Jesus (1897).
NICHOLSON The Gospel according to the Hebrews.
ORR New Testament Apocryphal Writings (1904).
PICK The Apocryphal Life of Jesus (1887).
PICK The Extra-Canonical Life of Christ (1903).
PICK Paralipomena (1908).
PICK Jesus and the Talmud (1913).
PRETJSCHEN Antilegomena (1905).
RAWNSLEY Sayings of Jesus (1905).
RESCH Aussercanonische Paralleltexte (1893).
RESCH Agrapha. 2 Aufl. (1906).
ROPES- Die Spriiche Jesu (1896).
SMITH, D. The Unwritten Sayings of Our Lord (1913).
SWETE The Apocryphal Gospel of St. Peter (1893).
TAYLOR, C. The Oxyrhynchus Logia and the Apocryphal
Gospels (1899).
TAYLOR, C. The Oxyrhynchus Sayings of Jesus Found
in 1903 (1905).
WARSCHAUER Jesus Saith (1905).
WHITE The Sayings of Jesus from Oxyrhynchus
(1922).
LESSON I: BEGINNINGS OF THE GOSPELS
AND PREPARATION FOR THE BIRTH
OF JESUS
Robertson's Harmony, 1-9.
Broadus' Comm. on Matt. pp. 1-13.
Robertson's Epochs in the Life of Jesus, Preface
and pp. 1-5.
SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
For fuller discussion, see EDERSHEIM Life and
Times of Jesus the Messiah, Bk. II., chs.
III. V.; D. SMITH, In the Days of His Flesh,
ch. I. ; ROBERTSON, Comm. on Matt. (Introduc-
tion), Studies in Mark's Gospel, and Luke the
Historian.
1. About Harmonies of the Gospels. Harmony, pp.
253-4.
2. Note Luke's Use of Sources. Footnote to Harmony,
P- 1 '
3. About Synoptic Criticism. Harmony, pp. 255-6.
4. The Authorship of the Fourth Gospel. Harmony,
pp. 256-7.
5. The Jesus of History. Harmony, p. 258.
6. Distinguish the Introductions to the Gospels. Har-
mony, footnote, p. 1.
7. John's Use of the Term Logos. Harmony, footnote,
p. 2.
8. Comparison of the two genealogies in Matthew and
Luke.
Harmony, pp. 259-62 and footnotes to p. 4.
Broadus on Matt., pp. 1 and 2, 5-7.
9. Be able to state intelligently and in order the histori-
cal events in Harmony, 4-9. -Be ready to
point out places on the map.
10. Sources of the Infancy Stories. Harmony, foot-
note, p. 5.
11. Form of the Names in Matthew's Genealogy.
Broadus on Matt., p. 3.
12. Jesus and Christ.
Broadus on Matt., pp. 2, 10. Cf. Acts 7:45; Heb.
4:8.
13. Joseph.
Broadus on Matt., p. 8, 9, 13.
14. Mary the Mother of Jesus.
Broadus on Matt., pp. 8-10.
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 135
15. The prophecy quoted in Matt. 1 : 22 f .
Broadus on Matt., pp. 11-13.
16. The Virginity of Mary.
Broadus on Matt., p. 13.
17. What is "the Problem of Jesus"?
Epochs in the Life of Jesus, pp. 1-5.
LESSON II: THE BIRTH OF JESUS
Harmony, 10-16.
Broadus on Matt., ch. II.
Robertson, Epochs in the Life of Jesus, pp. 8-14.
For fuller discussion, see EDERSHEIM Life and
Times, chs. VI.-VIII. ; D. SMITH In the Days
of His Flesh, ch. I.
1. Give events, places, dates.
2. Probable Time of the Saviour's Birth in the Light of
New Discoveries. Harmony, pp. 262-7.
3. Unconscious Influence of Augustus. Harmony, foot-
note, p. 9.
4. Bethlehem. See Comm. (Broadus always meant
hereafter by this abbreviation) on Matt., ii., 1.
5. New Testament Psalms. Harm., p. 11.
6. Herod the King. Comm., pp. 15, 16, 18.
7. The Magi. Comm., pp. 16, 21 f .
8. The Star. Comm., ii., 2.
9. The Christ. Comm., ii., 4.
10. Chief priests and scribes. Comm., p. 18.
11. Four quotations. See Comm. on Matt., ii., 6, 15,
18, 23.
12. Slaughter of the babes. Comm. on Matt, ii., 16.
13. Sojourn in Egypt. Comm., ii., 13.
14. The return to Nazareth. Comm., p. 29.
15. The Virgin Birth of Jesus. Epochs, pp. 8-14.
136 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE VIRGIN BIRTH
(Besides books on the Incarnation, which see in bibli-
ography, and cyclopaedia articles) :
BENSON The Virgin Birth of Our Lord and Saviour
Jesus Christ (1904).
Box The Virgin Birth of Jesus (1916).
BRIGGS The Incarnation of Our Lord ( 1902) .
BROWN The Gospel of the Infancy (1923).
CONRADY Die Quellen der canonischen Kindheitsge-
schichte.
GOULD, S. BARING The Birth of Jesus (1885).
GRAUTZMACHER The Virgin Birth (1907).
HOBEN The Virgin Birth (1903).
KNOWLING Our Lord's Virgin Birth (1907).
KREGHER Die jungfraiisiche Geburt des Herrn (1900).
LOBSTEIN The Virgin Birth of Christ (1903).
MACHEN New Testament Account of the Birth of Jesus
(Princeton Rev., 1905 and 1906).
ORR The Virgin Birth of Christ (1901).
OUSSANI The Virgin Birth and Modern Criticism (New
York Review, 1907, pp. 313 fL).
PEETERS L'Evangile de 1'Enfance (1914).
PRESTIGE The Virgin Birth of Our Lord (1918).
RAMSAY Was Christ Born at Bethlehem? (1898).
RANDOLPH The Virgin Birth of Our Lord (1903).
RESCH Das Kindheitsevangelium nach Matt, und Luk.
SOLTAU The Birth of Jesus Christ (1903).
STEWART Our Lord's Nativity and Birth (1905).
SWEET The Birth and Infancy of Jesus Christ (1907).
TAYLOR Historical Evidence for the Virgin Birth
(1921).
OTHER BOOKS OF INTEREST
ADENEY The Women of the New Testament.
BERNARD The Songs of the Nativity.
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 137
DOYLE The Holy Family (1916).
GURNEY Nunc Dimittis (1895).
HUSCHKE Zeit der Geburt Jesu Christ! (1840).
MACKINLAY The Magi (1907).
PAGE New Light from Old Eclipses (1890).
SANDAY Sacred Sites of the Gospels (1903).
THOMAS Our Record of the Lord's Nativity (1900).
UpHAM^-Wise Men from the East (1869).
WADDY-MOSS The Scene of Our Lord's Life (1902)!
WIESELER Chronological Synopsis (1877).
ZUMPT Das Geburtjahr Christi (1869).
LESSON III: THE LONG YEARS OF SILENCE
Harmony, 17-19.
Comm., pp. 26-30.
Josephus, Ant., Bk. XVII., chs. viii.-xiii.
ROBERTSON Epochs in the Life of Jesus, pp. 6-8.
For fuller treatment, see EDERSHEIM, chs. IX.-X.j
D. SMITH, ch. II.; RAGG, PLUMMER, or any
commentary on Luke.
1. The term Judea. Comm. on Matt., ii., 22.
2. The successors of Herod the Great. Comm. on
Matt.,, ii., 22 ; Josephus, Ant., Book XVII., chs.
viii.-xiii.
(a) Herod's last will, and way Archelaus received at
Jerusalem. Comm. on Matt., and Jos., Ant.,
XVII., viii.
(b) Archelaus going to Rome, followed by Salome,
Antipas, and others. Ant., XVII., ix.
(c) Meanwhile tumult reigns at Jerusalem. Ant.,
XVII., x.
(d) How Caesar decides the contest and exposes a
false claimant. Ant., XVII., xi. and xii.
138 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
(e) Caesar's advice to Archelaus, and how Archelaus
took it. Ant., XVII., xiii.
3. Nazareth. Comm. on Matt., ii., 23.
4. The visit of Jesus the boy to Jerusalem. Harm.,
Section 18. State events, places, dates.
5. The Youth of Jesus. Comm. on Matt., p. 30 f.;
Harm., footnote, p. 14.
6. The First Glimpse of Jesus. Epochs, pp. 6-8.
SPECIAL BOOKS
BROUGH The Early Life of Our Lord.
DOYLE The Holy Family (1916).
DURAND The Childhood of Jesus Christ (1911).
FORBUSH Boy's Life of Christ (1905).
MEYERS, C The Boy Jesus (1908).
MONOD The Childhood of Jesus (1889).
MORGAN, G. CAMPBELL The Hidden Yeans at Nazareth
(1898).
RAMSAY The Education of Christ (1902).
SMITH The Holy Child Jesus.
STAFFER Jesus Christ Before His Ministry (1896).
STEWART Infancy and Youth of Jesus (1905).
TEMPLE The Boyhood Consciousness of Christ (1922).
VAN DYKE The Childhood of Jesus Christ (1905).
WALLACE Boyhood of Christ.
L WAUGH The Child of Nazareth (1906).
The so-called manuscript by Notowitch, purporting
to describe a visit of Jesus to India during this
period, is a fraud.
LESSON IV: JOHN THE BAPTIST
Harmony, 20-23.
Comm. on 3 : 1-12.
ROBERTSON Epochs in the Life of Jesus, pp. 14
and 15.
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 139
For fuller discussion, see ROBERTSON John the
Loyal, ch. V. ; EDERSHEIM Bk. II., ch. XI., and
Bk. III., ch. XXVIII.
1. Events, places, dates. Harmony, 20-23.
2. Luke's Method of Dating the Event. Harmony,
p. 15.
3. Gospel account of John. Harm., footnote, p. 18.
Read all these references about John.
4. Early life of John. Comm. on Matt., iii., 1.
5. Wilderness of Judea. Comm. on Matt., p. 33.
6. Repent. Comm. on Matt., iii., 2.
7. Kingdom of Heaven. Comm., pp. 35 f.
8. Quotation in Matt., iii., 3. See Comm.
9. John's dress and food. Comm. on Matt., iii., 4.
10. Meaning of baptize. Comm., p. 39-41.
11. Proselyte baptism. Comm., p. 41b f.
12. Pharisees and Sadducees. Comm. on 3 : 7-9.
13. John's baptism and Christ's baptism. Comm. on
Matt., xi., 11, cf. Josephus on John's baptism.
Comm., p. 36.
14. The Jordan. Comm., p. 42 it".
15. Baptism with water or in water unto repentance >
in the Holy Spirit and fire. Comm. on Matt,
iii., 11. Note carefully exegesis from now on.
16. The Father's Sanction of the Son. Epochs, pp. 14
and 15.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON JOHN THE BAPTIST
BARDE Jean Baptiste (1892).
BEHRENDTS Studien iiber Zacharias-Apokryphen und
Zacharias-Legenden (1859).
BEHRENDTS Die h. Ueberlieferung der Zach. und Joh.
Apokryphen (1904).
BERNONILLI Johannes der Taiifer und die Urgemeinde
(1918).
140 SYLLABUS FOE NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
BLAKISTON John the Baptist and His Relation to Jesus
(1912).
BOISSONAS De FAttitude de Jean Baptiste.
BORNEMANN- Die Taufe Christi durch Johannes.
BRANDT Ein talmiidisches Zeugnis von dem Johannes
(Zschr. i. Neut. Wiss., Heft 4, 1911).
BREEST Johannes der Taiifer (1881).
BREUIL Du Culte de S. Jean Baptiste.
CHENOT Jean le Baptiste.
COLERIDGE Ministry of John the Baptist. Vol. I. of his
Public Life of Our Lord.
DIBELIUS Die urchristliche Ueberlieferung iiber Jo-
hannes den Taiifer (1911).
DOUGLAS More than a Prophet (1905).
DUNCAN Life, Character, and Acts of John the Baptist
(1853).
FEATHER John the Baptist.
GALE The Prophet of the Highest.
HAUPT Johannes der Taiifer (1874).
HOUGHTON John the Baptist (1889).
HUXTABLE The Ministry of St. John the Baptist.
INNITZER Johannes der Taiifer (1908).
KOHLER Johannes der Taiifer (1884).
KONRAD Johannes der Taiifer (1911).
LOFTON John the Baptist. A Poem (1905).
McCuLLOUGH The Peerless Prophet (1888).
MEYER, F. B. John the Baptist (1901).
PENICK More than a Prophet (1881).
POTTGIESSER Johannes der Taiifer und Jesus Christus
(1911).
REYNOLDS John the Baptist (1874).
ROBERTSON, A. T. John the Loyal. Popular edition
(1923).
RYMINGTON Vox Clamantis (1882).
SIMPSON The Last of the Prophets.
SMITH Johannes de Dooper (1908).
STALKER The Two Johns (1895).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 141
On the baptismal controversy, see the ecclesiologies,
Bible dictionaries, and various treatises like
BROADUS Immersion Essential to Christian
Baptism.
LESSON V: CHRIST'S BAPTISM AND
TEMPTATION
Harmony, 24 and 25.
Comm. on Matt. 3 : 13 4: 11.
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 15-23.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. II., ch.
XII., and Bk. III., ch. I.; D. Smith, chs.
III.-IV.
1. Three lessons on the Beginnings of Our Lord's Min-
istry. Harmony, 24-36.
2. The Year of Obscurity. Duration of this Early Min-
istry. Harmony, footnote, p. 19.
3. Division of this Early Ministry. Harmony, p. 19.
4. Events, places, dates in this lesson. Harmony,
24-25.
5. Time of the Baptism of Jesus. Comm. on 3 : 13.
6. Place of baptism of Jesus. Comm. on Matt., iii., 13.
7. Design of the baptism of Jesus. Comm. on Matt.,
iii., 14 f.
8. From the water, and the heavenly testimony. Comm.
on Matt., iii., 16 f . The Father's Sanction of the
Son. Epochs, pp. 14-18.
9. The words "tempt" and "devil." How could Jesus
be tempted ? Why should he be ? Place of temp-
tation. Comm. on Matt, iv., 1.
10. Tempted internally, or visibly and audibly. Comm.,
p. 62.
11. The fasting and the ministry of angels. Comm. on
Matt., iv., 2, 111.
12. Twofold meaning of each of the three recorded temp-
tations, and our Lord's reply. Meaning of the
142 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
term Son of God in Matt., iv., 3, cf ., also iv., 8.
Use of Scripture by Christ and Satan. Comm.
on Matt, iv., 3 f ., 5-7, 8-10.
13. Different order of the three temptations in Matthew
and Luke. Comm., p. 64b.
14. Progress in the three temptations according to Mat-
thew's order. Comm., p. 71 a.
15. Three principal wrong courses proposed to Jesus.
Comm., p. 68b.
16. Three false views of the devil. Comm., p. 69a.
17. The Moral Issue in the Temptation. Epochs, 18-23.
18. Account of the Temptation in the Logia. Harmony,
footnote, p. 20.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE TEMPTATION OF JESUS
BARRETT The Temptations of Christ (1903).
BIRKS God's Champion, Man's Example (1890).
BURY Our Lord's Preparation for the Messiahship
(1909).
DICKSON The Temptation in the Desert.
FOXELL The Temptation of Jesus (1920).
HICKS Addresses on the Temptation (1903).
KNIGHT The Temptation of Our Lord (1906).
KRUMMACHER The Temptation of Christ.
MACLEOD The Temptation of Our Lord.
MEYER, A. Die Versuchung Jesu (1918).
MILL Sermons on the Temptations (1875).
MURRAY Studies in the Temptations of the Son of God
(1916).
PAINTER The Philosophy of Christ's Temptation
(1914).
PALMER Thoughts on Our Lord's Temptation (1901).
RAWNSLEY Our Lord's Three Temptations (1901).
SPITTA Die Versuchung Jesu (1907).
STEWART The Temptations of Jesus (1903).
VAUGHAN The Two Temptations (1872).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 143
LESSON VI: FROM BETHANY BEYOND
JORDAN TO CAPERNAUM
Harmony, 26-30.
Josephus, Ant., XVIII., ch. i., 1 ch. v., 2.
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 23-33.
Westcott or any comm. on John 1 : 19 2 : 12.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. III., chs.
II.-IV.; D. Smith, chs. V.-VI.
1 Events, places, dates in the beginning of our Lord's
Ministry. Harm., 26-30. Given only in
John's Gospel.
2. John the Baptist's testimonies to Jesus and the four
successive days. Harm., footnote, p. 23;
Epochs, pp. 26-28.
3. Jesus' Testimonies to John the Baptist. Harmony,
footnote, p. 23.
4. Series of First Things. Harm., second footnote, p.
23 ; Epochs, pp. 28-33.
5. Receiving Jesus as the Messiah. Harm., footnote,
p. 24 ; Epochs, pp. 24 f .
6. The Johannine Presentation of Jesus. Epochs, pp.
23 f.
7. Josephus' account of
(a) Cyreniiis. Ant. XVIII., i., 1.
(b) Judas the Galilean and his new sect. XVIII., i.
(c) Herod Antipas and Philip. XVIII., ii., and iv. f
5 and 6. Tetrarchs of what regions?
(d) Pilate and his outrages. XVIIL, iii., 1 and 2,
and v., 1 and 2. Pilate was Procurator of Judea
A. D. 26-36.
'(e) Jesus. XVIIL, iii., 3. See War VL, v., 4. See
what is Josephus' true position on the Messiah.
[(f ) Aretas and his daughter's trouble with her hus-
band, Herod Antipas, and Herodias. Who was
144 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
this Herod Philip, husband of Herodias?
Ant. XVIII., v., 1. Comm. on Matt., p. 314.
Note the three Herods of the New Testament
who are called Herod,
(g) John the Baptist's baptism and death. Arit.
XVIII., v., 2. Cf . Comm., p. 36a f .
(h) Banishment of the Jews from Rome to Sardinia.
Jos., Ant., XVIII., iii., 5.
Roman Emperors during life of Christ:
Octavius reigned, with the title of Augustus, B. C 27
A. D. 14. Tiberius, his adopted son, reigned
A. D. 14-37.
Riders in Judea:
Archelaus, Ethnarch of Judea, Samaria, and Idumea,
B. C. A A. D. 6.
Roman Procurators from A. D. 6 to A. D. 42, when
a Herod again rules Judea as King, Herod
Agrippa I.
Procurators again from 44 A. D. to 70 A. D.
Procurators during life of Christ:
Coponius, A. D. 6-9.
Marcus Ambivius, A. D. 9-12.
Annius Rufus, A. D. 12-15.
Valerius Gratus, A. D. 15-26.
Pontius Pilate, A. D. 26-36.
Galilee and Perea remained under Herod Antipas
(B. C. 4 A. D. 39) all through Christ's life;
so did Philip V (B. C. 4 A. D. 34) have all this
time Trachonitis and Iturea.
High Priests during Chrisfs life:
Mathias, B. C. 5.
Joseph, B. C. 4.
Joasar, B. C. 4.
Eleazar, B. C. 6.
Jesus, A. D. 6.
Ananus or Annas, A. D. 6.
Ishmael, A. D. 16
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 145
Eleazar, A. D. 17.
Simon, A. D. 18.
Caiaphas, A. D. 18 until about A. D. 36.
Note frequent changes in the High Priesthood by the
civil authorities. Annas and Caiaphas held office
long, and they had the esteem of the people in
consequence. Annas lives till after Christ's
death and is called High Priest along with
Caiaphas.
During Christ's ministry the rulers whose authority
he feels are Tiberius, Pontius Pilate, Herod
Antipas, Philip and Caiaphas (High Priest).
See dictionaries and cyclopaedias.
BOOKS ON THE TWO-WINE CONTROVERSY
In favor of two-wine theory Temperance Bible
Commentary; Samson, Bible Wines, with three
supplements; Fowler, The Wines of the Bible.
Against the view See Commentaries on John ; Bible
Dictionaries and Cyclopaedias ; Presbyterian Re-
view for January, 1881 ; Bibliotheca Sacra for
April and July, 1880 ; Baptist Quarterly Review
for April and July, 1887.
LESSON VII: THE EARLY MINISTRY IN
JUDEA AND SAMARIA
Harmony, 31 36.
Josephus, War Bk M VII., vi.
Robertson, Epochs, pp. 33-40.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. III., chs.
V.-VIII. ; D. Smith, chs. VII.-VIII ; Westeott
or any comm. on Jo. 2 : 134 : 45.
1. Events, places, dates. Time of the passover. Har-
mony, 31-36,
126 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
2. Successive scenes of Jesus' early ministry. Harm.,
footnote, p. 25.
3. The Cleansing of the Temple in the Synoptic Gospels.
Harmony, footnote, p. 25.
4. The Issue with the Jerusalem authorities. Epochs,
pp. 33-8.
5. An Interview with a Jewish scholar. Epochs, pp.
37-9.
6. Part of Jesus' ministry parallel to that of John.
Harm., footnote, p. 26. Judean ministry ex-
plains the latter disciples in Judea.
7. Place of John's imprisonment. Harm., footnote, p.
27 ; Jos., War VII., vi. ; Comm. on Matt, xiv., 3.
8. Reason for John's imprisonment. Harmony, 34
and footnote to p. 27; Jos., Ant., XVIII., v., 2.
9. John and Jesus preaching to Samaritans. Harm.,
footnote, p. 27.
10. An Interview with a Samaritan Woman. Epochs,
pp. 39 f.
11. Jesus regarded as the Messiah. Harm., footnote,
p. 29.
12. Samaritans. Comm. on Matt., x., 5.
13. [Why Jesus went to Galilee. Harm., p. 29.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON SAMARITANS AND NICODEMUS
MONTGOMERY The Samaritans.
REID Jesus and Nicodemus (1906).
ROTHSTEIN Juden und Samaritaner (1908).
LESSON VIII: BEGINNING OF THE GALI-
LEAN MINISTRY
Harmony, 37-48.
Comm. on Matt. 4 : 12-25 ; 8 : 2-4, 14-17 ; 9 : 2-34.
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 40-50.
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 147
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, chs. IX.-XL,
XIII.-XVIL; D. Smith, chs. IX.-XIV., XVII.
1. Six lessons on the Great Ministry in Galilee. See
Harmony, 37-71.
2. All by the Synoptic Gospels save one visit to Jeru-
salem by Gospel of John (ch. 5). Harmony,
p. 30. Comm. on Matt., pp. 71 f .
3. Outline of the Galilean Ministry in eight divisions.
Harmony, p. 30.
4. Length of the Great Galilean Ministry. Harmony,
footnote, p. 30.
5. Progress of Christ's Ministry along three lines. Har-
mony, footnote, p. 30.
6. Events, places, dates. 37-48.
, 7. Galilee. Comm. on Matt., iv., 12.
8. The Call to Nazareth. Epochs, pp. 40-2.
9. Capernaum. Comm. on Matt., iv., 13; Harm., foot-
note, p. 32; Epochs, pp. 42-5.
10. The quotation from Isaiah. Comm. on Matt.
4:14-16.
11. The call to the four fishermen. Harm., footnote,
p. 33 ; Comm. on Matt., p. 76 f .
12. Sea of Galilee. Comm. on Matt., iv., 18.
13. The quotation in Matt., viii., 17. See Comm.
14. Great extent of our Lord's work in healing and teach-
ing. First of the three tours of Galilee. This
one by Jesus himself accompanied by the four
fishermen. Comm. on Matt., iv., 23; Harm.,
footnote, p. 36.
15. Synagogues. Comm. on Matt., iv., 23.
16. Reasons for commanding the healed not to tell.
Comm. on Matt., viii., 4; Epochs, pp. 45-50.
17. On fasting. Comm. on Matt., ix., 14-17.
18. Miracles of Jesus. Comm. on Matt., p. 80b, and
footnote to Comm., p. 275.
19. Leprosy. Comm. on Matt, viii., 2.
148 SYLLABUS FOR NEW! TESTAMENT STUDY;
20. Publicans. Comm. on Matt., v., 46. Publicans and
Sinners. Comm. on Matt. 9 : 10.
21. Note Use of Parables. Harmony, 48.
SPECIAL BOOKS
BRUCE The Galilean Gospel (1893).
MERRILL Galilee in the Time of Christ (1901).
LESSON IX: THE SABBATH CONTROVERSY
Harmony, 49-51.
Comm. on Matt. 12 : 1-14.
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 51-6.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. III., ch.
XII. ; D. Smith, chs. XV.-XVL; Westcott or
any comm. on John.
1. Events, places, dates. 49-51.
2. The feast of John, v., 1. Harm., footnote, p. 42, and
Harm., pp. 267-270.
3. Length of the Saviour's Ministry. Harm., p. 42, pp.
267-270.
4; Jerusalem Ministry in John. Harmony, footnote to
p. 42.
5. Jesus accused of breaking the Sabbath, and on what
grounds. Harm., 49-51.
6. Growing hostility to Jesus. Harm., footnote to p. 43
and p. 45 ; Comm., p. 263a; Epochs, pp. 51-6.
7. State and explain the eight arguments used by Jesus
in defense of his position on the Sabbath ques-
tion. Harmony, .49-51, and footnote to p.
45 ; Comm. on Matt., xii., 3-8.
8. Real position of Christ as to the Sabbath. Comm.,
p. 260b and 261a.
9. Situation as to the Sabbath under the New Testament
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 149
as to the change of day, its significance, and its
method of observance. Comm., p. 261 a.
10. Two extremes to which we are liable now. Comm.,
p. 266a.
BOOKS ON THE SABBATH QUESTION
CRAFTS The Sabbath for Man (1892). Has full bibli-
ography.
FLOODY Scientific Basis of Sabbath and Sunday (1908).
GAMBLE Sunday and the Sabbath (1902).
LOVE Sabbath and Sunday.
SALMOND The Sabbath.
TAYLOR The Sabbatic Question (1915).
TREVELYAN Sunday (1902).
BOOKS ON CHRIST AND THE OLD TESTAMENT
BURRELL Teaching of Jesus concerning the Scriptures
(1904).
ELLICOTT Christus Comprobator.
GAMBLE Christ and Criticism.
MclNTOSH Is Christ Infallible and the Bible True?
(1901).
MEAD Christ and Criticism.
NICOLL The Church's One Foundation ; Christ and Re-
cent Criticism (1901).
NOESGEN Aussagen des Neuen Testaments ueber den
Pentateuch.
RAE How Jesus Handled Holy Writ (1901).
SAPHIR Christ and the Scriptures.
LESSON X: THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT
Harmony, 52-54.
Comm. on Matt. 12 : 15-21 ; 5 : 17 : 29.
150 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDTE
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 56-71.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. III., ch.
XVIII.; D. Smith, chs. XVII.-XVIIL, or some
of the books on the Sermon on the Mount or
other commentaries on Matt, and Votaw in
Hastings' D. B.
1. Events, places, dates. 52-54.
2. The four lists of the Twelve. Harmony, pp. 271-3 ;
Comm.j p. 213.
3. The New Organization. Epochs, pp. 56-61.
4. Reasons for holding the discourses in Matthew and
Luke to be the same. Harm., footnote, p. 48,
and Harm., p. 273-6. Cf. Comm. on Matt.,
p. 84.
5. Design of the discourse. Comm. on Matt., p. 84 f .
6. Analysis of the discourse. Harmony, 54.
7. Relation of our Lord's mission to the preceding reve-
lation, that he came to complete it. Comm. on
Matt, v., 17.
8. Christ's conception of righteousness contrasted with
that of the Scribes and Pharisees. Comm. on
Matt, v., 20.
9. Explain in the light of the two previous points the
six examples of Christ's teaching: Matt., v.,
21-26 (murder), 27-30 (adultery), 31-32 (di-
vorce), 33-37 (oaths), 38-42 (retaliation), 43^8
(enemies). See Comm. on Matt.
10. State the general principle of Matt., vi., 1 (righteous-
ness), and the three applications of it in verses
2-4 (alms), 5-15 (prayer), 16-18 (fasting).
See Comm. on Matt.
11. Compare the "Lord's Prayer" in Matthew and Luke
( 105), and show what inferences we may draw
from the differences in form. Comm. on Matt.,
p. 131 f. How far is this prayer parallel in the
Jewish books ? Comm. on Matt., p. 132 f . Two
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 151
divisions of the prayer. Comm. on Matt., p. 133.
12. Analyze Matt., vi., 19-34 into two parts; 19-21
(treasures), 22 f. (the eye), 24 (two masters),
25-34 (food and raiment). Comm. on Matthew.
13. Judging others. Comm. on Matt., vii., 1.
14. The Golden Rule. Comm. on Matt., vii., 12.
15. The Declaration of Principles. Epochs, pp. 61-71.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE LORD'S PRAYER
(Selection from the enormous literature)
ANDERSON, ROBERT The Lord's Prayer.
BOARDMAN, GEORGE DANA Studies in the Model Prayer
(1879).
BOURDALOUE The Lord's Prayer (1894).
CHASE, F. H. The Lord's Prayer in the Early Church
(1891).
DIBELIUS Das Vaterunser (1903).
DODS, MARCUS The Prayer that Teaches to Pray. New
edition (1893).
ERB The Lord's Prayer ( 1906) .
FARRAR The Lord's Prayer (1893).
GLADDEN The Lord's Prayer (1881).
GORDON, S. D. Jesus' Habits of Prayer (1904).
GORE Prayer and the Lord's Prayer (1898).
GOULBOURN The Lord's Prayer (1898).
HALL, NEWMAN The Lord's Prayer. Third edition
(1897).
HOWRIE A Comment on the Lord's Prayer (1908).
JONES, J. D. The Model Prayer. Third edition (1904).
MAURICE, F. D. The Lord's Prayer. New edition
(1893).
MCNEILE After This Manner Pray Ye (1916).
MILLER, J. R.-r-The Golden Gate of Prayer (1900).
MORRISON The Lord's Prayer and the Prayer of Our
Lord (1917).
152 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
POTEAT, E. M. The Religion of the Lord's Prayer
(1914).
RUSKIN, JOHN The Lord's Prayer and the Church.
Third edition (1896).
SLATTERY How to Pray (1920).
STUBBS Social Teaching of the Lord's Prayer. New
edition (1900).
VAN DYKE, H. J. The Lord's Prayer (1871).
VAUGHAN, C. J. The Lord's Prayer (1876).
WHYTE Lord, Teach Us to Pray (1922) .
BOOKS ON THE SERMON ON THE MOUNT
(Brief selection)
ACHELIS- Die Bergpredigt (1875).
AUGUSTINE The Exposition of the Sermon on the
Mount and the Harmony of the Evangelists. Trans-
lated by Findlay and Salmond in 1873. Trench's
translation (1869).
BACON, B. W. The Sermon on the Mount : Its Literary
Structure (1902).
BAUMGARTNER Bergpredigt und Kultur der Gegenwart
(1921).
BISCHOFF Jesus und die Rabbinen (1905).
BLAUVELT Ultimate Ideals (1917).
BOARDMAN, GEO. D. Studies in the Mountain Instruc-
tion (1880).
BOSSUET The Sermon on the Mount. Translated by
Capes (1900).
BRADBURY The Beatitudes (1879).
CARPENTER, W. BOYD The Great Charter of Christ
(1900).
DEVINE The Religion of the Beatitudes (1918).
DUNCAN The Inheritors of the Kingdom (1902).
DYKES The Beatitudes of the Kingdom. New edition
(1887).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 153
FINDLAY, J. A. The Realism of Jesus (1922).
FLETCHER The Sermon on the Mount and Practical
Politics (1911).
FOSTON The Beatitudes and the Contrasts (1911).
FRIEDLANDER The Jewish Sources of the Sermon on the
Mount (1911).
GLOVER The Beatitudes (1888).
GORE The Sermon on the Mount. New edition (1904).
GRIFFITH-JONES The Sermon on the Mount (1903).
GRAUERT Die Bergpredigt (1900).
HEINRICI Die Bergpredigt (1905).
JONES, J. D. The Way into the Kingdom (1900).
KAISER Die Bergpredigt des Herrn (1901).
LUTHER, MARTIN Comm. on Sermon on the Mount.
English translation (1854).
LYTTLETON Studies in the Sermon on the Mount (1905).
MACKINTOSH Christ and the Jewish Law (1885).
MACLAREN, A. Message from the King (1904).
McAFEE The Sermon on the Mount (1910).
MOBERLEY Fifteen Sermons on the Beatitudes. Third
edition (1870).
RASHDALL Conscience and Christ (1916^.
ROBINSON Studies in the Teaching of the Sermon on
the Mount (1922).
SHEARER The Sermon on the Mount (1906).
SCHENCK The Ten Commandments and the Lord's
Prayer (1902).
SHORTHOUSE -The Men of the Beatitudes (1904).
STALKER The Ethic of Jesus.
STEINMEYER Die Rede des Herrn auf dem Berge
(1885).
STREKKING Die Bergrede (1914).
STUBBS Christ and Economics in the Light of the Ser-
mon on the Mount (1893).
TAIT The Charter of Christianity (1886).
THOLUCK A Commentary on the Sermon on the Mount
(1860).
154s SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
YAUGHAN Characteristics of Christ's Teaching Drawn
from the Sermon on the Mount. Seventh edition
(1884).
YOTAW Sermon on the Mount. In Vol. V. of Hastings,
D. B.
,WEINEL rDie Bergpredigt (1920).
[WESLEY, JOHN Discourses on the Sermon on the Mount.
New edition (1873).
LESSON XI: GOING TO WORK WITH THE
TWELVE
Harmony, 55-63.
Comm. on Matt. 8:1, 5-13 ; 11 : 2-30 ; 12 : 22-50.
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 71-80.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. III., chs.
XIX.-XXIL; D. Smith, chs. XX., XXIV.
1. Events, places, times. 55-63.
2. Faith of a heathen commander. Comm. on Matt.,
viii., 10. Cf. also Comm., p. 177.
3. Spread of Jesus' fame and why. Harm., footnote,
p. 57.
4. Despair of John the Baptist. Epochs, pp. 71-4.
5. Design of John's Message. Comm. on Matt., xi., 2 f .
6. Where was John, and where was Jesus? Harm.,
footnote, p. 57.
7. Relation of John's Mission to that of Jesus. Comm.
on Matt., xi., 11 f.
8. Rejection of both John and Jesus. Comm. on Matt.,
xi., 16-19.
9. Hades. See Comm. on Matt., xi., 23, and Hell-fire,
Comm., p. 103 f .
10. The Son's Relation to the Father. Epochs, pp. 74 f .
11. Jesus as the Great Teacher. Comm. on Matt, xi.,
27 f . ; Harmony, footnote to p. 59.
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 155
12. [The woman anointing the Savior's feet. Harm., foot-
note to p. 60.
13. Second circuit of Galilee, taking the Twelve with
him. Harm., 60, and footnote to p. 61;
Epochs, pp. 78 f.
14. The busy day. 61-66. Harm., p. 61
15. The blasphemous accusation. 61. Comm. on
Matt., xii., 23-32 ; Harmony, footnote to p. 61 ;
Epochs, pp. 77-80. Note parables in 61.
16. Claim of Jesus to be Messiah, Matt., xii., 28.
17. The sign of Jonah. Comm. on Matt., xii., 40, and
footnote.
18. "This Wicked Generation." Comm. on Matt, xii.,
45.
19. Mother and brethren. Comm. on Matt., xii., 46-50.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON JESUS* ALLUSION TO JONAH
CRANE Hard Sayings of Jesus Christ. Second edition
(1901).
KENNEDY Book of Jonah.
MCGARVEY Jesus and Jonah (1896).
LESSON XII: THE FIRST GREAT GROUP OF
PARABLES
Harmony, 64.
Comm. on Matt. 13.
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 80-3.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. III., ch.
XXIII. ; D. Smith, ch. XXI., or some of the
books on the Parables of Jesus in the Bibliog-
raphy.
1. Events, places, times. 64. Still in the Busy Day.
Note outline of events.
156 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
2. Jesus' New Style of Teaching. Epochs, pp. 80-3.
3. Meaning and various uses of the term parable.
Comm. on Matt., xiii., 3.
4. Our Lord's design in employing parables. Comm. on
Matt., xiii., 3.
5. Four things to be done in the interpretation of any
parable. Comm. on Matt., p. 284.
6. What isolated parables have been given heretofore?
Comm. on Matt., p. 285.
7. State the three leading groups of our Lord's para-
bles. Comm. on Matt., p. 285 ; Harm., footnote,
p. 64.
8. Mention the ten parables in this group, and divide
them into five pairs. Comm. on Matt., p. 294;
Harmony, footnote, p. 70.
9. Give the general aim of
(a) The Sower. Comm. on Matt., xiii., 18-23.
(b) The Seed Growing of Itself. Mark iv., 26-29.
Any comm. on Mark.
'(c) The Tares. Comm. on Matt., p. 299 f. and p.
302.
'(d) The Net. Comm., p. 306 f.
(e) The Mustard Seed. Comm. on Matt., xiii. 31 f.
(f ) The Leaven. Comm. on Matt., p. 297 f.
'(g) The Hidden Treasure. Comm. on Matt., p.
304 f.
'(h) The Precious Pearl. Comm. on Matt., p. 305 f .
(i) The Lamp. Comm. on Matt. 5 : 15 (or Mark
4:21-Luke8:16).
r (j) The Householder. Comm. on Matt. 13: 51-53.
LESSON XIII: REMAINDER OF THE BUSY DAY
AND CLOSE OF GALILEAN CAMPAIGN
Harmony, 65-71.
Comm. on Matt. 8:18, 23-34; 9:1, 35; 11:1;
13:54-8; 14:1-12.
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 157
ROBERTSON -Epochs, pp. 83-9.
For full discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. III., chs.
XXIV., XXV., XXVII., XXVIII.; D. Smith,
chs. XXI., XXV., XXVI.
1. Events, places, times. 65-71.
2. Jesus in heathen territory. Epochs, pp. 83-5.
3. The Gadarenes (Matt.), and the Gerasenes (Mark
and Luke). Harm., footnote to p. 71, and
Comm. on Matt., viii., 28.
4. Two demoniacs or one. Comm. on Matt., viii.,
28.
5. Details by Mark in 66 not in Matthew and Luke,
illustration of Mark's vividness.
6. Devils or demons. Comm. on Matt., viii., 31.
7. Reality of the demoniacal possession. Comm. on
Matt., p. 189 f .
8. Our Lord's destroying property. Comm. on Matt.,
p. 192.
9. Placing of 67. Harmony, footnote to p. 74.
10. A second visit to Nazareth, 69. Footnote to
Harm., p. 77 ; Comm. on Matt., p. 309 ; Epochs,
pp. 85 f .
11. Our Lord's brothers and sisters. Comm. on Matt.,
pp. 310-312. State the three theories, and which
seems to have the best of the argument.
12. Third circuit of Galilee, sending the Twelve before
him. 70, and footnote, p. 78 of Harm. ;
Epochs, pp. 86-89.
13. Prayer for laborers. Comm. on Matt, ix., 37 f.,
and x., 1.
14. Details of the instructions to the Twelve. Comm.
on Matt, x., 6ff., 9f., 11, 16, 19 f., 23.
15. Herod Antipas jealous of Jesus. Comm. on Matt.,
xiv., 2 ; Harmony, footnote to p. 82. Why John
is in prison. Comm., p. 317; Harmony, foot-
note to p. 82.
158 SYLLABUS FOB NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
16. [Why Herod had not at once slain John. Comm. on
Matt., xiv., 5.
17. The Dancing of Salome. Comm. on Matt., p. 318.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON DEMONOLOGY
ALEXANDER Demoniac Possession (1902).
DAVIS JVEagic, Divination, and Demonology.
NEVIUS Demon Possession and Allied Themes (1894).
Has extensive bibliography.
THOMPSON The Devils and Evil Spirits of Babylonia
,(1903).
LESSON XIV: THE FIRST THREE WITH-
DRAWALS FROM GALILEE
Harm., 72-79.
Comm. on Matt., 14: 13-15 : 38.
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 89-104.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. III., chs.
XXIX.-XXXIIL; D. Smith, chs. XXVIL-
XXXV.
1. How much of the ministry gone, 'and how long till
the end. Harmony, p. 85 and footnote.
2. Length of this season of retirement. Time of year.
Harm., p. 85 and footnote.
3. How many withdrawals and whither (Bethsaida,
Tyre and Sidoii, Decapolis, Caesarea Philippi).
Harm., p. 85 and footnote.
4. Out of Herod's territory, and to mountains. Harm.,
p. 85.
5. Five reasons for retiring from Galilee. Harm.,
footnote, p. 85, and Comm. on Matt., p. 322.
6. Events, places, dates, in the first three withdrawals.
72-79.
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 159
7. First withdrawal to Bethsaida, 72. What Beth-
saida? Harm., footnote to p. 86. Note that the
first effort to gain rest failed.
8. Feeds the multitude. Comm. on Matt., xiv., 13 f .
place, 16, 19-21.
9. Effect on the multitude and on the Twelve. Comm.
on Matt., p. 326.
10. Jesus and the Twelve quitting the scene. Comm. on
Matt., xiv., 22-27, and second footnote on p.
327.
11. Walking on the water. Comm. on Matt, xiv., 28-31.
12. State leading thoughts of 76.
13. The Galileans and a spiritual Messiah. Epochs, pp.
89-93.
14. The tradition of the elders, etc., 77, comm. on
Matt., xv., 2, and footnote there as to Mark's
further statements.
15. Jesus' reply. Comm. on Matt., xv., 3-6, 11, 17-20;
Epochs, pp. 93-97.
16. Reason for special training of the Twelve. Epochs,
pp. 98-100.
17. The second retirement, 78. Comm. on Matt., xv.,
21, 24 f.; Epochs, pp. 100-102; Harmony, foot-
note to p. 94.
18. The third retirement, 79. Comm. on Matt., xv.,
29; Epochs, pp. 102-4; Harmony, p. 95, foot-
note.
19. Feeding the multitude twice. Comm. on Matt., p.
346; Harmony, p. 96, footnote.
See SPITTA Jesus und die Heidenmission (1909).
LESSON XV: THE FOURTH RETIREMENT]
Harmony, 80-84.
Comm. on Matt., 15:39-16:28.
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 104-111.
160 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
For fuller discussion, see Edefsheim, Bk. III., chs.
XXXVI., XXXVII. ; D. Smith, ch. XXXI.
1. Events, places, times. 80-84.
2. Magadan and Bethsaida. Harm., footnote, p. 97, and
Comm. on Matt., xv., 39.
3. Renewed hostility from Jewish leaders. Harm., sec-
ond footnote, p. 97; Comm. on Matt., .16:1;
Epochs, pp. 104-106.
4. Sadducees and Christ. Comra, p. 347.
5. Jesus' warning about the Pharisees, Sadducees, and
Herod, and the slowness of the disciples to un-
derstand. Comm. -on Matt., xvi., 5-12. Union
of Sadducees, Pharisees, and Herod against
Jesus.
6.. The withdrawal to Csesarea Philippi. Comm. on
Matt., xvi., 13.
7. Caesarea Philippi. Comm. on Matt., p. 351 f.; Har-
mony, p. 98, footnote.
8. The disciples declare Jesus to be the Messiah.
Harm., footnote, p. 99; comm. on Matt., xvi.,
15 and 16; Epochs, pp. 107-109.
10. Jesus* reply. Comm. on Matt., xvi., 18 f ., A, B, C,
D ; Harmony, p. 100, footnote.
11. They must not tell others he is the Messiah. Comm.
on Matt, xvi., 20.
12f Jesus begins plainly to foretell his death and resur-
rection, 83 ; comm. on Matt., xvi., 21 ; Epochs,
pp. 109-111; cf. instances before this. 31,
48 and 62. Cf . also 84, 85, 86, 88, 96, 99,
101, 108, 113, 125, 128, 130, 132, 137, 139, 140,
141, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152.
13. Peter rebuked. Comm. on Matt., xvi., 23.
14. Conditions of following Jesus. Comm. on Matt,
xvi., 24-26.
15. Meaning of the Saviour's coming in Matt., xvi., 27 f.
For books on "church/' see Dargan's Ecclesiology
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 161
and Hiscox's New Directory for Baptist
Churches.
LESSON XVI: THE CLOSE OF THE SEASON
OF RETIREMENT:
Harmony, 85-95.
Comm. on Matt. 17:118:35; 8:19-22.
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 111-119.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. IV., chs.
I.-IIL; D. Smith, XXXIL, XXXIII.
1. Events, places, times. 85-95.
2. Time, place and manner of the transfiguration, Har-
mony, 85 ; and footnote to p. 102 and to p.
103 ; comm. on Matt., beginning of ch. xvii., and
on xvii., 1-4.
3. Design of the transfiguration. Comm. on Matt., xvii.,
9; Epochs, pp. 111-114.
4. Coming of Elijah before the Messiah. Comm. on
Matt, 17:10-13; Harmony, p. 104, footnote.
5. The difficulty of the disciples about the demoniac
boy. Comm. on Matt., xvii., 19 f.
About fasting and verse 21. Comm. on Matt. 17 : 21.
6. The poll tax for the temple. Comm. on Matt., xvii.,
24-27.
7. Difficulty about death of Christ. Matt., xvii., 9 and
22; Epochs, pp. 114-117.
8. The object lesson in humility. Comm. on Matt.,
< f\ , . '
xviii., 1-9.
9. Their angels. Comm. on Matt., xviii., 10,
10. Winning back an erring brother. Forgiveness of per-
sonal injury. Comm. on Matt., xviii., 15-25.
11. The word church in xviii., 17 f. Comm. on Matt.
Cf . Matt, xvi., 18. Two uses of the word in the
New Testament, as illustrated by these two pas-
sages.
162 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
12. Restraint and Stimulus. Comm. on Matt., viii., 20 f .
13. The Son of Man. Comm. on Matt., p. 185. Cf.
Son of God. Comm. on Matt. 4:3. Also pp.
329 and 353.
14. Light advice from the brothers of Jesus. Epochs,
117 f.
15. Jesus facing Jerusalem. Epochs, pp. 118f.; Har-
mony, p. 113, footnote.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE TRANSFIGURATION
BEET, W. E. The Transfiguration. New edition (1915).
GUNSAULUS The Transfiguration (1886).
VAUGHAN, W. The Transfiguration of Our Lord. Sec-
ond edition (1892).
LESSON XVII : THE GREAT CONFLICT IN JERU-
SALEM AT THE FEAST OF TABERNACLES
Harmony, 96-101.
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 120-125.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. IV., chs.
VI.-X.; D. Smith, ch. XXXVII.; Robertson,
The Pharisees and Jesus, ch. II; .Westcott or
any comm. on John 7: 11 10:20.
1. Location and time of this closing ministry. Harm.,
p. 114.
2. John and Luke furnish exclusive account of this
period till the last journey toward Jerusalem.
Harmony, p. 114.
3. Time and meaning of the Feast of Tabernacles. See
comm. on John or Bible Dictionary.
4. Three journeys toward Jerusalem. On the com-
bination of Luke and John for this period, see
Harm., pp. 276-279.
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 163
5. The first of these journeys toward Jerusalem. 95,
and beginning of 96.
6. Events, places, times. 96-101.
7. Attitude in Jerusalem toward Jesus before he comes.
Epochs, pp. 120 f.
8. Different Groups at the Feast in John 7. Harmony,
p. 114.
9. The Jerusalem Conspirators Outwitted at Home.
Epochs, pp. 121-5.
10. Union of both Parties in the Sanhedrin against
Jesus. Harmony, p. 115, footnote. Read also
Chapter II of The Pharisees and Jesus (Rob-
ertson).
11. The story of the adulterous woman. Harm., foot-
note, p. 115. See Bibliography for literature on
the Agrapha of Jesus.
12. Note that this entire lesson is from John. Cf. the
First and Second Passovers, 31 and 49. John
supplies our knowledge of the Jerusalem minis-
try of Jesus before the last passover.
LESSON XVIII : WITHDRAWAL FROM JERUSA-
LEM INTO JUDEA AND RETURN TO FEAST
OF DEDICATION.
Harmony, 102-111.
ROBERTSON: Epochs, pp. 126-128.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. IV., chs.
XI.-XIII. Ragg, Plummer or any comm. on
Luke's Gospel.
1, The Early Judean Ministry given by John. Har-
mony, 31-33.
2. This Later Judean Ministry (given by John and
Luke) is similar in many things to the Great
Galilean Ministry. Harm., pp. 114, 120, 129;
Epochs, pp. 126 f.
164 SYLLABUS FOR NEW; TESTAMENT STUDY
3. Time embraced in this Later Judean Ministry.
Harm., p. 114.
4. Events, places, times. 102-111.
5. The two Bethanys. Harm., footnote, p. 122.
6. Repetition of the model prayer. 105, and first
footnote in Harm., p. 123.
7. Repetition of the blasphemous accusation. 106 and
second footnote in Harm., p. 123.
8. Series of Discourses in 108. Harmony, footnote to
p. 126.
9. Time of the Feast of Dedication. Harmony, 111.
10. Why Jesus in Jerusalem Now. Epochs, p. 128.
LESSON XIX: FROM BETHANY BEYOND JOR-
DAN TO THE RAISING OF LAZARUS AT
BETHANY NEAR JERUSALEM.
Harmony, 112-119.
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 129-134.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. IV., chs.
XIV., XVIII., XXL; D. Smith, chs. XXXVIIL,
XXXIX ; Westcott on John, Plummer on Luke
or others comms. See also J. 'D. JONES The
Lord of Life and Death (1919).
1. Events, places, times. 112-119.
2. Second Withdrawal from Jerusalem and Why.
Harmony, 112, and footnote to p. 131. Cf.
the four withdrawals from Galilee. Reception
in Bethany in Perea. Epochs, pp. 129-131.
3. The Later Perean Ministry Divided into a Second
( 112-117) and a Third ( 120-125) by the
Raising of Lazarus at Bethany near Jerusalem
( 118-119). Harmony, footnote to p. 131.
4. Length of the Later Perean Ministry. Harmony, p.
131 and second footnote.
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 165
5. The Second Perean Ministry. By John and Luke.
112-117. Cf. 26-28 for the first Perean
Ministry as given by John.
6. Length of this Second Perean Ministry. Harm.,
footnote, p. 131.
7. Jewish Meals. Harm., footnote, p. 133.
8. The Second Great Group of Parables. 114-117.
9. The Second Journeying towards Jerusalem, and
why. 118 and footnote to p. 137. This time
not through Samaria as in 95. Special reasons
for it then. But now in Perea.
10. The Sanhedrin in Desperation. Harmony, 119.
Epochs, pp. 131-133.
11. The Third Withdrawal from Jerusalem. Now to the
hills around Ephraim. 119. Jerusalem now
more dangerous than Galilee had been. Not
long till the last Passover, and lines closing
around the Master. Epochs, p. 133 f. Cf.
JONES, J. D. The Lord of Life and Death. Ex-
position of John xi. (1920).
LESSON XX: THE LAST JOURNEY TO
JERUSALEM
Harmony, 120-127.
Gomm. on Matt. 19 and 20.
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 134-137.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. IV., chs.
XIX.-XX., XXII.-XXIV.; D. Smith, ch. XL.
1. Events, places, times. 120-127.
2. The third journey toward Jerusalem. 120. Cf .
128a.
3. Course of this journey from Ephraim to Jerusalem.
Harm., footnote, p. 139.
4. Combination of Matthew and Mark with Luke from
166 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
now on. Harm., footnote, p. 139 and 141; pp.
276-279 ; comm. on Matt., p. 393 f .
5. A Third Perean ministry, 122-125. Given by
all the Synoptists. See Harm., footnotes, pp.
141, 143 and 147.
6. Beyond Jordan or Perea. Comm. on Matt., p. 395.
7. Jesus Going to Face the Issue. Epochs, pp. 134-137.
8. "Divorce for every cause." Comm. on Matt., xix.,
3. Cf . also comm. on Matt., v., 31 f.
9. "For your hardness of heart." Comm. on Matt.,
xix., 7-9. Cf . also comm. on Matt., v., 32. Cf .
Luke xvi., 18; 117.
10. Details in Matt, xxi., 6-8. Comm., p. 426.
11. "Little Children," and "of such." Comm. on Matt.,
pp. 401-404.
12. Christ's teaching about poverty. Comm. on Matt.,
xix., 21.
13. "Through a needle's eye." Comm. on Matt., xix.,
24.
14. "In the regeneration." Comm. on Matt, xix., 28.
15. "First shall be last," and design of the following
parable.
16. Text of Matt, xx., 16. Comm. on Matt., xix., 30.
17. Jesus foretelling his death and the request of James
and John. Harmony, 125 ; Comm. on Matt.,
xx.: 17-28.
18. Sketch of Jericho. Comm. on Matt., p. 420; comm.
on Matt., xx., 17-28.
19. Discrepancies as to place and number healed at
Jericho. Harm., footnote, p. 149, and comm. on
Matt, xx., 29 f .
20. Parable of the Pounds, not same as the Parable of
the Talents. Harm., 127 and footnote, p. 150.
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 167
LESSON XXI: SUNDAY AND MONDAY OF
THE LAST WEEK
Harmony, 128a-130.
Comm. on Matt. 21 :1-17.
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 137-140.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. V., chs.
I.-II.;D. Smith, ch. XLI.
Westcott or other comms. on John 12.
1. Time of the Last Public Ministry. Harmony, p. 152.
2. Date of our Saviour's death. Harm., footnote, p.
152.
3. From Jericho to Bethany, time Friday, and descrip-
tion of Jerusalem. Comm. on Matt., pp. 422-
424, and map.
4. Various visits to Bethany. Harm., second footnote,
p. 152. Spends Saturday in Bethany. Reason
for following Mark and not John here. Har-
mony, third footnote.
5. The Mount of Olives. Comm. on Matt., p. 424.
6. Events, places, times. Sunday, Monday. 128a-
130.
7. The Challenge to Jerusalem. Epochs, pp. 137-139.;
Harmony, last footnote on p. 152.
8. The prophecy in Matt, xxi., 4 f . Comm., p. 425.
9. "Upon an ass and upon a colt." Comm. on Matt.,
xxi., 5.
10. Details in Matt, xxi., 6-8. Comm., p. 426.
11. The, Welcome in Jerusalem. Comm., p. 427.
12. Second cleansing of the temple. Comm. on Matt.,
xxi., 5; Harmony, footnote to p. 156.
13. Description of the temple courts. Comm,, pp. 429 f.
14. "Out of the mouth of babes and sucklings." Comm.
on Matt., xxi., 16.
15. The road between Jerusalem and Bethany. Comm.
on Matt., p. 432 f .
168 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
16. The barren fig tree. Comm. on Matt., xxi., 19.
17. A foretaste of the struggle. Epochs, p. 139 f .
18. The Rejection of Jesus by the Jews. Harmony, foot-
note to p. 158.
LESSON XXII: THE LAST DAY IN CHRIST'S
PUBLIC MINISTRY
Harmony, 131-138.
Comm. on Matt. 21 : 19-23 : 39.
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 140-143.
For fuller discussion, see Robertson, The Pharisees
and Jesus, chs. II and III; Edersheim, Bk. V.,
chs. III.-V.; D. Smith, chs. XLIL-XLHI.
1. Events, places, time. 131-138. Details of this
Tuesday. Harmony, footnote to p. 159.
2. Power of faith. Comm. on Matt, xxi., 20-22.
3. The victorious debate. Epochs, pp. 141-143.
4. The attack of the Sanhedrin. Comm. on Matt. 21 :
23; Harmony, footnote to p. 160.
5. The defense of Jesus. Comm. on Matt. 21 : 24
22:14.
6. The third group of parables. 132. General mean-
ing of each of these three parables. See comm.
on Matt, and Harmony, second footnote to p.
160.
7. The attack of the Pharisees and the Herodians. De-
scription of the Herodians. Comm. on Matt.
22:15-17.
8. "The Things of Caesar and the Things of God."
Comm. on Matt., xxii., 21 ; Harmony, footnote
to p. 164.
9. Question of the Sadducees and reply of Jesus.
Comm. on Matt, xxii., 30-32; Harmony, foot-
note to p. 165.
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 169
10. Question of the lawyer and the reply of Jesus.
Comm. on Matt., xxii., 34-40.
11. Christ's final question to which they could not reply.
Comm. on Matt., xxii., 43-46.
12. The authorship of Ps. 110. Comm. on Matt., p. 459 f .
13. Rabbis as successors of Moses. Comm. on Matt.,
p. 464.
14. Phylacteries. Comm. on Matt., xxiii., 5-7.
15. Rabbi. Comm. on Matt., xxiii., 8.
16. Proselytes. Comm. on Matt., xxiii., 15.
17. The irony of Jesus. Comm. on Matt., xxiii., 23-33 ;
Harmony, footnote to p. 169.
18. Zacharias the son of Barachias. Comm. on Matt.,
xxiii., 35.
19. A mournful apostrophe to Jerusalem. Comm. on
Matt., xxiii., 37-39.
20. Christ's Last Appearance in the Temple. Harmony,
footnote to p. 172.
See ABBOTT The Last Days of Jesus Christ (1918).
LESSON XXIII: FROM THE DISCOURSE ON
THE MOUNT OF OLIVES TO THE LAST
PASSOVER MEAL.
Harmony, 139-147.
Comm. on Matt. 24: 1-26:25, 31-35.
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 143-149.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. V., chs.
VI.-IX.; D. Smith, ch. XL.-IV.
1. Events, places, times. 139-147. Tuesday after-
noon and evening, Wednesday, Thursday, and
Thursday evening.
2. The great discourse on the destruction of Jerusalem
and the second coming, with outline. 139.
The transition and blending of the two topics.
170 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
Comm., p. 479 f.; Epochs, p. 143 f.; Harmony,
p. 173, footnote.
3. Misleading signs. Comm. on Matt, xxiv., 4-14.
4. "Abomination of desolation," and "flee unto the
mountains." Comm. on Matt., xxiv., 15 f .
5. Pella. Comm. on Matt., xxiv., 16.
6. "This generation." Comm. on Matt., xxiv., 34.
7. "Of that day and hour." Comm. on Matt., xxiv., 36.
8. Suddenness of the second coming. Comm. on Matt.,
xxiv., 37-51.
9. Parable of the Ten Virgins. Comm. on Matt., p.
498 f ., and p. 500b f .
10. Parable of the Talents. Comm. on Matt., p. 502b f .
11. The Judgment Scene. Comm. on Matt., p.- 507b.
12. Serving Christ by serving his brethren. Comm. on
Matt., p. 510.
13. Eternal punishment and eternal life. Comm., p. 511-
SSla.
14. Jesus preparing himself for his death and his dis-
ciples for the separation. Harm., p. 173 and
footnote.
15. The Supper at Bethany. Harm., footnote, p. 187
(cf. 128a, footnote), and comm. on Matt.,
xxvi., 6; Epochs, p. 145 f.
16. The Sanhedrin receives unexpected help. Comm. on
Matt., p. 522; Epochs, pp. 146-148.
17. Did Jesus eat the Passover? Harm., footnotes, p.
190, and pp. 279-284. Five passages in John.
Cf . comm., p. 524 f .
18. Was Judas present at the Lord's Supper? Comm.
on Matt., xxvi., 25 ; Harmony, p. 195, footnote.
19. Jesus' concern for the disciples. Comm. on Matt.,
xxvi., 31-35 ; Epochs, p. 148 f .
For literature on the eschatology of Jesus, see Bibli-
ography.
\
THE LIFE OF CHEIST 171
LESSON XXIV: FROM THE LORD'S SUPPER TO
THE AGONY IN THE GARDEN
Harmony, 148-152.
Comm. on Matt. 26 : 26-29, 30, 36-46.
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 150-154.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. V., chs.
X.-XIL; D. Smith, chs. XLV.-XLVI; Westcott
on John 14-17 or Robertson, Divinity of Christ
in the Gospel of John.
1. Events, places, time. Thursday night. 148 152.
2. The four narratives of the institution of the bread
and wine, in two pairs. Comm. on Matt., xxvi.,
26; Harmony, p. 196, footnote.
3. Blessing the loaf. Comm. on Matt., xxvi., 26.
4. The phrase "broken for you" not genuine in I. Cor.
10 : 16. Comm. on Matt., p. 529.
5. Four different views of "this is my body." Comm.
on Matt., p. 529 f .
6. "Blood of the covenant." Comm. on Matt., p. 530 f .,
and footnote.
7. Different names for the ordinance. Comm. on Matt.,
p. 53 Ib.
8. The future Kingdom. Comm. on Matt., p. 532.
9. Compare the farewell discourse to the eleven in
149151 (and p. 197, footnote, and p. 198,
footnotes) with the formal address to the twelve
and others in 54. Observe adaptation of each
to time, place, and circumstances. Epochs, pp.
150-152.
10. Gethsemane. Comm. on Matt., p. 535b f . ; Har-
mony, p. 201, footnote.
11. A real human soul suffering. Comm. on Matt., p.
536 f.
12. What constituted this suffering? Comm. on Matt.,
p. 539a.
172 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
13. "That ye enter not into temptation." Comnu on
Matt., xxvi., 41.
14. "Sleep on now," and "Rise, let us be going." Comm.
on Matt., xxvi., 45.
15. The struggle of Jesus with himself. Epochs, pp.
152-4.
For books on the Lord's Supper, see literature on
Ecclesiology. Also David Smith's Pilgrim's
Hospice (1906), and Goetz Das Abendmahl
eine Diatheke oder sein letzter Gleichniss (1920).
i
SPECIAL BOOKS ON CHRIST'S FAREWELL DISCOURSE AND
THE INTERCESSORY PRAYER
ALEXANDER, THOMAS The Intercessory Prayer (1868).
BOWEN Love Revealed. Meditations on John xiii.-xvii.
(1884).
BURRELL In the Upper Room (1913).
DUNHAM John Fourteen (1917).
GARVIE The Master's Comfort and Hope (1917).
MACLAREN, IAN In the Upper Room (1896).
RAINSFORD The Lord's Prayer for Believers. New edi-
tion (1895).
SAMPLE Christ's Valedictory.
SWETE The Last Discourse and Prayer. New edition
(1915).
On Judas Iscariot, see
BALDWIN The Gospel of Judas Iscariot (1902).
PAGE The Diary of Judas Iscariot (1912).
LESSON XXV: THE ARREST AND TRIAL
OF JESUS
Harmony, 153-161.
Comm. on Matt. 26:47-27:26.
THE LIFE OF CHBIST 173
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 154-160.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. V., chs.
XIIL-XIV.; D. Smith, chs. XLVII.-XLVIII.
1. Events, places, time. Friday, long before dawn and
till sunrise. 153-161.
2. The coming of Judas with the multitude and the
soldiers. Comm. on Matt., xxvi., 47.
3. The betrayer's kiss. Comm. on Matt., xxvi., 47.
4. The character of Judas. Comm. on Matt., pp.
556b f .
5. The rashness of Peter. Comm. on Matt., pp. 541 f .
6. The surrender of Jesus. Epochs, pp. 154 f.
7. The Jewish trial in three parts. Harm., footnote,
p. 209; comm. on Matt., p. 544.
8. The Roman trial in three parts. Harm., footnote,
p. 216 ; comm. on Matt., p. 544.
9. Annas and Caiaphas. Comm. on Matt., p. 544.
10. Before Annas. Comm. on Matt., p. 544b f .
11. The Sanhedrin. Comm. on Matt., p. 546.
12 The charge against Him. Comm. on Matt., p. 547.
13. Jesus speaking on oath in a court of justice, and
admitting that He is the Messiah. Comm. on
Matt., p. 548b. The blasphemy charged. Legal-
ity of the High Priest's course. Comm. on
Matt., p. 548b f . ; Epochs, pp. 155-160.
14. The ground of conviction and the real ground against
Him. Comm. on Matt., p. 549 f .
15. Peter's three denials. Harm., footnote, p. 212, and
Comm. on Matt., p. 551b-3. Cf. also p. 554.
16. The decision of the Sanhedrin. Comm. on Matt.,
p. 555.
17. The formal stage of Jewish trial. Observe that Luke
alone gives details here. Harmony, 157 and
p. 215 footnote.
18. End of Judas. Comm. on Matt., p. 556-8.
19. The prophecy in Matt., xxvii., 9.
174 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY.
20. Pilate. Comm. on Matt., p. 560b f . Cf . also p.
567a.
21. Reasons for our Lord's silence before the Sanhedrin
and before Pilate. Comm. on Matt., p. 562a.
22. Herod Antipas sees Jesus at last. 160.
23. About Barabbas. Comm. on Matt., p. 562b f.
24. About Pilate's Wife. Comm. on Matt., p. 563.
25. Time of the condemnation. Jo., xix., 14. Harm.,
footnote, p. 224, and pp. 284287.
26. The Guilt of Pilate, of the Sanhedrin, of the Jewish
People, of Judas. Harmony, p. 225, footnote.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE TRIAL OF JESUS
BROADE The Sixfold Trial of Our Lord (1899).
BRODERICK The Trial and Crucifixion of Jesus Christ
of Nazareth (1908).
Buss The Trial of Jesus (1906).
CHANDLER The Trial of Jesus from a Lawyer's Stand-
point. Two volumes (1908).
CHAPMAN Legalized Wrong (1899).
CHASE The Trial of Jesus (1876).
DELAND The Mis-Trials of Jesus (1914).
DRUCKER The Trial of Jesus (1907).
GREENLEAF, SIMON The Testimony of the Evangelists
Examined by the Rulers of Evidence Administered
in the Courts of Justice. Also a Review of the Trial
of Jesus (1876).
HOBBS The Court of Pilate (1906). The sorcalled
GESTA PILATI and CESAR'S COURT are also apocry-
phal.
HUSBAND The Prosecution of Jesus (1916).
INNES, TAYLOR The Trial of Jesus. A Legal Mono-
graph (1899).
KASTNER Jesus for Pilatus (1912).
KAYE The Trial of Christ (1909).
KLARMAN The Trial of Jesus before Pilate.
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 175
RQSADI The Trial of Jesus (1905).
STALKER The Trial and Death of Jesus Christ (1894).
STEVENSON The Judges of Jesus (1909).
STOUT The Trial and Crucifixion of Christ (1886).
WELLFORD The Lynching of Jesus (1905).
WILSON, T. F. The Trial of Jesus. Historical and Legal
Standpoint (1906).
LESSON XXVI: THE CRUCIFIXION
Harmony, 162-168.
Comm. on Matt. 27 : 27-66.
ROBERTSON Epochs, pp. 160-8.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. V., ch.
XV. ;D. Smith, ch. XLIX.
1. Events, places, time. The four stages by hours from
the start till the burial. 162-168.
2. The Mockery of Jesus by the Soldiers. Harmony,
162, and footnote to p. 226. Cf. The Mock-
ery by the Sanhedrin, 155.
3. Simon bearing the Cross. Comm. on Matt.,
xxvii., 32.
4. Place of the Crucifixion. Harm., footnote, p. 226,
and comm. on Matt., xxvii., 33.
5. Wine and gall. Comm on Matt., p. 569.
6. Nature and time of the Crucifixion. Comm. on
Matt., xxvii., 35.
7. The Accusation. Comm. on Matt., p. 571.
8. State the seven sayings on the Cross, at what point
each one was uttered, and by whom recorded.
The first three relate to others, and the last four
to Christ. The first three during the first three
hours, the last four during the last three hours.
Three are by Luke, three are by John, one by
Matthew and Mark. Probable order of the
176 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
first three, Harm., footnote, p. 228. Probable
order of the last four, Harm., footnote, p. 232.
Meaning of the fourth saying, Comm; on Matt,
xxvii., 46.
9. The two robbers and the other revilers. Comm. on
Matt., xxvii., 39-44.
10. The darkness. Comm. on Matt., xxvii., 45.
11. The veil of the temple. Comm. on Matt., xxvii., 51.
12. Raising the dead from the tombs. Comm. on Matt.,
xxvii., 52.
13. The shame of the Cross. Epochs, pp. 160-5.
14. Impression made on three classes of spectators.
Comm. on Matt., p. 576b f .
15. Mary Magdalene. Comm. on Matt., p. 577 f.
16. Joseph of Arimathea. Comm. on Matt., p. 579 f.
17. Jesus in the Tomb. Epochs, pp. 165-8.
18. The fear of the rulers. Comm. on Matt., xxvii., 63-5.
19. Setting a watch. Comm. on Matt, xxvii., 66 (end) .
20. The Women on the Sabbath. Harmony, p. 237,
footnote.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE CRUCIFIXION
(For literature on the Atonement, see- Biblical and Sys-
tematic Theology, as only a few of the mass of books
on the Cross are given.)
AHLFELD The Voice from the Cross (1888).
ALDRICH A Critical Examination of the Time of Our
Saviour's Crucifixion (1882).
BAXTER, RICHARD The Crucifying of the World by the
Cross of Christ New edition (1861).
BELZER Die Geschichte des Leidens und Sterbens der
Auferstehung und Himmelfahrt des Herrn (1903).
BIRKS The Shadow of the Cross in Our Lord's Min-
istry (1891).
BROWN, CHARLES Lessons from the Cross (1904).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 177
BURRELL The Singular Death of Christ (1900) .
CLOW The Cross and Christian Experience (1908).
CLOW In the Day of the Cross (1909).
DALMAN Der leidende und sterbende Messias (1888).
DENNEY The Death of Christ. Second edition (1911).
FALCONER The Three Crosses (1907).
FORSYTE The Cruciality of the Cross (1909).
GORDON Reflections in Palestine (1883).
HANNA The Last Eay of Our Lord's Passion (1871).
HIRSCH The Crucifixion from a Jewish Standpoint
(1901).
HOGE, P. H. The Divine Tragedy. A Poem (1905).
HOWE The True Site of Calvary (1871).
KRUMMACHER The Suffering Saviour.
JOWETT The School of Calvary (1911).
LANDELS The Cross of Christ (1864).
NICOLL The Seven Words from the Cross (1896).
Ross, G. A. JOHNSTON The Cross. The Report of a
Misgiving (1912).
RUTHERFORD Christ Dying.
SIMPSON Christus Crucifixus (1909).
STALKER The Trial and Death of Jesus Christ (1894).
STONE The Passion of Christ (1912).
STROUD A. Treatise on the Physical Cause of the Death
of Christ (1846).
TRENCH, G. H, The Crucifixion and Resurrection of
Christ in the Light of Tradition (1908).
THOLUCK Light -from the Cross (1859).
VAUGHAN Lessons on the Cross and Passion (1869).
WABNITZ Histoire de la vie de Jesus : La passion, la
mort, et la resurrection de Jesus (1904).
WESTBERG Zur neutest. Chronologie und Golgothas
Ortslage (1911).
WONTNER Visio Crucis (1918).
WRIGHT The Cross of Our Lord (1909).
178 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
LESSON XXVII: THE RESURRECTION AND
ASCENSION
Harmony, 169-184.
Comm. on Matt., ch. 28.
ROBERTSON Epochs, ch. VIII.
For fuller discussion, see Edersheim, Bk. V if chs.
XVI.-XVII. ; D. Smith, ch. L.
1. Movements of Jesus during the Forty Days. First
footnote, Harm., p. 239 and footnote.
2. Events, places, times. 169-184.
3. Five narratives of the resurrection of Jesus. Comm.
on Matt., p. 583.
4. How long did Jesus remain in the tomb? Harm.,
footnote, p. 240, and Harm., pp. 289-291.
5. Time of his resurrection. Harm., pp. 287-289, and
second footnote to p. 239. Cf . Comm. on Matt.,
p. 583 f . In the Harm., Luke, xxiv., 1, and John,
xx., 1, are parallel to Mark, xvi., 2. Then Matt.,
xxviii., 1, would be a visit before sundown on
the Sabbath to see the sepulchre. After sun-
down the two Marys and Salome bought the
spices (Mark, xvi., 1). Early next morning they
proceeded to the tomb (Mark, xvi., 2; Luke,
xxiv., 1; Jo., xx., 1). The resurrection, pre-
ceded by the earthquake (Matt., xxviii., 2), had
already taken place before they came. Such is
the probable order of events here.
6. The Attitude of the Disciples. Epochs, pp. 169 f .
7. The fact of the empty tomb. Epochs, pp. 170-2.
8. Five appearances on the first day, and tea in all.
Harm., p. 242.
9. The ten appearances in their order. Comm. on Matt.,
p. 590a.
10. Men or angels, and number. Comm. on Matt., p. 585.
The story of the angels. Epochs, pp. 172 f.
THE LIFE OF GHRIST3 179
11. John's intuition. Epochs, pp. 173 f.
12. As to Jesus appearing first to women, and first to
Mary. Comm. on Matt., p. 587; Epochs, pp.
174-177.
13. Report of the Watch. Comm. on Matt., xxviii.,
11-15.
14. Unexpected light on the problem. Epochs, pp. 177-9.
15. A Conference on the situation. Epochs, pp. 179-182.
16. The Case of Thomas. Epochs, pp. 182-4.
17. By the Sea of Galilee. Epochs, pp. 184-6; Har-
mony, p. 247, footnote.
18. The three final commissions of Jesus. Harm., foot-
note, p. 246.
19. The fact that Jesus rose. Comm. on Matt., p. 588b.
20. What Jesus' Resurrection carries with it. Comm. on
Matt., p. 589a.
21. Theological importance of Christ's Resurrection.
Comm. on Matt., p. 589b.
22. Remarks on these appearances in general. Comm. on
Matt., p. 590.
23. On a mountain in Galilee. Number present and to
whom the commission was given. Harm., foot-
note, p. 249, and Comm. on Matt., p. 591. Wor-
ship by some, doubt by others. Epochs, pp.
186-8.
24. The commission in Matthew.
(1) "All authority," etc. Comm., p. 592.
(2) Christianity a missionary religion. Comm., p.
592b f .
(3) "Disciple." Comm., p. 593.
(4) "All the nations." Comm., p. 593 f .
(5) Baptizing in the name. Comm., p. 594 f.
(6) The formula for baptism and the design of bap-
tism. Comm., p. 595 f .
(7) The closing promise. Comm., p. 596b f.
25. The last view. Epochs, pp. 188-190.
180 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE RESURRECTION AND ASCENSION
(A Selection)
ANDROT Jesus-Christ est-il resurrecte? (1909).
ANONYMOUS Resurrectio Christi (1909).
ARCHER-SHEPHERD Nature and Evidence of the Resur-
rection of Christ (1910).
BOARDMAN Our Risen King's Forty Days (1902).
BOWEN Resurrection in the New Testament (1911).
BRETON La Resurrection du Christ (1908).
BROWN, J. B. The Risen Christ (1890).
BRUCKNER Die sterbende und auf erstehunde Gottheiland
in die orientalische Religionen und ihre Verhaltniss
zum Christentum (1908).
BURCKHARDT Die Auferstehung des Herrn.
CALLAUD Le Prdbleme de la Resurrection du Christ
(1909).
CARPENTER, W. BOYD The Forty Days of the Risen Life
(1898).
CASE The Resurrection of Jesus (1920).
ECK Ueber die Bedeutung der Auferstehung Jesu
(1898).
EDGAR The Gospel of a Risen Saviour (1892).
EDGAR The Resurrection of Jesus Christ (1886).
FAUNCE, D. W. Advent and Ascension (1903).
FRICK The Resurrection and Paul's Argument (1915).
GOGUEL Les sources du recit Johannique de la passion
(1910).
GURNEY The Living Lord and the Open Grave (1902).
HANNA The Forty Days after Our Lord's Resurrection
(1866).
HERMAN The Glory of the Risen Lord (1917).
IHMELS Die Auferstehung Jesu Christi (1906).
KENNEDY The Resurrection of Jesus Christ (1895).
THE LIFE OF CHRIST 181
KRUMMACHER The Risen Redeemer (1863).
LAKE, KIRSOPP Historical Evidence of the Resurrection
of Jesus Christ (1907).
LATHAM The Risen Master (1901).
LOOPS Die Auf erstehungsberichte und ihr Wert. 3 Aufl.
(1908).
MALTBY The Meaning of the Resurrection (1921).
MARCHANT Theories of the Resurrection (1899).
MILLIGAN, W. The Resurrection of Our Lord (1886).
MILLIGAN, W. The Ascension and Heavenly Priesthood
of Our Lord.
MOBERLY Sayings of the Great Forty Days. New edi-
tion (1875).
MEYER, A. Die Auferstehung Christi (1905).
ORR The Resurrection of Jesus (1908).
RANDOLPH The Empty Tomb (1906).
RIGGENBACH Die Auferstehung Jesu (1905). Trans.
(1907).
RING The Most Certain Fact in History (1893).
ROBINSON, C. H. Studies in the Resurrection of Christ
(1909).
SHAW, J. M. The Resurrection of Jesus Christ (1920).
SIMPSON, W. J. SPARROW Our Lord's Resurrection
(1906).
SKRINE The Survival of Jesus (1917).
SPITTA Die Auf erstehung Jesu (1918).
STAFFER Death and Resurrection of Jesus Christ
(1898).
STONE The Glory After the Passion (1912).
SWETE The Appearances of Our Lord After the Resur-
rection (1907).
SWETE The Ascended Christ (1910).
TAIT Heavenly Session of Our Lord (1912).
THORBURN Resurrection Narratives and Modern Criti-
cism (1910).
WEST, GILBERT Observations on the History and Evi-
182 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
dences of the Resurrection of Jesus Christ. New
edition (1874).
WESTCOTT Gospel of the Resurrection (1874).
WESTCOTT The Revelation of the Risen Lord. Fifth
edition (1891).
PART III: THE ACTS AND THE
EPISTLES
(PROBABLY A. D. 30 TO A. D. 90)
PART III: THE ACTS AND THE
EPISTLES
(Probably A. D. 30 to A. D. 90)
The text-books used in connection with this part of the
New Testament Syllabus are the American Revision of
the New Testament in the Student's Chronological New
Testament, Josephus, the professor's Epochs in the Life
of Paul, Angus's Environment of Early Christianity,
Carver's Commentary on Acts (or some other commen-
tary), and any good commentary on the various Epistles.
Specific references for further study are given in each
lesson to other books like those of Ramsay, David Smith's
Life and Letters of St. Paul, Conybeare and Howson's
Life and Epistles of St. Paul.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
I. BOOKS ON THE APOSTOLIC PERIOD
(A Brief Selection)
1. General History. (See also in the General Bibliog-
raphy for the New Testament the books on New
Testament Times and History.)
ARNOLD, T. W. The Roman System of Provincial Ad-
ministration. New edition (1906).
BOTSFORD Ancient History.
BOTSFORD History of Greece.
BOTSFORD History of Rome.
BOUCHIER Syria as a Roman Province (1916).
185
186 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
BURY History of the Roman Empire (27 B. C 180
A. D.) (1893).
DROYSEN Geschichte des Hellenismus. 2 Aufl. (1877).
FERRERO Greatness and Decline of Rome. Five vol-
umes (1907).
FERRERO Characters and Events of Roman History
(1909).
FERRERO The Women of the Caesars.
FERRERO Short History of Rome.
HARRER Studies in the History of the Province of Syria
(1915).
HOGARTH The Nearer East (1902).
JUSTER Les juifs dans 1'empire romaine (1914).
KAERST Geschichte des hellenistischen Zeitalters. 2 vol-
umes (1901-9).
MAHAFFY The Silver Age in the Greek World (1905).
MOMMSEN The History of Rome. Five volumes
(1894).
MOMMSEN The Provinces of the Roman Empire from
Caesar to Diocletian. Two volumes (1909).
RAMSAY Historical Geography of Asia Minor (1890).
SCHURER The Jewish People in the Time of Jesus
Christ. Five volumes (1891).
2. Culture of the Period. (See also the General Bibli-
ography and that in Lesson XIII on Interbiblical
History.)
ABBOTT Common People of Ancient Rome (1912).
BAUMGARTNER, POLAND AND WAGNER Die hellenistisch-
romische Kultur (1913).
BOTSFORD Hellenic Civilization (1915).
BOYD Public Libraries and Literary Culture in Ancient
Rome (1915).
BUCKXAND The Roman Law of Slavery (1909).
Buss Roman Law and History in the New Testament
(1901).
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 187
BUTCHER Some Aspects of Greek Genius. Third edi-
tion (1904).
DAVIS The Influence of Wealth in Imperial Rome
(1910).
DEISSMANN Light from the Ancient East (1910).
DEISSMANN New Light on the New Testament (1907).
DILL Roman Society from Nero to Marcus Aurelius
(1905).
FERGUSON Legal Terms Common to the Macedonian
Inscriptions and the New Testament.
FOWLER The City-State of the Greeks and Romans.
Second edition (1895).
FOWLER Social Life at Rome in the Age of Cicero
(1908).
FRIEDLANDER Roman Life and Manners under the Early
Empire. Three volumes (1909-10).
HAHN Rom und Romanismus im griechisch-romischen
Osten (1906).
INGE Society in Rome under the Caesars (1894).
LIVINGSTON The Greek Genius and Its Meaning to Us
(1912).
LIVINGSTON The Legacy of Greece (1923).
MAHAFFY Survey of Greek Civilization (1896).
MARQUARDT Das Privatleben der Romer (1878).
MEYER, E. Sklaverei im Aeltestum (1898).
PUTNAM Authors and Their Public in Ancient Times
(1894).
SKEEL Travel in First Century.
STOBART The Glory That Was Greece (1911).
STOBART The Grandeur That Was Rome (1912).
THIELING Hellenismus in Kleinaf rika (1911).
TORR Ancient Ships.
TUCKER Life in the Roman World of Nero and St. Paul
(1910).
.WENDLAND Die hellenistisch-romische Kultur. 3 Aufl.
(1912).
188 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
3. Philosophy,
ARNOLD, E. V. Roman Stoicism (1911).
BEVAN Stoics and Sceptics (1913).
BIGG Neoplatonism (1911).
BONHOFFER Epiktet and d. Stoa (1890) .
BONHOFFER Epiktet und das Neue Testament (1911).
BUSSELL The School of Plato (1896).
CAIRD, E. The Evolution of Theology in the Greek
Philosophers. Two volumes (1904).
DAVIDSON The Stoic Creed (1907).
DRUMMOND Philo-Judaeus, or Jewish-Alexandrian Phi-
losophy. Two volumes (1888).
FAIRBAIRN The Philosophy of Religion. Fifth edition
(1908).
HEGEL Philosophy of Religion (1895).
HICKS Stoic and Epicurean (1910).
HICKS Traces of Greek Philosophy and Roman Law in
the New Testament (1896).
MURRAY The Stoic Philosophy (1915).
SHARP Epictetus and the New Testament (1914).
THILLY History of Philosophy.
WINDELBAND History of Ancient Philosophy (1900).
4. History of Religion and Morality. (See previous lists
in the General Bibliography, in the Interbiblical
History, Chapter XII in particular, and the King-
dom Teaching and the Eschatology of Jesus.)
ADAM Religious Teachers of Greece (1908).
ALLARD Le christianisme et 1'empire remain de Nerori
a Theodose (1897).
ALLO- L'evangile en face du syncretisme paien (1910).
ANGUS The Environment of Early Christianity (1915).
ANRICH Das antike Mysterienwesen in seinem Einfluss
auf das Christentum (1894).
ANZ Zur Frage nach dem Ursprung des Gnosticismus.
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 189
ARNETH Das classische Heidentum und die christliche
Religion. Two volumes (1895).
BAUR, A. Vom Griechentum zum Christentum (1910).
BAUER, B. Christus und die Caisaren. 2 Aufl. (1879).
BERTHELOT Die Stellung der Israeliten und der Juden
zu den Fremden ( 1896) .
BERTHELOT Das religionsgeschichtliche Problem des
spatjudentums (1909).
BERTHELOT Die jiidische Religion von der Zeit Esras bis
zum Zeitalter Christi (1911).
BEURLIER Le cult rendu aux empereurs (1891).
BEVAN Hellenism and Christianity (1921).
BOISSIER La Religion remain d* Auguste aux Antonius.
Two volumes (1874).
BOUSSET Die Religion des Judentums im neutest. Zeit-
alter. 2 Aufl. (1906).
BOUSSET Hauptprobleme der Gnosis (1907).
BOUSSET Anti-christ.
BUGGE Das Christusmysterium (1915).
BURKITT Jewish and Christian Apocalypses (1913).
BURTON Spirit, Soul and Flesh (1918).
CAIRO, E. The Evolution of Greek Religion. Third
edition. Two volumes (1899).
CAMPBELL Religion in Greek Literature (1898).
CARTER Religious Life of Ancient Rome (1912).
CHARLES Eschatology, Hebrew, Jewish, and Christian.
Second edition (1913).
CHEETHAM The Mysteries, Pagan and Christian
(1897).
CLEMEN Primitive Christianity and Its Non-Jewish
Sources (1912).
CLEMEN Der Einfluss der Mysterienreligionen auf das
alteste Christentum (1913).
CLEMEN Die Reste der primitiven Religion im altesten
Christentum (1916).
CUMONT Oriental Religions.
CUMONT Mysteries of Mithra (1903).
190 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
CUMONT Astrology and Religion among the Greeks and
Romans (1912).
CUMONT Les religions orientales dans le paganisme
remain.
DE ZWAAN Antieke Cultuur om en achter het Nieuwe
Testament. Second edition (1918).
DOLLINGER The Gentile and the Jew. Two volumes
(1906).
EYSINGA Voorchristelijk Christendom (1918).
EDMUNDS Buddhistic and Christian Gospels. Two vol-
umes (1902-9).
FARNELL Higher Aspects of Greek Religion (1912).
FARRER Paganism and Christianity (1891).
FAYE Introduction a 1'etude du Gnosticisme.
FELTEN Neutest. Zeitgeschichte (1910).
FERRERO The Ruin of the Ancient Civilization and the
Triumph of Christianity (1921).
FOUCART Les mysteres d' eleusis (1914).
FOWLER Religious Experience of the Roman People
(1911).
FOWLER Roman Ideas of the Deity in the last Century
before the Christian Era (1914).
GLOVER The Conflict of Religions in the Early Roman
Empire (1909).
GLOVER Progress in Religion to the Christian Era
(1922).
GUNKEL Zum religionsgeschichtlichen Verstandnis des
N. T. 2 Aufl. (1910).
HALL Historical Setting of the Early Gospel (1912).
HALLIDAY Lectures on the History of Roman Religion
(1923).
HARRISON, Miss J. E. Prolegomena to the Study of the
Greek Religion (1903).
HASE New Testament Parallels in Buddhistic Litera-
ture (1907).
HEINRICI Die Hermesmystik und das Neue Testament
,(1918).
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 191
HEINRICI Hellenismus und Christentum (1909).
HEINRICI Die Eigenart des Christentums (1911).
HOLTZMANN, O. Neutest. Zeitgcschichte. 2 Aufl.
(1906).
JACOBY Das antike Mysterienwesen und das Christen-
tum (1910).
JEREMIAS Babylonisches im Neuen Testament (1905).
JONG Das antike Mysterienwesen (1909).
KAUTSKY Der Ursprung des Christentums (1908).
KEIM Rom und das Christentum (1881).
KENNEDY St. Paul and the Mystery-Religions (1913).
KING Gnostics (1887).
LEGGE Forerunners and Rivals of Christianity (1916).
LEWIS Paganism Surviving in Christianity (1892).
LICHTENBAHN Die Offenbarung in Gnosticismus
(1902).
LOHMEYER Christuskult und Kaiserkult (1919).
MANSEL The Gnostic Heresies (1875).
MILLIGAN Here and There Among the Papyri (1922).
MILLS Our Own Religion in Ancient Persia (1913).
MOORE Religious Thought of the Greeks and of the
Romans from Homer to the Triumph of Christianity
(1916).
MOULTON, J. H. From Egyptian Rubbish Heaps (1916).
NORDEN Agnostos Theos (1913).
OESTERLEY The Doctrine of the Last Things (1908).
OESTERLEY The Religion and Worship of the Syna-
gogue. Second edition (1911).
PATTERSON Mithraism and Christianity (1921).
PETRIE Personal Religion in Egypt before Christianity
(1909).
PFLEIDERER Christian Origins (1906).
PRESSENSE The Religions before Christ (1862).
PTHYTHIAN- ADAMS Mithraism ( 191 5 ) .
REITZENSTEIN Die hellenistischen Mysterienreligionen
(1910). 2 Aufl. (1920).
REITZENSTEIN Poimandres.
192 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
RENAN The Influence of the Institutions, Thought, and
Culture of Rome on Christianity (1880).
SCHMITZ, O. Die Opferanschauung des spatern Juden-
tums und die Opferaussagen des N. T. (1910).
SCOTT The Apologetic of the N. T. (1907).
SHELDON The Mystery Religions and Christianity
(1918).
SOLTAU Das Fortleben des Heidentums in der altchrist-
lichen Kirche (1900).
STAERCK Neutest Zeitgeschichte. 2 Aufl. (1912).
SWEET Roman Emperor Worship (1919).
SWINEY The Esoteric Teaching of the Gnostics (1909).
TROUPE St. Paul and the Mystery Religions.
UHLHORN Conflict of Christianity with Heathenism
(1879).
WALTON Cult of Asklepios (1894).
.WENLEY Preparation for Christianity (1898).
WESTERMARCK Origin and Development of the Moral
Ideas. Two volumes (1906-8).
WHITTAKER The Origins of Christianity. Second edi-
tion (1909).
WlLAMOWITZ-MOELLENDORFF AND NlESE Staat Und
Gesellschaft der Griechen und Romer (1910).
.WissowA Die Religion und Mythologie der Romer. 2
Aufl. (1912).
5. The History of Apostolic Christianity
(Most of the church histories have a sketch of the
Apostolic age.)
ACHELIS Das Christentum in den ersten drei Jahrhun-
derten (1912).
ADDIS Christianity and the Roman Empire (1902).
ADENEY Men of the New Testament (1915).
AYTOUN City Centers of Early Christianity (1915).
BACON The Founding of the Church (1909).
BARTLET The Apostolic Age (1899).
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 193
BAUR The Apostles.
BAUR, F. C. Church History of the First Three Cen-
turies (1879).
BIGG The Church's Task under the Roman Empire
(1905).
BLUNT Studies in Apostolic Christianity (1909).
BRUCE Hie Training of the Twelve.
BURKITT Early Christianity outside of the Roman Em-
pire.
CASE The Evolution of Early Christianity (1914).
CAMUS L'oeuvre des Apotres (1905).
CLEMEN Die Apostelgeschichte im Lichte der neueren
Forschungen (1905).
CLEMEN ReBgionsgeschichtliche Erklarung des N. T.
(1909).
CLEMEN Entwickelung der christlichen Religion inner-
halb.des N. T. (1908).
COBERN New Archaeological Discoveries and Their
Bearing on the New Testament (1917).
Cox The First Century of Christianity (1886).
DEANE Friends and Fellow-laborers of St. Paul (1907).
DEWICK Primitive Christian Eschatology (1912).
DE ZWAAN Imperialisme van den oudchristelijken geest
(1919).
DOBSCHUTZ Christian Life in the Primitive Church
(1904).
DOBSCHUTZ Problems of the Apostolic Age (1909).
DRUMMOND, R. J. The Relation of the Apostolic Age
to the Teaching of Christ (1900).
EWALD Geschichte des apostolischen Zeitalters (1858).
FAIRBAIRN Studies in Religion and Theology. The
Church: in Idea and in History (1910).
FARRAR Early Days of Christianity (1882).
FAYE Etude sur les origines des eglises de Tage apos-
tolique (1909).
FISHER The Beginnings of Christianity. Second edi-
tion (1911).
194 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
FLETCHER The Psychology of the New Testament.
FOAKES, JACKSON AND KIRSOPP LAKE The Beginnings
of Christianity (1921).
GEORGE The Twelve.
GILBERT A Short History of Christianity in the Apos-
tolic Age (1906).
GILBERT The First Interpreters of Jesus (1901).
GOGUEL Les Chretiennes et 1'empire (1909).
GREENOUGH The Apostles of Our Lord (1904).
HARDY Christianity and the Roman Government (1894).
HARNACK The Mission and Expansion of Christianity
in the First Three Centuries. Two volumes (1908).
HARNACK The Constitution and Law of the Churches
in the First Two Centuries. Second edition (1910).
HATCH The Organization of the Early Christian
Churches (1895).
HAUSRATH History of N. T. Times: Apostles. Four
volumes (1895).
HAUSRATH Jesus und die neutest. Schriftsteller (1908).
HEINRICI Das Urchristentum (1902).
BENSON Apostolic Christianity (1898).
HILL The Apostolic Age (1922).
HOENNICKE Das Judenchristen in 1. und 2. Jahrhun-
derten (1908).
HORT The Christian Ecclesia (1898).
HORT Judaistic Christianity (1898).
JONES, J. D. The Glorious Company of the Apostles
(1910).
JUNGST Die Quellen der Apostelgeschichte (1895).
KENT The Work and Teaching of the Apostles (1916).
KIRK The Religion of Power (1916).
KIEFL Die Theorien des modernen Sozialismus iiber
den Ursprung des Christentums (1915).
LAKE Landmarks of Early Christianity (1920).
LECHLER The Apostolic and Post-Apostolic Times
(1886).
LIGHTFOOT Dissertations on the Apostolic Age (1892).
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 195
LILLEY Four Apostles (1915).
LINDSAY The Church and the Ministry in the Early Cen-
turies (1902).
LUCKOCK Footprints of the Apostles (1905).
MATHESON Representative Men of the N. T. (1905).
MATHEWS The Messianic Hope in the N. T. (1905).
MCDANIEL The Churches of the New Testament
(1921).
McGiFFERT A History of Christianity in the Apostolic
Age. Second edition (1910).
MEYER, E. Ursprung und Anfange des Christentums
(1921).
MOORHOUSE Dangers of the Apostolic Age (1903).
NEANBER History of the Planting and Training of the
Christian Church. Two volumes (1889).
NOLLOTH The Rise of the Christian Religion (1917).
ORR Neglected Factors in the Study of the Early Prog-
ress of Christianity (1909).
PATERSON The Apostolic Teaching.
PIEPENBRING Jesus et les apotres (1911).
PFLEIDERER Primitive Christianity (1906).
PRESSENSE The Early Years of Christianity (1870).
PRESSENSE The Apostolic Era.
PURVES The Apostolic Age (1900).
RAGG The Church of the Apostles (1909).
RALL N. T. History (1914).
RAMSAY The Church in the Roman Empire (1893).
RAMSAY Pictures from the Apostolic Church (1910).
RANKIN First Saints (1893).
RENAN The Apostles (1898).
RENAN Antichrist (1897).
RITSCHL The Origin of the Early Catholic Church.
ROBERTSON, A. T. Studies in the N. T. (1915).
ROBERTSON, A. T. Types of Preachers in the New Testa-
ment (1922).
ROPES The Apostolic Age in the Light of Modern
Criticism (1906).
196 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY!
P. History of the Apostolic Church (1853).
SCHELL Traits. of the Twelve (1911).
SCOTT The Beginnings of the Church (1914).
SELWYN The Christian Prophets (1901).
SORLEY Jewish Christians and Judaism (1881) .
.STILL The Jewish Christian Church. Two volumes
(1912, 1922).
STALKER Christian Psychology (1914).
VEDDER The Dawn of Christianity (1894).
VEITCH The First Christians (1906).
VOTAW The Primitive Era of Christianity (1902).
WATSON In the Apostolic Age (1902).
WEINEL Die Stellung des Urchristentums zum staat
(1908).
WEISS, J. UND R. KNOPF Das Urchristentums (1917).
WEIZSACKER The Apostolic Age of the Christian
Church. Second edition. Two volumes (1899).
WELLHAUSEN, JULICHER, ET AL. Geschichte der christ-
lichen Religion. 2 Aufl. (1909).
WERNLE The Beginnings of Christianity. Two volumes
(1903-4).
WIESELER Chronologic des apostolischen Zeitalters
(1840).
See also HASTINGS Dictionary of . the Apostolic
Age, besides the other Bible dictionaries.
II. SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE LIFE AND TEACHING OF PETER
(See also Commentaries on Epistles of Peter.)
BARNES St. Peter in Rome and His Tomb on the Vati-
can Hill. .
BIRKS Studies in the Life and Character of St. Peter
(1887).
COUARD Simon Petrus der Apostel des Herrn.
DAVIDSON St. Peter and His Training.
ELERT Die Religiositat des Petrus (1911).
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 197
FOUARD St. Peter and the First Years of Christianity.
GREEN The Apostle Peter (1873).
GREENE St. Peter (1909).
GRILL Der Primat des Petrus (1904).
GUIGNEBERT La Primaute de Pierre et la Venne de
Pierre a Rome (1909).
HENRIOTT Saint Pierre (1891).
HOWSON Horae Petrinae (1883).
LEWIS Petros.
MEYER, F. B. Peter: Fisherman, Disciple, Apostle
(1920).
REAGAN The Preaching of Peter (the Beginning of
Christian Apologetics) (1922).
ROBINSON Simon Peter. His Life and Times.
SALMOND Life of Peter.
SCHARFE Die petrinische Stromung der neut. Literatur
(1893).
SCHMH> Petrus in Rom. (1879).
SEELEY The Life and Writings of St. Peter.
SOUTHOUSE The Making of Simon Peter.
SPENCE Scenes from the Life of St. Peter.
TAYLOR Peter the Apostle (1876).
THOMAS, W. H. GRIFFITH The Apostle Peter. Second
edition (1905).
THOMPSON Life-work of Peter the Apostle.
UPHAM Simon Peter Shepherd (1910).
WEISS, B. -Der petrinische Lehrbegriff (1855).
III. SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE LIFE AND TEACHING OF THE
APOSTLE JOHN
(See also books on the authorship of the Fourth Gospel
in Part II and commentaries on Fourth Gospel.)
. BENHAM St. John and His Work (1902).
CHAPMAN, DOM John the Presbyter and the Fourth
Gospel (1911).
198 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY'
CULROSS John Whom Jesus Loved (1878).
FOUARD Saint Jean et la fin de Page apostolique (1904).
GARVIE The Beloved Disciple (1922).
GLOAG Life of St. John (1891).
HAYES John and His Writings (1917).
KRENKEL Apostel Johannes (1897).
LIAS Doctrinal System of St. John (1875).
LOWRIE The Doctrine of St. John (1895).
LUTGERT Johannes Christologie.
MATHESON St. John's Portrait of Christ (1910).
MCDONALD Life and Writings of John (1877).
NIESE Das Leben des heiligen Johannes (1878).
SCHWARTZ Ueber den Tod der Sohne Zebedai (1904).
SCOTT The Fourth Gospel: Its Theology and Purpose
(1908).
ScoTT-MoNCRiEFF St. John, Apostle, Evangelist, and
Prophet (1909).
STALKER The Two St. Johns (1895).
STEVENS Johannine Theology ( 1894) .
TITIUS Die Johanneische Anschauung unter dem Ge-
sichtspunkt der Seligkeit.
WEISS, B. Der Johanneische Lehrbegriff (1882).
IV. THE LIFE AND TEACHING OF JAMES
(See also commentaries on Epistle of James.)
BARTMANN St. Paulus und St. Jakobus.
FITCH James the Lord's Brother.
MAYOR The Epistle of St. James. New edition (1913).
Pages I.-LXV.
MEINERTZ Der Jakobusbrief und sein Verfasser (1905).
PATRICK James, the Lord's Brother (1906).
ROBERTSON Practical and Social Aspects of Christianity.
The Wisdom of James (1915). Pages 1-52.
TAYLOR, J. F. The Apostle of Patience ( 1907) .
WEISS Der Jakobusbrief und die neuere Kritik (1904).
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 199
V. LIFE AND TEACHING OF LUKE
(See also commentaries on Gospel of Luke and on
Acts.)
CADBURY The Style and Literary Method of Luke
(1920).
CARPENTER Christianity according to St. Luke (1919).
CHASE The Credibility of the Book of the Acts of the
Apostles (1902).
HARNACK Luke the Physician (1908).
HARNACK The Acts of the Apostles (1909).
HARNACK The Date of the Acts and the Synoptic Gos-
pels (1911).
HOBART The Medical Language of St. Luke (1882).
KLOSTERMANN Vindicae Lucanae (1866).
MACHLACHLAN St. Luke Evangelist and Historian
(1912).
MACHLACHLAN St. Luke: The Man and His Work
(1920).
MACKINLAY Recent Discoveries in the Writings of St.
Luke (1921).
SELWYN St. Luke the Prophet (1901).
RAMSAY Luke the Physician (1908).
RAMSAY Was Christ Born at Bethlehem? A Study in
the Credibility of St. Luke (1899).
RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller and Roman Citizen.
Twelfth edition (1909).
ROBERTSON, A. T. Luke the Historian in the Light of
Research (1920).
VI. LIFE AND TEACHING OF PAUL
Only additions to the extensive bibliography of Paul in
the author's Epochs in the Life of Paul (1909), pp. 221-7,
which please see at this point. The lists here given are
simply supplementary. See also the lists of commentaries
on Paul's Epistles.
200 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
1. Life and Work
ABBOTT, L. The Life and Letters of Paul.
BALL The Apostle of the Gentiles (1885).
BEVAN St. Paul in the Light of To-day (1912).
COHU St. Paul in the Light of Recent Research (1910).
DEISSMANN St. Paul: A Study in Social and Religious
History (1912).
DODD, C. H. The Meaning of Paul for To-day (1921).
DRUMMOND, J. Paul. His Life and Teachings (1912).
DRURY The Prison Ministry of St. Paul (1910).
DUDLEY St. Paul's Friendships and His Friends (1911).
FLETCHER The Conversion of St. Paul ( 1910) .
GAMBLE St. Paul the Apostle to the Gentiles.
GARDNER The Religious Experience of St. Paul (1911).
GARVIE The Life and Teaching of Paul (1910).
GOODWIN A Harmony of the Life of the Apostle Paul
(1895).
HALL Paul the Apostle.
HAUSLEITER Paulus.
HAWEIS- The Picture of Paul (1887).
JOHNSTONE St. Paul and His Mission to the Roman
Empire (1909).
JONES St. Paul the Orator (1910).
KNOPF Paulus (1909).
KNOPF Probleme der Paulus-forschung (1913).
LEES St. Paul and His Converts.
MANEN Paulus. Three volumes (1890-6).
MATTHEWS Paul the Dauntless (1916).
MCNEILE St. Paul: Life and Epistles (1920).
MEYER, F. B. Paul a Servant of Jesus Christ.
MOE Paulus und die evangelische Geschichte (1912).
MUNTZ Rome, St. Paul and the Early Church (1913).
MUNZIGER Paulus in Corinth (1902).
MYERS Saint Paul. A Poem.
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 201
NOESGEN 4). Deissmann's Paulus fur Theologen und
Laien (1912).
PEABODY The Apostle Paul and the Modern World
(1923).
PLOOIJ De Chronologic Van het Levan Van Paulus
(1918).
PLUMPTRE St. Paul in Asia Minor.
POUNDER St. Paul and His Cities (1913).
RAMSAY Was Paul an Epileptic? (The Expositor,
Nov., 1913).
REDLICH St. Paul and His Companions (1913).
ROBERTSON, J. Scenes from the Life of St. Paul (1862).
ROBERTSON, A. T.- Epochs in the Life of Paul. Popular
edition (1923).
ROBINSON The Life of Paul (1918).
ROSSER Paul the Preacher (1916).
RUTHERFORD The Last Years of St. Paul (1912).
SAMUELS Far Hence Unto the Gentiles : St. Paul in a
New Light (1915).
SCHWARTZ Paulus (1910);
SCHWEITZER- Paul and His Interpreters. A Critical His-
tory (1912).
SEELIGMULLER War Paulus Epileptiker? (1910).
SMITH, D. The Life and Letters of St. Paul (1920).
STRACHAN, R. The Individuality of St. Paul (1916).
VISCHER Der Apostel Paulus und sein Werk (1910).
WARNECK Paulus im Lichte der heutigen Heiden Mis-
sion (1914).
WEBER Die antiochenische Kollekte (1917).
WEINEL Paulus als kirchlicher Organisator.
WEINEL Paulus. 2 Aufl. (1915).
WERNLE -Paulus als Heidenmissionar.
WILKINSON Paul and the Revolt Against Him (1914).
WOOD The Life and Ministry of Paul the Apostle
(1912).
WREDE Paulus (1907).
202 SYLLABUS FOE NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
ZAHN Zur Lebensgeschichte des Apostels Paulus (Neue
Kirchliche Zeitschrift XV.).
2. The Epistles of Paul Treated as a Whole. (Addi-
tional list.)
r
BoNNET-ScHROEDER Epitres de Paul. Fourth edition
(1912).
BRUCKNER Die chronologische Reihenfolge in welcher
die Briefe des Neuen Testaments. Verfasst sind
(1890).
BUELL The Autographs of St. Paul (1913).
CHAMPLAiN-^The Epistles of Paul (1906).
CLEMEN Einheitlichkeit d. paul. Briefe (1894).
DRUMMOND The Epistles of Paul the Apostle (1899).
GRAFE Das Verhaltnis der paulinischen Schriften zur
sapientia Salamonis (1892).
HARTKE Die Sammlung und die altesten Ausgaben der
Paulus brief e (1917).
HAYES Paul and His Epistles "(1915).
HEINRICI Die Forschungen iiber die paulinischen Briefe
(1886).
LAKE The Earlier Epistles of St. Paul (1915).
NEIL The Pauline Epistles (1906).
SCOTT The Pauline Epistles (1909).
VISCHER Die Paulusbriefe.
VOELTER Die Composition der paulinischen Hauptbrief e
(1890).
WAY The Letters of Paul to Seven Churches and Three
Friends (1906).
WEINEL Die Echtheit der paulinischen Hauptbriefe
(1920).
WEISS, B. Present Status of the Inquiry concerning the
Genuineness of Paul's Epistles (1901).
WEISS, B. Die paulinische Briefe. 2Aufl. (1902).
JTHE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 203
3. The Teachings of Paul. (See also lists for the Jesus
and Paul Controversy.)
(Only additional books to those in Epochs in Life
of Paul.)
ALEXANDER Ethics of St. Paul (1910).
ALLEN The Christology of St. Paul (1912).
ANDREWS The Value of the Theology of St. Paul for
Modern Thought.
BACON St. Paul's Message to Religion (Constructive
Quarterly, March, 1913).
BACON Jesus and Paul (1921).
BAILEY- Does Hellenism Contribute Constituent Ele-
ments to Paul's Christology? (1905).
BARTMANN St. Paulus und St. Jakobus.
BENZ Die Ethik des Apostels Paulus (1912).
CARRE Paul's Doctrine of Redemption (1914).
DEISSNER Auf erstehung und Pneumagedanke bei Paulus
(1912).
DEISSNER Paulus und die Mystik siner Zeit. 2 Aufl.
(1921).
DIBELIUS Die Geisterwelt im Glauben des Paulus
(1909).
FOSTER The Resurrection in Paul's Argument (1915).
GARVIE Studies of Paul and His Gospel (1911).
GREENOUGH The Mind of Christ in St. Paul (1909).
GRIFFITH-THOMAS The Prayers of St. Paul.
HARFORD The Gospel according to St. Paul (1912).
HARNACK 1st die Rede des Paulus in Athen ein ur-
sprunglicher Bestandteil der Apostelgeschichte?
(1913).
HATCH, W. H. P. The Pauline Idea of Faith in Its
Relation to Jewish and Hellenistic Religion (1917),
HEADLAM St. Paul and Christianity.
JUNCKER Die Ethik des Paulus. II Halite (1919).
KARL Beitrage zum Verstandnis der soteriologischen Er-
f ahrungen und Spekulationen des Apostels Paulus.
204 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
KENNEDY St. Paul and the Mystery-Religions (1913).
KITTEL Paulus im Talmud (1920).
LEATHES The Witness of St. Paul to Christ (1869).
LILLEY The Soul of St. Paul (1909).
LUNDBERG Christus-Mystiker hos Paulus (1916).
MACHEN The Origin of Paul's Religion (1921).
MACKINTOSH Pragmatic Element in Paul's Teaching
(Am. Journal of Theology, July, 1910).
MARTIN St. Paul's Ethical Teaching (1917).
MEYER, A. Jesus and Paul (1909).
MILLER Paul's Message for To-day (1914).
MOFFATT Paul and Paulinism (1910).
MONTEFIORE Judaism and St. Paul (1915).
MORGAN The Religion and Theology of St. Paul (1917),
OLCHEWSKI Die Wurzeln der paulinischen Christologie
(1909).
PECK The Rival Philosophies of Jesus and Paul (1919).
PHILIPPI Paulus und das Judentum (1916).
POPE Studies in the Language of St. Paul.
POPE The Prayers of St. Paul
PRAT La Theologie de Saint Paul. Two volumes (1908,
1912).
RAMSAY The Teaching of St. Paul in Terms of the
Present Day (1913).
REID Jesus the Christ and Paul the Apostle in the Light
of Modern Criticism (1915).
ROBERTS Eucken and St. Paul (Contemporary Review,
Vol. 97).
ROBERTSON, A. T. The Glory of the Ministry. Paul's
Exultation in Preaching (1911). Fifth ed. (1923).
ROBERTSON, A. T. Paul the Interpreter of Christ (1921).
Second edition (1922).
ROSTRON The Christology of St. Paul (1912).
ScHARLiNG-^-Ekklesiabagrebet hos Paulus (1917).
SCHMIDT Der Leib Christi ( 1919) .
SCHMOLLER Die geschichtliche Person Jesu nach den
paulinischen Schriften (Theol. Stud, und Krit. 1894).
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 205
SCHWEITZER Die Mystik des Apostels Paulus (1912).
SHEARS The Gospel according to St. Paul (1919).
STEINMANN Paulus und die Sklaven zu Korinth (1911).
TEICHMANN Die paulinischen Vorstellungen von Auf er-
stehung und Gericht und ihre Beziehung zur jiidi-
schen Apokalyptik (1896).
WEISS Paul and Jesus (1909).
WESTCOTT, F. B. St, Paul and Justification (1912).
WILLIAMS A Plea for a Reconsideration of Paul's Doc-
trine of Justification (1912).
VII. SPECIAL BOOKS ON ACTS
1. Discussions
BELSER Die Ap. (1908).
BENSON Addresses on the Acts of the Apostles (1901).
BRIGGS The Acts of the Risen Lord (1911).
BURTON Records and Letters of the Apostolic Age
(1900).
CADBURY Critical Studies hi 1 the Gospel of Luke and the
Book of Acts (1918).
CHASE The Credibility of the Books of the Acts of the
Apostles (1902).
CLARK Harmonic Arrangement of the Acts and the
Epistles (1884).
CLEMEN Die Apostelgeschichte im Lichte der neueren
; Forschungen (1905).
FOAKES, JACKSON AND KIRSOPP LAKE The Acts of the
Apostles (Part I of the Beginnings of Christianity),
Prolegomena. Vol. I., Jewish and Gentile Back-
grounds (1921). Vol. II., Criticism (1922).
FRIEDRICH Das Lucas-evangelium und die Apostel-
geschichte (1890).
GOGUEL Introduction au Nouveau Testament, Tome
III, Le Livre du Actes (1922).
HARNACK The Acts of the Apostles (1909).
206 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
HARNACK The Date of the Acts and of the Synoptic
Gospels (1911).
KENNEDY Vital Forces of the Early Church ( 1920) .
LEKEBUSCH Composition und Entstehung der Apostel-
geschichte.
LUCKOCK The Footprints of the Apostles Traced by
St. Luke in the Acts.
MORRISON Acts and Epistles of Paul.
PICK The Apocryphal Acts (1909).
PIROT Les Actes des Apotres et la Commission biblique
(1919).
RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller and the Roman Citizen.
Twelfth edition (1909).
ROBERTSON, A. T. Luke the Historian in the Light of
Research (1920).
SPITTA Die Apostelgeschichte, ihre Quellen und deren
geschichtlicher Werth (1891).
STIFLER An Introduction to the Acts of the Apostles
(1892).
STILL The Jewish Christian Church. 2 vols. (1912,
1922).
VEDDER The Dawn of Christianity (1894).
WEISS Ueber die Asbsicht und den lit. Charakter der
Ap. Gesch. (1897).
WELLHAUSEN Kriticshe Analyse der Apostelgeschichte
(1914).
WENDT The Historical Trustworthiness of the Book of
Acts (1913).
ZELLER Contents and Origin of the Acts of the Apostles.
ZAHN Die Urausgabe der Apostelgeschichte des Lukas
(1916).
2. Commentaries on the English Text
Besides continuous sets like those of Bengel, Calvin,
Maclaren's Expositions of Holy Scripture, Parker's Peo-
ple's Bible, Weiss, etc.
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 207
ABBOTT, LYMAN Acts of the Apostles.
ALEXANDER The Acts of the Apostles Explained. Two
volumes (1857).
ANDREWS The Acts of the Apostles. West. N. T.
(1908).
BARTLET The Acts of the Apostles. New-Century
Bible (1901).
FURNEAUX The Acts of the Apostles (1912).
GILBERT The Acts of the Apostles. Bible for Home and
School (1909).
GRIFFITH-THOMAS The Acts of the Apostles. 2 Vols.
(1915).
HACKETT The Acts of the Apostles. American Comm.
(1882).
LINDSAY The Acts of the Apostles.
LUMBY The Acts of the Apostles.
MCGARVEY New Commentary on Acts. Two volumes
(1892).
RACKHAM The Acts of the Apostles. Westminster
Comm. (1901).
SITTERLY From Jerusalem to Rome (1915).
STILL The Acts. Two volumes (1912, 1922).
STOKES The Acts of the Apostles. Two volumes. The
Exp. Bible (1892).
3. Commentaries on the Greek Text
Besides the continuous sets like those by Alford, Ben-
gel, Chrysotom, Meyer, etc.
BARDE Commentaire sur les Actes des Apotres.
BLASS Acta Apostolorum (1895).
BURNSIDE The Acts of the Apostles (1916).
CAMERLYNCK Commentarius in Actus Apostolorum
(1910).
DENTLER Die Apostelgeschichte (1912).
208 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
FOAKES-JACKSON Vols. III. and IV. of Part 'I. of The
Beginnings of Christianity (in preparation 1923).
GLOAG The Acts of the Apostles. Two volumes ( 1870) .
HOENNICKE Die Apostelgeschichte (1914).
HOLTZMANN Die Synoptiker und Apostelgeschichte.
Hand-Commentar. 3 Aufl. (1901).
KAHLER Die Apostelgeschichte ( 1903 ) .
KNABENBAUER Acta Apostolorum (1899).
KNOPF Die Apostelgeschichte. 2 Aufl. (1907).
KNOWLING The Acts of the Apostles. The Exp. Gk.
Test. (1900).
LOISY Les Actes (1921).
RENDALL Greek Text with Notes.
PAGE The Acts of the Apostles (1897).
PREUSCHEN Die Apostelgeschichte. Handbuch zum N.
T. (1912).
STEIN MANN Die Apostelgeschichte ( 191 3 ) .
WEISS, B. Die Apostelgeschichte (1902).
WENDT Meyer Kommentar. 9 Aufl. (1913).
ZAHN Die Apostelgeschichte des Lukas. Kap. I.-XII.
(1919).
LESSON I: BEGINNINGS OF APOSTOLIC
HISTORY
XA. D. 29 or 30)
ANGUS Environment of Early Christianity, ch. I.
Student's Chron. N. T., Introduction to Acts.
Chron. N. T., Acts 1 and 2.
Carver or any commentary on Acts.
Note in the Introduction the discussion of the date cff
the book, the author, the unity, the historical credibility,
the purpose, the relation to the Gospel of Luke, the rela-
tion to the Epistles, the sudden close, and the detailed
outline of the Acts.
For further study see
BARTLET The Apostolic Age, pp. I.-XLIV., 1-18;
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 209
RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller, chs. I. and XVII. ;
RAMSAY Pictures of the Apostolic Church, chs. I.-III. ;
RAMSAY Pauline and Other Studies, ch.'XII. ;
SWETE The Holy Spirit in the N. T., Part I., ch. V.
SPECIAL BOOKS ABOUT THE HOLY SPIRIT
ARNAL La Notion de 1'Esprit ( 1908) .
ARTHUR The Tongue of Fire (1880).
CRANE The Teaching of Jesus ahout the Holy Spirit
(1905).
DENIO The Supreme Leader (1900).
DIXON AND OTHERS Person and Ministry of the H. S.
(1890).
DOWNER Mission and Ministration of the Holy Spirit
(1909).
GLOEL Der heilige Geist (1888).
GORDON The -Ministry of the Spirit.
GRIFFITH-THOMAS The Holy Spirit. Second edition
(1922).
GUNKEL Die Wirkungen des heiligen Geistes (1899).
HAYES The Gift of Tongues.
HOBART Our Silent Partner (1908).
JOHNSON The Holy Spirit Then and Now (1904).
KUYPER The Work of the Holy Spirit (1902).
LECHLER Die biblische Lehre vom heiligen Geiste
(1900-4).
LEISEGANG Der heilige Geist (1919).
NOESGEN Der heilige Geist (1905).
REES The Holy Spirit (1915).
SLATTERY The Light Within. A Study of the Holy
Spirit (1915).
SMEATON The Doctrine of the Holy Spirit (1882).
SWETE The Holy Spirit in the N. T. (1909).
SWETE The Spirit of God in the Church (1912).
TORREY Baptism with the Holy Spirit. Second edition
(1895).
210 SYLLABUS FOE NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
VOLZ Der Geist Gottes (1910).
WALKER, D. The Gift of Tongues (1906).
WALKER, W. L. The Spirit and the Incarnation (1909).
WALPOLE The Mission of the Holy Ghost (1906).
WASHBURN The Holy Spirit (1918).
WEINEL Die Wirkungen des Geistes (1899).
WELLDON The Revelation of the Holy Spirit (1902).
WINSTANSLEY The Spirit in the New Testament (1908).
WOOD The Spirit of God in Biblical Literature .(1904).
LESSON II: THE YEARS OF WAITING IN
JERUSALEM
(A. D. 30-34)
ANGUS The Environment of Early Christianity, pp.
6-9.
Chron. N. T., Acts 3-7.
Carver or any commentary on Acts.
For further study see
CONYBEARE AND HowsoN Lif e and Epistles of St. Paul,
Introduction, and first half of ch. L;
RAMSAY Pictures of the Apostolic Church, chs. I V.-IX. ;
.RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller, pp. 367-379 ;
SMITH, D. Life and Letters of St. Paul, pp. 1-16.
See also GOULBOURN The Acts of the Deacons
(1866) ; SCHUMACHER Der Diakon Stephanus (1910) ;
chapter on Stephen in Robertson, Types of Preachers in
the New Testament.
LESSON III : THE YOUTH OF SAUL OF TARSUS
ANGUS Environment, pp. 9 (bottom) -12.
ROBERTSON Epochs in the Life of Paul, ch. I.
For further study, see
CONYBEARE AND HOWSON Life and Epistles of St. Paul,
second half of ch. I. and all of ch. II.;
,THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 211
RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller, ch. II. ;
RAMSAY Cities of St. Paul, Parts I. and II.;
SMITH Life and Letters of St. Paul, pp. 17-33.
LESSON IV: THE SCATTERED DISCIPLES AND
THE OUTSIDE WORLD
ANGUS Environment of Early Christianity.
Chron. N. T., Acts 8.
Epochs in the Life of Paul.
Josephus' Antiquities.
1. Angus Environment, pp. 12 (bottom) 17 (top).
2. The Scripture Narrative. Acts viii. About A. D.
34-35.
3. Historical exposition. Epochs in the Life of Paul,
ch. II.
4. For Simon Magus, Candace, and Ethiopia, see some
Bible dictionary.
: 5. Glimpse of Jewish and Roman Rulers of A. D. 30-37.
Jos., Antiquities, Book XVIIL, chs. vi. and vii.
(a) Roman Emperors. Tiberius, stepson of Augus-
tus, was Emperor A. D. 14-37. Tiberius had
grandson, Tiberius, son of Drusus, now dead.
Caius Caligula, who succeeded Tiberius instead
of his own grandson, was grandson of another
Drusus, stepson also of Augustus. The succes-
sion from Augustus to Nero can best be repre-
sented by a chart :
AUGUSTUS B. C. 42 A. D. 14=LiviA
TIBERIUS A. D. 14-37 DRUSUS=ANTONIA
DRUSUS
IBERIUS GERMANICUS CLAUDIUS 41-54
I I
CAIUS CALIGULA AGRIPPINA BRITANNICUS OCTAVIA
37-41 |
NERO 54-68
212 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
(b) Story of the way Cams obtained the crown.
(c) The Herods in the Acts. Herod Agrippa I.
(Acts xii., 1) was son of Aristobulus, son of
Herod the Great. Herod Agrippa II. (Acts
xxv., 13) and his sisters, Bernice and Drusilla,
were children of Herod Agrippa I.
(d) Capers of Herod Agrippa I. in Rome, and how
finally he was made King of Philip's Tetrarchy.
(e) How the envy of Herodias and Herod Antipas
led to the loss of his Tetrarchy and the increase
of Agrippa's Kingdom.
(f ) Pilate deposed from Procuratorship in A. D. 36.
No successor for considerable time. Vitellius is
Propraetor of Syria till 37, when Petronius suc-
ceeded him.
See further, RAMSAY Pictures of the Apostolic
Church, X.-XI. ; SMITH Paul, pp. 34-44; Cf. PIEPER
Der Simon Magus Perikope (1911) ; McGiFFERT The
Apostolic Age, pp. 81-101.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE ROMAN EMPERORS
HENDERSON Life and Principate of Nero (1903).
PHILLIPS, STEPHEN Nero. A Poem (1906).
TAWR Tiberius the Tyrant.
WILLRICH Caligula .(1903).
LESSON V: SAUL'S CONVERSION
'(About A. D. 35)
Environment of Early Christianity
Chron. N. T.
Epochs in the Life of Paul.
1. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 17-21.
2. Four accounts of the Conversion of Saul.
(a) The historical narrative. Acts ix., 1-30.
(b) A justification of his authority -as an apostle.
Gal. i., 11-24.
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 213
(c) An Explanation of his change from Judaism to
Christianity before a mob of his countrymen ,at
Jerusalem. Acts xxii., 1-21.
(d) A formal defense of his life before the Roman
and Jewish civil rulers. Acts xxvi., 1-23.
3. Historical exposition. Epochs in the Life of Paul,
ch. III. and IV., 1-6.
See further, CONYBEARE AND HOWSON Paul, ch. III.
and Appendix II. (for chronological table) ; RAMSAY
Pictures pf the Apostolic Church, ch. XVI.; SMITH
Paul, pp. 45-62 ; Robertson, Paul the Interpreter of
Christ, ch. I.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON SAUL'S CONVERSION
FLETCHER A Study of the Conversion of St. Paul
(1910).
GARDNER, P. The Religious Experience of St. Paul
(1911).
LYTTLETQN Observations on Saul's Conversion (1774).
PLANQUE La Conversion de TApotre Paul (1909).
LESSON VI : THE YEARS OF TRANSITION
(A. D. 36-46)
Environment of Early Christianity.
Josephus* Antiquities.
Chron. N. T.
Epochs in the Life of Paul.
1. Environment, pp. 21-25 (top).
2. A glimpse at the outside history. Jos. Ant, XVIII.,
viii., and XIX., vii.-ix.
(a) Embassy to Caius Caligula about worshiping the
statue, and how Agrippa came to the rescue.
Caligula Emperor, 37-41.
(b) Agrippa rebuilding the walls of Jerusalem.
214. SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
Judea was part of Agrippa's kingdom from A.
D. 42-44.
(c) Ignoble death of Agrippa at Csesarea, A. D. 44.
Importance of this date and A. D. 59 or 60 (com-
ing of Festus) in chronology of Saul's career.
Cf . account in Acts xii., 18-23.
(d) Because of the youth of Agrippa II., Judea and
all the kingdom (Samaria and Galilee) became a
Roman province, with Cuspius Fadus as Procu-
rator. A. D. 44.
3. Opening the door to the Gentiles. Acts ix., 31 xii.,
25. Peter and Cornelius, the dispersed disciples,
Barnabas, Saul, the agents in it through the
Holy Spirit.
4. The historical exposition. Epochs in the Life of
Paul, chs. IV. (7 and 8), V.
5. Consult any Bible dictionary about Antioch.
See further, CONYBEARE AND HOWSON Paul, ch. IV. ;
RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller, ch. III. ; SMITH Paul,
pp. 65-80; Robertson, Types of Preachers, chapter on
Barnabas.
LESSON VII: THE EPISTLE OF JAMES
(A. D. 49)
1. The author. James, brother of our Lord (Gal.
1 : 19) . See Chron^ N. T. and Broadus' Comm.
on Matt, xiii., 55. For later history of James
see some Bible dictionary or commentary.
2. Date. Chron. N. T. Exhaustive discussion in Mayor
and in my Practical and Social Aspects of
Christianity, ch. I. Two theories.
(a) Before A. D. 50, and so earliest N. T. writing,
unless Mark and Thess. be so (or Galatians,
according to Ramsay) . Time of transition. So
most writers.
(b) A. D. 62 or later. So argued from dispersion,
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 215
worship in synagogue, corruptions. But these
are all Jewish traits and argue other way. Early
date has best ground.
3. Character of the Epistle. Chron. N. T.
4. Analysis of James. See outline in Chron. N. T.
5. Read the Epistle and also any Bible dictionary on
James.
6. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 35-40.
For further study read ROBERTSON Practical and So-
cial Aspects of Christianity; PATRICK James the Lord's
Brother; MAYOR ^Commentary on James.
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON JAMES
Besides the series by one writer-
1. On the English Text
BROWN, CHARLES The General Epistle of James. Sec-
ond edition (1907).
CARPENTER, W. BOYD -The Wisdom of James the Just
(1903).
DALE Discourses on the Epistle of James (1895).
DEEMS The Gospel of Common Sense.
JOHNSTONE Lectures Exegetical and Practical on the
Epistle of James. Second edition (1889).
PARRY The General Epistle of James (1904).
PLUMMER The General Epistle of James. The Ex-
positor's Bible (1891).
PLUMPTRE The General Epistle of James. Cambridge
Testament for Schools (1878).
ROBERTSON, A. T. Practical and Social Aspects of
Christianity. The Wisdom of James (1915).
WINKLER The Epistle of James. American Comm.
(1895).
2. On the Greek Text
BELSER Epistel des hi. Jakobus (1909).
216 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
BEYSCHLAG Der Brief des Jakobus. Meyer-Komm. 6
Aufl. (1898).
CAMERLINCK Commentarius in epistolas catholicos
(1909).
CARR The General Epistle of James. Cambridge Gk.
Testament (1896).
DIBELIUS Meyer Comm. 7 Aufl. (1921).
GRAFE Die Stellung und Bedeutung des Jakobus briefes
in die Entwickelung des Urchristentums (1904).
HOLLMANN Der Jakobusbrief. Die Schriften d. N. T.
(1907).
HORT The Epistle of St. James, 1:14:7 (1909).
HUTHER The Meyer Comm. (in English) (1887).
KNOWLING Comm. on the Epistle of St. James. West-
minster Series (1904).
MAYOR The Epistle of St. James. Third edition ( 1910) .
MEINERTZ Der Jakobus Brief und sein Verfasser
(1905).
OESTERLEY The Epistle of St. James. Exp. Gk. Test.
(1910).
ROBERTSON, A. T. Practical and Social Aspects of Chris-
tianity. The Wisdom of James (1915).
ROPES The Epistle of James. Int. and Crit. Comm.
(1915).
SODEN, H. VON Der brief des Jakobus.' Hand Comm.
(1893).
SPITTA Der Brief des Jakobus (1906).
WEISS, B. Der Jakobusbrief und die neuere Kritik
(1904).
WINDISCH rHandbuch zum N. T. (1911).
LESSON VIII: PAUL'S FIRST MISSIONARY
JOURNEY
(A. D. 48 to 49)
1. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 25-29.
2. The Scripture narrative. Acts, chs. xiii. and xiv.
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 217
3. The historical and geographical exposition. Epochs
in the Life of Paul, ch. VI. For Cyprus, Pam-
phylia, Pisidia, Lycaonia, see Bible dictionary.
Trace on map.
For further study, see CONYBEAEE AND HOWSON
Chs. V. and VI. ; RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller, ch.
IV.- VI. ; SMITH Paul, pp. 81-106 ; ROBERTSON, Making
Good in the Ministry (Sketch of John Mark).
LESSON IX: THE CONFERENCE AT
JERUSALEM
(A. D. 49)
A great Crisis in Christianity. Shall the Jewish Cere-
monial law be imposed upon the Gentiles?
1. Environment, pp. 30-35 (top).
2. The Scripture narrative. Acts xv., 1-35 ; Gal., chap.
""
11.
(a) The disturbances at Antioch by the Judaizers
from Jerusalem, and the appeal to Jerusalem.
Acts xv., 1-3.
(b) First public meeting at Jerusalem. Actsxv., 4, 5.
(c) Private interview with leading brethren. Gal.
ii., 1-10.
(d) The second public meeting. Acts xv., 6-29.
(e) The reception of the decision at Antioch. Acts
xv., 30-35.
(f) Peter's subsequent conduct at Antioch. Gal. ii.,
11-21.
3. The historical exposition. Epochs in the Life of
Paul, ch. VII.
4. Consult any Bible dictionary for geographical points
and map also.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON
Ch. VII.; RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller, ch. VII.;
218 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
RAMSAY Church in the Roman Empire, chs. II.-IIL;
SMITH Paul, pp. 107-115; chapter on Paul's Ecclesias-
tical Independence in ROBERTSON, Paul the Interpreter
of Christ.
LESSON X: FROM ANTIOCH TO TROAS
(A. D. 49)
1. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 41-46.
2. First of Five Lessons on the Second Mission Tour
of Paul. A. D. 49-53.
3. Scripture narrative. Chron. N. T., Acts 15:36
16:10.
4. Historical Exposition. Robertson, Epochs in the
Life of Paul, pp. 138-148.
5. Consult any Bible dictionary for Galatia.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON
Ch. VIII. ; RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller, pp. 194-205 ;
RAMSAY Church in the Roman Empire, ch. IV. ; SMITH
Paul, pp. 116-126.
LESSON XI: PAUL AT PHILIPPI, THESSA-
LONICA, AND BERCEA
(A, D. 49 or 50)
1. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 46-51.
2. Scripture narrative. Chron. N. T., Acts 16:11
17:15;lThess. 1-3.
3. Historical Exposition. Epochs in the Life of Paul,
pp. 148-157.
4. Consult any Bible dictionary for Philippi, Thessa-
lonica, Beroea.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON
Ch. IX. ; RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller, pp. 205n236 ;
SMITH Paul, pp. 126-142.
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 219
Cf. Wace and Thompson Prehistoric Thessaly
(1912).
LESSON XII: PAUL AT ATHENS
(A. D. 49 or 50)
1. Environment, pp. 51-55.
2. Scripture Narrative. Chron. N. T., Acts 17 : 16-34.
3. Historical Exposition. Epochs in the Life of Paul,
pp. 157-162.
4. Consult any Bible Dictionary for Athens.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON
Ch. X.; RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller, pp. 237-252;
SMITH Paul, pp. 142-149; chapter on Paul in the
Center of Greek Culture in ROBERTSON, Paul the Inter-
preter of Christ.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON ATHENS
ALEXANDER St. Paul at Athens (1865).
D'OoGE The Acropolis (1909)..
FERGUSON Hellenistic Athens (1911).
HARNACK 1st die Rede des Paulus in Athen ein
Ursprunglicher Bestandtheil der Apostelgeschichte?
(1913).
MACDUFF St. Paul at Athens (1887).
SHAKESPEARE, CHAS. St. Paul in Athens (1878).
MUCKER Life in Ancient Athens (1906).
On Stoic and Epicurean philosophy, see previous
bibliography.
LESSON XIII: PAUL AT CORINTH
(A. D. 50-52)
1. Environment, pp. 55-60.
2. Scripture Narrative. Chron. N. T., Acts 18:1-17;
I Cor. 1-3.
220 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
3. Historical Exposition. Epochs in the Life of Paul,
pp. 162-166.
4. Consult any Bible dictionary for Corinth.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON
Ch. XII. ; RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller, pp. 253-261 ;
SMITH Paul, pp. 149-152, 185-188.
Cf. MUNZIGER Paulus in Corinth (1908).
LESSON XIV: THE THESSALONIAN LETTERS
AND RETURN TO ANTIOCH
(A. D. 50 or 51)
1. The Four Groups of Paul's Epistles. Chron. N. T.;
Epochs in the Life of Paul, pp. 166-167.
2. A Sketch of Paul. Chron. N. t.
3. Introduction to and outline of 1 Thessalonians.
Chron. N. T.
4. Read 1 Thessalonians.
5. Introduction to and outline of 2 Thessalonians.
Chron. N. T.
6. Read 2 Thessalonians.
7. Occasion of these two Epistles. Epochs in the Life
of Paul, pp. 167-171.
8. Return to Antioch via Jerusalem. Acts 18 : 18-22 ;
Epochs in the Life of Paul, pp. 171-172.
9. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 60-63.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON
Ch. XL and end of ch. XII.; RAMSAY St. Paul the
Traveller, pp. 262-266; MILLIGAN, FRAME OR DENNEY
On 1 and 2 Thessalonians; SMITH Paul, pp. 152-185.
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON 1 AND 2 THESSALONIANS
Besides the series by the same men.
i- - *
1. On the English Text
ADENEY New-Century Bible (1907).
BUCKLAND Comm. on 2 Thess. (1908).
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 221
BULLINGER Thess. Epistles (1901).
COWLES Shorter Epistles of Paul (1879).
DENNEY Exp. Bible (1892).
FINDLAY Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges
(1891).
GARROD Analysis with Notes '(1899).
HUTCHINSON Lectures on 1 and 2 Thess. (1883).
LATTEY The Epistles to the Thessalonians (1913).
LILLIE Lectures on Thess. (1860).
MACKINTOSH, R. In Westminster N. T. (1909).
SADLER Eps. of Paul to the Col., Thess., and Tim.
(1890).
STEVENS Eps. to the Thess. Am. Comm. (1887) .
2. On the Greek Text
ASKWITH An Introduction to the Thessalonian Epistles
(1902).
BORNEMANN In Meyer Comm. (1884).
EADIE A Comm. on the Greek Text of Paul to the
Thess. (1877).
DIBELIUS Lietzmann's Handbuch ( 191 1 ) .
DOBSCHUTZ Meyer Komm. (1909).
ELLICOTT Comms. Critical and Grammatical (1884).
FINDLAY The Epistles of Paul to the Thess. Camb. Gk.
Test. (1904).
FRAMEA Crit. and Exeg. Comm. on the Eps. of St.
Paul to the Thess. Int. Crit. Comm. (1912).
GUTJAHR Die zwei Briefe an die Thess. und der Brief
an die Galater (1913).
HARNACK Das Problem des zweiten Thessalonicher-
briefs (1910).
HOLTZMANN, H. J. 1 Thess. (1911).
KNABENBAUER Comm. in epistolas ad Thessalonicenses
(1913).
JOWETT Eps. of St. Paul to the Thess.
LIGHTFOOT Notes on Eps. of Paul (1895).
222 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
MAYER Die Thessalonicherbriefe (1908).
MILLIGAN St. Paul's Eps. to the Thess. (1908).
MOFFATT St. Paul's Eps. to the Thess. Exp. Gk. Test.
(1910).
PLUMMER First Thessalonians (1918) ; Second Thessa-
lonians (1918).
SCHMIDT Comm. on 1 Thess. (1885).
SCHMIEDEL Holtzmann's Hand-Komm. 2Aufl. (1892).
TOUSSAINT Lettres aux Thess., aux Galates, aux Corin-
thiens (1909).
WOHLENBERG Zahn Komm. 2 Aufl. (1908).
WOSTE Comm. in Epistolas ad Thess. (1917).
[WREDE Die Echtheit des zweiten Thess. (1903).
LESSON XV: PAUL AT EPHESUS
X52-55 or 56)
1. Third Mission Tour of Paul, A.-D. 52-56 or 57.
2. The Statesmanship of Paul. Epochs in the Life of
Paul, pp. 173-178.
3. Scripture Narrative. Chron. N. T., Acts 18:23
19:20.
4. Historical exposition. Epochs in the Life of Paul,
pp. 178-183.
5. Any Bible dictionary for Ephesus.
6. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 63-67.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON
Ch. XIV. ; RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller, pp. 267-273;
RAMSAY Pauline and Other Studies, III., VIII. ; RAM-
SAY Church in the Roman Empire, chs. V.-VIL;
SMITH Paul, pp. 188-192, 221-234.
Cf. WOOD Discoveries in Ephesus (1877) ; WYNNE
Apollos (1910) ; chapter on Apollos in Robertson's Types
of Preachers in the New Testament.
HE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 223
LESSON XVI: FIRST CORINTHIANS 1-7
(A. D. 55 or 56)
1. Second Group of Paul's Epistles. Chron. N. T.
2. The date of 1 Corinthians and how shown. Chron.
N.T.
3. Place of writing and how known. Chron. N. T.
4. Occasion of the Epistle. Chron. N. T.; Epochs in
the Life of Paul, pp. 186-189.
5. Purpose of the Epistle. Epochs in the Life of Paul,
p. 189.
6. Outline and contents. Chron. N. T. ; Epochs in the
Life of Paul, pp. 189 f .
7. Style and character. Epochs in the Life of Paul,
pp. 190 f.
8. Treatment of Timothy and Titus at Corinth. Epochs
in the Life of Paul, pp. 191-193.
9. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 68-73.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON
Ch. XV.; RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller, pp. 273-277;
SMITH Paul, pp. 234-268.
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON 1 CORINTHIANS
Besides continuous commentaries
1. On the English Text
BEET First and Second Cor. Second edition (1884).
DODS Exp. Bible (1889).
EVANS Speaker's -Comm. (1881).
GOULD Am. Comm. (1887).
KAY Cor. Epistles (1887).
MASSIE Corinthians. New-Century Bible.
MCFADYEN Eps. to the Cors. (1911).
224, SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
PARRY Cambridge Bible for Schools (1916).
RAMSAY Historical Comm. (The Expositor, sixth
series).
RENDALL The Epistles of St. Paul to the Cors. Date
and Composition (1909).
RIGGS AND REED Epistles to the Corinthians (1922).
ROBERTSON, F. W.- Expository Sermons on 1 and 2
Cors. (1870).
WALKER, D. Letters of St. Paul to the Corinthians
(1909).
Reader's Comm.
2. On the Greek Text
BACHMANN Zahn Komm. (1910).
BOUSSET Schriften d. N. T. (1906).
EDWARDS First Cor. (1885).
ELLICOTT Crit. and Grammatical Comm. (1887).
FINDLAY Exp. Gk. Test. (1900).
GODET T wo volumes (1886-7).
GOUDGE West. Comm.
HEINRICI Das erste Sendschreiben (1880).
KUHL 1 Kor. (1905).
LIETZMANN 1 and 2 Kor. Handbuch (1907).
LiAS-^Camb. Gk. Test. (1879).
LIGHTFOOT Notes on 1-7 (1895).
PARRY Cambridge Greek Testament (1910).
ROBERTSON-PLUM MER Int. Crit. (1911).
SCHAEFER Erklarung der Briefe Pauli an die Korinther
(1903).
SCHMIEDEL Hand-Comm. (1892).
STANLEY Eps. to the Cors. (1882).
WEISS, J. Meyer Komm. 9 Aufl. (1910).
Cf . LUTGERT Freihertspredigt und Schwarmgeister in
Korinth (1908); MOSIMANN Das Zungreden (1911);
ROHR Paulus und die Gemeinde von Korinth; STEIN-
MANN Paulus und die Sklaven zu Korinth (1911).
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 225
LESSON XVII: 1 CORINTHIANS 8-16
Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 73-78.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON-
Ch. XIII. ; SMITH Paul, pp. 269-322.
LESSON XVIII: FROM EPHESUS TO MACE-
DONIA AND 2 CORINTHIANS 1-7
(A. D. 55 or 56)
1. The plans of Paul. Acts 19:21f; Epochs in the
Life of Paul, p. 183 f .
2. The riot in Ephesus. Acts 19 : 23-41 ; Epochs in the
Life of Paul, pp. 184-186.
3. The suspense in Troas. Epochs in the Life of Paul,
p. 195.
4. The rebound in Macedonia. Acts 20: 1 ; 2 Cor. 1-7;
Epochs in the Life of Paul, pp. 194-198.
5. Date of 2 Corinthians. - Chron. N. T.
6. Unity of the Epistle. Chron. N. T. ; Epochs in the
Life of Paul, pM97f.
7. Purpose of the Epistle. Chron. N. T.; Epochs in
the Life of Paul, p. 197 f.
8. Outline of the Epistle. Chron. N. T.
9. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 78-83 (top). **
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON *
Ch. XVI.; RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller, pp. 277-282;
SMITH Paul, pp. 322-327, 341-370.
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON 2 CORINTHIANS ALONE
Besides the continuous books and those on both 1 and 2
Cors.
226 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
1. On the English Text
DENNEY Exp. Bible (1894).
FARRAR Pulpit Comm. (1883).
GOUDGE Mind of St. Paul in 2 Cor. (1911).
KENNEDY, J. H. The Second and Third Letters of St.
Paul to the Corinthians .(1901)).
PLUMPTRE Ellicott Comm.
ROBERTSON, A. T. The Glory of the Ministry. Exposi-
tion of 2 Cor. 2 : 12 6: 10.
WAITE Speaker's Comm. (1881).
WARMAN Reader's Comm.
2. On the Greek Text
BACHMANN Der zweite Brief des Paulus an die Ko-
rinther. Zahn Komm. (1909).
BARDE Etude sur la epitre aux Cor. (1906).
BELSER Der zweite Brief des Apostels Paulus an die
Korinther (1910).
BERNARD Exp. Gk. Test. (1910).
CORNELY Commentarium (1907).
GODET La seconde epitre aux Corinthiens (1914).
HEINRICI Meyer Komm. 8 Aufl. (1900).
HEINRICI Das zweite Sendschreiben des Ap. Paulus an
die Kor. (1887).
ISAACS Second Epistle to the Corinthians (1921).
LIETZMANN Handbuch (1907) .
MENZIES The Second Epistle to the Corinthians (1912).
PARRY Cambridge Greek Testament (1916).
PLUMMER Int. Crit. Comm. (1915).
LESSON XIX: 2 CORINTHIANS 8-13
(A. D. 55 or 56)
1. Scripture lesson. 2 Cor. 8-13.
2. Spirit of Paul in these chapters. Epochs in the Life
of Paul, p. 198 f .
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 227
3. Journeying toward Greece via Illyricum. Acts 20:2;
Rom. 15 : 19.
4. The Triumph in Corinth. Epochs in the Life of
Paul, p. 200.
5. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 83-89.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON ;
Ch. XVII. ; RAMSAY Church in the Roman Empire, ch.
XIII. ; SMITH Paul, pp. 327-345, 367-371; Paul as
Church Architect in Corinth (Robertson, Paul the In-
terpreter of Christ).
LESSON XX : EPISTLE TO THE GALATIANS
(Probably A. D. 55 or 56)
1. Date. Chron. N. T.; Epochs in the Life of Paul,
pp. 201-203.
2. North or South Galatia. Chron. N. T. ; Epochs in
the Life of Paul, p. 201 f.
3. Occasion for Writing the Epistle. Chron. N. T. ;
Epochs in the Life of Paul, p. 203 f .
4. Character of the Epistle. Chron. N. T.; Epochs in
the Life of Paul, p. 204 f.
5. Outline. Chron. N. T.
6. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 89-93.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON =
Ch. XVIII. ; RAMSAY Church in the Roman Empire, ch.
VI. ; SMITH Paul, pp. 193-221.
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON GALATIANS
Besides continuous works
1. On the English Text
ADENEY New-Century Bible.
ASKWITH Destination and Date of Galatians.
28 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
BACON Bible for Home and School (1909).
BEET Ep. to the Gal. (1885).
EMMET St. Paul's Ep. to the Gal. The Reader's Comm.
(1912).
FINDLAY Expositor's Bible (1888).
GIBBON Ep. to the Gal.
GIRDLESTONE Devotional Comm.
HOVEY Am. Comm. .(1887).
MACGREGOR Christian Freedom (1914).
ROUND Date of St. Paul's Ep. to the Galatians (1907).
SANDAY Ellicott's Comm. (1879).
STEVENS Expository lectures (1894).
WATKINS St. Paul's Fight for Galatians (1914).
WOOD Studies in St. Paul's Ep. to the Gal. .(1887).
2. On the Greek Text
BOUSSET Die Schriften d. N. T. (1907).
BURTON Int. and Crit. Comm. (1920).
ELLICOTT Ep. to the Gal. New edition (1884).
LAGRANGE Saint Paul, epitre aux Galates (1918).
LIETZMANN Handbuch (1910).
LIGHTFOOT St. Paul's Ep. to the Gal. Eleventh edition
(1905).
LIPSIUS Hand-Comm. ( 1902 ) .
LOISY L'epitre aux Galates (1916).
LUTHER, MARTIN Latin Original in 1519, English tr. in
1575.
RAMSAY Hist. Comm. (1900).
RENDALL Exp. Gk. Test. (1903)'.
SIEFFERT Meyer Komm. 9Aufl. (1899).
STEINMANN Die Leserkreise des Galaterbriefs (1908).
STEINMANN Die Abfassungszeit des Galaterbriefs
(1906).
WEBER Der Galaterbrief aus sich selbst geschichtlich
erklart.
WESTCOTT, F. B. St. Paul and Justification (1913).
ZAHN Zahn Komm. 2 Aufl. (1907),
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 229
LESSON XXI: ROMANS 1-8
(A. D. 56 or 57)
1. Date and place of writing. Chron. N. T.; Epochs
in the Life of Paul, p. 205 f .
2. The amanuensis and the bearer of the letter. Chron.
N. T.
3. Plans of Paul and reason for writing. Chron. N. T. ;
Epochs in the Life of Paul, pp. 206-210.
4. Character of the church in Rome. Chron. N. T.;
Epochs in the Life of Paul, p. 206 f .
5. Character of the Epistle. Chron. N. T. ; Epochs in
the Life of Paul, pp. 210-212.
6. Outline. Chron. N. T.
7. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 93-98.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON :
Ch. XIX. ; any Bible dictionary on Romans or introduc-
tion to a commentary ; SMITH Paul, pp. 374-424.
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON ROMANS
Besides continuous books
1. On the English Text
BEET Ninth edition (1901).
BROWN, D. Analytical exposition (1860).
CHALMERS Expository discourses.
GARVIE New-Century Bible (1901).
GIFFORD Speaker's Comm. (1881).
GORE A Practical Expos, of Romans.
GREY-^Reader's Comm. (1910).
GRIFFITH-THOMAS 3 vols. (1913).
HODGE, CHARLES 1 Theol. expos. (1856).
HORT Romans and Ephesians. Intr. (1895).
LIDDON Explanatory Analysis (1893).
230 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
MOULE Cambridge Bible (1879).
MOULE Expos. Bible (1893).
STIFLER Exposition (1897).
WILLIAMS An Exposition.
2. On the Greek Text
EARTH Der Romerbrief (1919).
DENNEY Exp. Gk. Test. (1901).
FEINE Der Romerbrief (1903).
GODET Translation (1883).
JOWETT Third edition (1894).
JULICHER Schriften d. N. T. 2 Aufl. (1907) . .
KUEHL Der Brief des Paulus an die Romer (1913).
LAGRANGE L'epitre aux Romains (1916).
LIGHTFOOT Notes on 1-7 (1895).
LIPSIUS Hand-Comm. 2 Aufl. (1893).
LIETZMANN Handbuch ( 1906) . 2 Aufl. ( 1919) .
LUETGERT Der Romerbrief als historisches Problem
(1913).
PALLIS Comm. (1920).
PARRY The Epistle of Paul to the Romans (1912).
RICHTER Kritisch-polemische Untersuchungen ijber den
Romerbrief (1908).
SANDAY AND HEADLAM Int. Crit. Comm. Fifth edition
(1905).
SHEDD Comm. on Rom. (1893).
SPITTA Untersuchungen, etc. (1901).
TOUSSAINT L'epitre aux Romains (1913).
VAUGHAN Seventh edition (1890).
VON MANEN Die Uhechtheit des rom. Briefs (1906).
WEISS, B. Meyer Komm. 9 Aufl. (1899).
WESTCOTT, F. B. St. Paul and Justification (1913).
ZAHN Zahn Komm. (1910).
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 231
LESSON XXII : ROMANS 9-16
Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 98-101.
For further study, see commentaries on Romans;
SMITH Paul, pp. 425-456.
LESSON XXIII: THE LAST JOURNEY TO
JERUSALEM
(Spring of 56 or 57)
1. Scripture Narrative. Acts 20 : 3-21 : 16.
2. The gathering storm at Jerusalem. Epochs in the
Life of Paul, pp. 213-219.
3. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 101-108.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON Ch.
XX.; RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller, pp. 286-303;
SMITH Paul, pp. 456-467.
LESSON XXIV: PAUL AT JERUSALEM THE
LAST TIME
(Pentecost of 56 or 57)
1. Scripture narrative. Acts 21 : 17-23 : 35.
2. Historical exposition. Epochs -in the Life of Paul,
pp. 220-240.
3. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 108-111.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON Ch.
XXL; RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller, pp. 303-313;
SMITH Paul, pp. 467-479.
232 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
LESSON XXV: PAUL A PRISONER AT
OESAREA
(56-8 or 57-9)
1. Paul before Felix. Acts 24; Epochs in the Life of
Paul, pp. 240-6.
2. Paul before Festus. Acts 25 : 1-12 ; Epochs in the
Life of Paul, pp. 246-9.
3. Paul before Agrippa. Acts 25: 13 26:32; Epochs
in the Life of Paul, pp. 249-253.
4. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 111-117.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON Ch.
XXII. ; RAMSAY Pictures of the Apostolic Church, chs.
XLII.-XLIV. ; SMITH Paul, pp. 480-489.
LESSON XXVI: PAUL'S VOYAGE TO ROME
(Autumn of 58 or 59 to spring of 59 or 60)
1. Csesarea to Myra. Acts 27: 1-5 ; Epochs in the Life
of Paul, pp. 256 f .
2. Myra to Fair Havens. Acts 27 : 6-8 ; Epochs in Life
of Paul, p. 257.
3. Fair Havens to Melita. Acts 27:9-44; Epochs in
the Life of Paul, pp. 258-264.
4. The Winter in Melita. Acts 28 : 1-10 ; Epochs in the
Life of Paul, pp. 264 f .
5. Melita to Rome. Acts 28 : 11-16 ; Epochs in the Life
of Paul, pp. 265-8.
6. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 118-123.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON Ch.
XXIII.; RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller, Ch. XIV.;
SMITH Paul, pp. 490-501 ; chapter on Nautical Terms
in ROBERTSON, Luke the Historian.
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 233
SPECIAL BOOKS ON VOYAGE OF PAUL AND ANCIENT
SEAFARING
BALMER Die Romfahrt des Apostels Paulus (1905).
BREURING Die Nautik der Alten (1886).
EVERITT St. Paul's Journey to Rome (1904).
SMITH Voyage and Shipwreck of St. Paul (1880).
TORR Ancient Ships.
VARS L'art nautique dans 1'antiquite (1887).
LESSON XXVII: PAUL IN ROME AND THE
LETTER TO THE PHILIPPIANS
(A. D. 60-2 or 61-3)
1. Paul's effort to win the Jews in Rome. Acts
28 : 16-28 ; Epochs in the Life of Paul, pp. 268 f .
2. Delay in Paul's trial and his life in Rome. Acts
28:30f.; Epochs in the Life of Paul, pp.
269-272.
3. Third Group of Paul's Epistles. Chron. N. T.
4. Date of Philippians. Chron. N. T.; Epochs in the
Life of Paul, pp. 273-5.
5. Occasion and purpose of the letter. Chron. N. T. ;
.Epochs in the Life of Paul, pp. 273-6.
6. Character of the letter. Chron. N. T.; Epochs in
the Life of Paul, pp. 276 f .
. 7. Outline of the Epistle. Chron. N. T.
8. Enyironment of Early Christianity, pp. 123-129.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON Ch.
XXIV., XXVI.; RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller, pp.
344-356; FORBES Footsteps of St. Paul in Rome
(1899); any Bible dictionary on Rome; SMITH Paul,
pp. 502-522. See MERIVALE St. Paul in Rome ; ROB-
ERTSON Paul's Joy in Christ.
234 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON PHILIPPIANS
Besides continuous works
1. On the English Text
BEET With Col., Eph., Philemon (1891).
BURNS Sermons on Philippians (1917).
JOHNSTONE Expository lectures. The Phil. Gospel or
Pauline Ideals (1904).
JORDAN The Philippian Gospel or Pauline Ideals.
JOWETT The High Calling ( 1909) .
MARTIN New-Century Bible.
MOULE Philippian Studies.
NOBLE Discourses on Philippians.
RAINY Expos. Bible (1893).
ROBERTSON, A. T. Paul's Joy in Christ (1917).
SMITH The Epistle of St. Paul's First Trial (1899).
YORKE The Law of the Spirit.
2. On the Greek Text
DIBELIUS Handbuch zum N. T. (1911).
ELLICOTT New edition (1890).
EWALD Zahn Komm. (1908). 3 Aufl. von Wohlenberg
(1917).
HAUPT Meyer Komm. 8 Aufl. (1902).
JONES, M. Philippians, Westminster Comm.
KENNEDY, H. A. A. Exp. Gk. Test. (1903).
KLOPPER Der Brief an die Philipper (1893).
KNABENBAUER Comm. in epistolas ad Eph., Phil., et
Col. (1913).
LIGHTFOOT Ninth edition (1891).
LIPSIUS Hand-Comm. ( 1893 ) .
LUEKEN Der Brief an die Philipper (1906).
PLUMMER r-Philippians (1919).
ROBERTSON, A. T. Paul's Joy in Christ (1917).
SODEN 2 Aufl. (1906).
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 235
TILLMANN Philipper brief (1917).
VINCENT Int. Crit. Comm. (1897). Second edition
(1910).
LESSON XXVIII: PHILEMON AND COLOS-
SIANS
(A. D. 62 or 63)
1. Date of Philemon. Chron. N. T.
2. Purpose and character of the Letter. Chron. N. T. ;
Epochs in the Life of Paul, pp. 278 f .
3. Outline of the letter. Chron. K T.
4. Date of Colossians. Chron. N. T.
5. The occasion of the letter. Chron. N. T. ; Epochs in
the Life of Paul, pp. 279.
6. The new peril of Gnosticism. Chron. N. T. ; Epochs
in the Life of Paul, pp. 280-5.
7. Outline of the letter. Chron. N. T.
8. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 129-134.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON Ch.
XXV.; Introduction to LIGHTFOOT'S commentary (The
Colossian Heresy) ; any Bible dictionary on Philemon,
Slavery, Colossae, Colossians, and Gnosticism; SMITH
Paul, pp. 546-576.
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON PHILEMON AND COLOSSIANS
Besides continuous works
1. On the English Text
ALEXANDER, GROSS Colossians and Eph. Bible for
Home and School (1910).
Christ and Colossse (1922).
236 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
DARGAN Am. Comm. (1887).
FINDLAY Pulpit Comm. (1895).
MACLAREN Expos. Bible (1888).
MOULE Cambr. Bible (1893).
MOULE Colossian Studies.
MULLINS Convention Comm. on Ephesians and Colos-
sians (1913).
NICHOLSON Oneness with Christ.
RUTHERFORD Epistles to Colossse and Laodicea (1908).
2. On the Greek Text
ABBOTT, T. K. Int. Crit. Comm. (1897).
DIBELIUS Handbuch zum N. T. (1912).
ELLICOTT New edition (1890).
EWALD Zahn Komm. (1905).
HAUPT Meyer Komm. (1903).
LIGHTFOOT Tenth edition ( 1904) .
MEINERTZ Die Gefangenschaftsbriefe (1917).
OESTERLEY Exp. Gk. Test, on Philemon (1910).
OLTRAMARE Commentaire (1891).
PEAKE Exp. Gk. Test, on Colossians (1903).
SCHUMANN Paulus an Philemon (1908).
SODEN Hand-Comm. 2 Aufl. (1893).
VINCENT Int. Crit. on Philemon (1897).
WESTCOTT, F. B. A Letter to Asia (1914).
WILLIAMS Cambr. Gk. Test. (1907).
LESSON XXIX: EPHESIANS
(A. D. 62 or 63)
1. Date of the epistle. Chron. N. T.
2. Destination of the epistle. Chron. N. T. ; Epochs in
the Life of Paul, pp. 285 f .
3. Purpose of the letter. Chron. N. T.; Epochs in the
Life of Paul, pp. 286 f .
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 237
4. Contrast with Colossians. Chron. N. T. ; Epochs in
the Life of Paul, pp. 287-9.
5.' Outline of the letter. Chron. N. T.
6. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 134-139.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON Ch.
XXV.; any Bible dictionary and commentary; SMITH
Paul, pp. 522-545.
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON EPHESIANS
Besides continuous works by same author
1. On English Text.
ALEXANDER Bible for Home and School (1910).
BEET Comm. on Eph., Phil., Col., Philemon (1891),
CANDLISH Exposition ( 1895 ) .
DALE Lectures on Ephesians.
FINDLAY Expos. Bible (1892).
GORE A Practical Exposition (1898).
HITCHCOCK Epistle to the Ephesians An Encyclical of
St. Paul (1913).
HORT Rom. and Eph. Intr. (1895).
LIDGETT God in Christ Jesus. A Study of St. Paul's
Ep. to the Eph. (1915).
MARTIN New-Century Bible.
MCPHAIL Ep. to Eph. (1893).
MCPHERSON Ep. to Eph. (1892).
MOULE Ephesian Studies (1900).
MULLINS Convention Series (1913).
STROETER The Glory of the Body of Christ (1909).
2. On the Greek Text
ABBOTT Int. Crit. Comm. (1897).
BELSER Komm. (1908).
DIBELIUS Handbuch zum N. T. ( 1912) .
238 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY*
EADIE Third edition (1883).
ELLICQTT Fifth edition (1884).
EWALD Zahn Komm. 2 Aufl. (1910).
HAUPT Meyer Komm. 8 Aufl. (1902).
KNABENBAUER Commentarius in epistolas ad Ephesios
(1913).
KRUKENBERG Der Brief an Eph. (1903).
LUEKEN Die Schriften des N. T. (19CJ6).
MEINERTZ Die Gefangenschaftsbriefe (1917).
MURRAY Cambr. Gk. Test. (1915).
OLTRAMARE Commentaire (1891).
ROBINSON St. Paul's Ep. to the Eph. (1903).
SALMOND Exp. Gk. Test. (1903).
SODEN Hand-Comm. 2 Aufl. (1893).
WESTCOTT, F. B. St. Paul's Ep. to the Eph. (1906).
KOHLENBERG Strack-Zoeckler (1895).
LESSON XXX: RELEASE OF PAUL AND
1 TIMOTHY
(Probably 63 to 66 or 67)
1. The outcome of the first Roman imprisonment.
Epochs in the Life of Paul,' pp. 290-2.
2. The visit to the east. Epochs in the Life of Paul,
p. 292.
3. The visit to Spain. Epochs in the Life of Paul,
pp. 292 f.
4. The Burning of Rome. Epochs in the Life of Paul,
pp. 293 f .
5. The return east for the last time. Epochs in the
Life of Paul, pp. 294 f .
6. Date of the Pastoral Epistles (fourth group).
Chron. N. T. ; Epochs in the Life of Paul, p. 295.
7. Genuineness of the Pastoral Epistles. Chron. N. T. ;
Epochs in the Life of Paul, pp. 295 f .
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 239
8. Sketch of Timothy's career. Chron. N. T.
9. Paul's location when he wrote 1 Timothy (1:3).
10. Purpose and character of the Epistle. Chron. N. T. ;
Epochs in the Life of Paul, pp. 296-9.
11. Outline of the Epistle. Ghron. N. T.
12. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 140-143.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON Ch.
XXVII. (first half ), Appendix I. on the Date of the Pas-
toral Epistles; RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller, pp.
356-60; SMITH Paul, pp. 579-622.
See also STEINMETZ Die zweite romische Gefang-
schaft des Apostels Paulus (1897) ; HARRISON The
Problem of the Pastoral Epistles (1921).
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON PASTORAL EPISTLES
Besides continuous works
1. On the English Text.
BOWEN Dates of Pastoral Letters (1900).
FINDLAY Appendix on the Pastoral Epistles to Saba-
tier's Apostle Paul (1893).
GREENE, J. P. Convention Series (1915).
HARVEY Am. Comm. (1890).
HORTON New-Century Bible.
HUMPHREYS Cambridge Bible (1897).
JAMES The Genuineness and Authorship of the Pastoral
Epistles (1906).
LAUGHLIN The Pastoral Epistles in the Light of One
Roman Imprisonment (1905).
LILLEY The Pastoral Eps. (1901).
MOULE Second Timothy.
PLUMMER Expos. Bible (1896).
POPE Pastoral Eps. (1901).
RAMSAY Historical Comm. on the First Ep. to Tim.
(The Expositor, 1909-11).
240 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
STOCK Plain Talks on the Pastoral Epistles (1914).
STRACHAN West. N.T. (1910).
WAGE Speaker's Comm. (1885).
2. On the Greek Text.
BELSER Die Pastoral brief e (1907).
BERNARD Cambr. Gk. Test. (1899).
BERTRAND Essai critique, etc. (1888).
BROWN, E. F. Pastoral Epistles (Westminster Comm.,
1917).
DIBELIUS Handbuch ziim N. T.
ELLICOTT Fifth edition (1883).
EYLAU Zur Chron. d. Pastoralbriefe (1888).
HARRISON The Problem of the Pastoral Epistles (1921).
HESSE Die Entstehung der neut. Hirtenbriefe (1889).
HOLTZMANN Die Pastoralbriefe kritisch und exegetisch
behandelt (1880).
KOHLER Schriften N. T. 2 Aufl. (1907).
KNABENBAUER Commentarius in S. Paul's Epistolas
ad Timotheum, ad Titum (1913).
KRAUKENBERG Komm. (1901).
LUTGERT Die Irrlehrer der Pastoralbriefe (1909).
MAIER Die Hauptprobleme der Pastoralbriefe Pauli
(1910).
MAYER Ueber der Pastoralbriefe (1913).
MEINERTZ Die Pastoralbriefe des heil. Patilus (1913).
NiEBERGALL-r-Handbuch zum N. T. (1909).
PARRY The Pastoral Epistles (1920).
SODEN Hand-Comm. ( 1893 ) .
WEISS, B. Meyer Komm. 7 Aufl. (1907).
WHITE Exp. Gk. Test. (1910).
WOHLENBERG Zahn Komm. (1906).
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 241
LESSON XXXI: THE LAST YEAR OF
PAUL'S LIFE
'(Autumn of 67 till summer of 68)
1. Sketch of Titus. Chron. N. T.; Epochs in the Life
of Paul, pp. 299 f .
2. Paul's plans for the winter. Epochs in the Life of
Paul, p. 300.
3. The heresy in Crete. Chron. N. T.; Epochs in the
Life of Paul, pp. 300 f .
4. Date of the Epistle. Chron. N. T.
5. Purpose of the Epistle. Chron. N. T. ; Epochs in the
Life of Paul, pp. 301 f .
6. Outline of the Epistle. Chron. N. T.
7. The arrest of Paul. Epochs in the Life of Paul,
p. 303.
8. The new charges. Epochs in the Life of Paul,
pp. 304 f .
9. The close confinement. Epochs, pp. 305 f .
10. The desertion of Paul's friends. Epochs, pp. 306 f .
11. The first stage of the trial. Epochs, pp. 307-9.
12. The loneliness of Paul. Epochs, pp. 309-11.
13. A last message to Timothy (date and purpose of
2 Tim.). Chron. N. T.; Epochs, pp. 311 f.
14. Outline of 2 Timothy, Chron. N. T.
15. Paul's estimate of his career. Epochs, pp. 312 f.
16. Paul longs for Jesus. Epochs, pp. 313-15.
17. The Condemnation. Epochs, p. 315.
18. Paul's death. Epochs, pp. 316 f .
19. A backward look. Epochs, pp. 317-19.
20. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 143-147.
For further study, see CONYBEAKE AND HOWSON Ch.
XXVII. (last half) ; RAMSAY St. Paul the Traveller,
pp. 360-366; RAMSAY Pauline Studies, Ch. XIV.; Pic-
tures of the Apostolic Church, chs. L.-LI. ; SMITH Paul,
pp. 623-661.
242 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
LESSON XXXII: I PETER
(About A. D. 65)
1. The General or Catholic Epistles. Chron. N. T.
2. Sketch of Simon Peter. Chron. N. T.
3. Date of 1 Peter. Chron. N. T.
4. Location of Peter at time of writing. Chron. N. T.
5. Readers of the Epistle. Chron. N. T.
6. Character of the Epistle. Chron. N. T.
7. Outline of the Epistle. Chron. N. T.
8. Consult any Bible dictionary on 1 Peter.
9. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 147-156.
For further study, see RAMSAY Church in the Roman
Empire, ch. XIII. ; LUMBY (Expositor's Bible); BIGG
(Int. Crit. Comm.) ; Expositor's Gk. Test.
See also ERBES Die Todestage der Apostel Paulus und
Petrus (1899) ; GUIGNEBERT La primaute de Pierre et
la venne de Pierre a Rome {1909} ; LIETZMANN
Petrus und Paulus in Rom,
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON EPISTLES OF PETER AND JUDE
Besides continuous works
1. On the English Text
BENNETT New-Century Bible (1901).
COOKE AND LUMBY Speaker's Comm. (1881).
JOHNSTONE The First Ep. of Peter (1888).
LUMBY Expos. Bible (1893).
PLUMPTRE Cambr. Bible (1879).
Ross First Epistle of Peter (1918).
SALMOND SchafFs Comm. (1883).
WiLLiAMS>-Am. Comm. (1890).
2. On the Greek Text
BECK Erklarung der Brief e Petri (1895).
,
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 243
BIGG Int. Crit. Comm. (1901).
BLENKIN The First Ep. General of St. Peter {1915).
CAMERLINCK Commentarius in epistolas catholicas
(1909).
COUARD Commentaire (1895).
DE ZWAAN 2 Peter en Judas (1909).
FOSTER Literary Relations of the First Ep. of Peter
(1913).
GEORGHIAN Der Brief des Judas (1905).
GOUTARD Essai critique et historique sur la prem. epitre
de S.Pierre (1905).
GROSCH Die Echtheit des II. Briefes Petri. 2 Aufl.
(1914).
GUNKEL Schriften d. N. T. 2 Aufl. (1907).
HART, STRACHAN, MAYOR Exp. Gk. Test. (1910).
.HENKEL Der zweite Brief des Apostelfursten PetiHis
gepriift auf seine Echtheit (1904).
HOLLMANN Die Schriften d. N. T. (1906).
HORT I. Peter 1 : 1-2: 17 (1898).
KING Did St. Peter Write in Greek? (1871).
KNOPF Die Brief e Petri und Juda (1912).
KUHL Meyer Komm. 6 Aufl. (1897).
MAIER Der Judasbrief (1906).
MASTERMAN Eps. of St. Peter (1900).
MAYOR The Epistle of St. Jude and the Epistle of St.
Peter (1907).
ROBSON Studies in the Sec. Ep. of Peter (1915).
SODEN Hand-Comm. (1896).
SPITTA Der zweite Brief des Petrus und der Brief des
Judas (1885).
VAN KASTEREN* De Eerste Brief van d. Ap. Petrus
(1911).
WEISS, B. Die erste Petrusbrief und die Kritik (1906).
WINDISCH Handbuch zum N. T. (1911).
WOHLENBERG Zahn Komm. (1915).
244 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY.
LESSON XXXIII : JUDE AND 2 PETER
(About A. D. 66-67)
. 1. Sketch of Jude. Chron. N. T.
2. Date and relation to 2 Peter. Chron. N. T.
3. Purpose and Character of the Epistle. Chron. N. T.
4. Outline of the Epistle. Chron. N. T.
5. Date and readers of 2 Peter. Chron. N. T.
6. Purpose and character of the Epistle. Chron. N. T.
7. Outline. Chron. N. T.
8. Any Bible dictionary on Jude and 2 Peter.
9. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 156-163.
For further study, see LUMBY (Expos. Bible) ; BIGG
(Int. Crit. Comm.) ; MAYOR AND STRACHAN Exp.
Gk. Test.
LESSON XXXIV: HEBREWS 1-7
(About A. D. 69)
1. Date. Chron. N. T.
2. Author. Chron. N. T.
3. Destination. Chron. N. T.
4. Purpose and character of the book. Chron. N. T.
5. Outline. Chron. N. T.
6. Any Bible dictionary or commentary on Hebrews.
7. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 164-174.
For further study, see CONYBEARE AND HOWSON Ch.
XXVIII. ; EDWARDS Expositor's Bible ; WESTCOTT
Commentary ; SCOTT, E. F. The Epistle to the Hebrews.
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON HEBREWS
Besides continuous works
ANDERSON, R. The Hebrews Epistle in the Light of the
Types (1911).
THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 245
AYLES Destination, Date and Authorship of the Ep. to
the Hebrews (1899).
BAILEY Leading Ideas of Ep. to the Heb. (1907).
DALE Jewish Temple in the Christian Church.
Du BOSE High Priesthood and Sacrifice (1908).
EDWARDS Expos. Bible (1888).
GQODSPEED Bible for Home and School (1908).
KENDRICK Am. Comm. (1890).
LIDGETT Sonship and Salvation (1921).
LOWRIE An Explanation of Hebrews.
MILLIGAN The Theology of the Ep. to the Heb.
(1899).
MOULE Messages from the Ep. to the Heb. (1909).
MURRAY Devotional comm.
NAIRNE The Epistle of Priesthood (1913).
PEAKE New-Century Bible (1904).
PORTER The Twelve-Gemmed Crown (1913).
RENDALL The Theology of the Hebrew Christians
(1886).
ROTHERHAM Ep. to the Heb. (1906).
SAEHIR Exposition of Hebrews.
SCOTT, E. F. The Epistle to the Hebrews (1922).
SHEPARDSON Lectures on Heb.
WELCH Authorship of the Ep. to the Heb. (1899).
Besides continuous works
1. On the Greek Text
ANDEL De Brief aan de Hebraer (1906).
BLASS Brief an die Hebraer, Text, Angabe der
Rhythmen (1903).
BRUCE The Ep. to the Heb. (1899).
DAVIDSON, A. B. Ep. to the Heb. (1882) .
DEHTZSCH Two volumes. Transl. (1870).
DIBELIUS Der Verfasser des Hebraerbriefes (1910).
DODS Exp. Gk. Test. (1910).
FARRAR Camb. Gk. Test. (1893).
246 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
HEIGL Verfasser und Adresse des Briefes an die
x Hebraer (1905).
HOLLMANN Schriften d. N. T. 2 Aufl. (1907).
MACNEILL The Christology of the Ep. to the Heb.
(1914).
MENEGOZ La theologie de 1'epitre aux Hebreaux
(1894).
NAIRNE The Alexandrian Gospel (1917).
RIGGENBACH Zoeckler Komm. 2 Aufl. (1913).
SEEBERG Der Brief an die Hebraer (1912).
SLOT De letterkundige Vorm van den Brief aan de
Hebraer (1912).
SODEN Hand-Comm. ( 1899) .
VAUGHAN Ep. to Heb. (1899).
WEISS, B. Meyer Komm. 6 Aufl. (1902).
.WEISS, B. Der Hebraerbrief in zeitgeschichtlicher Be-
leuchtung (1910).
WESTCOTT Ep. to Heb. Third edition (1906).
WICKHAM Westm. Comm. (1910).
WINDISCH Handbuch zum N. T. (1913).
Das literarisches Ratsel des Hebraerbriefs
(1906).
LESSON XXXV: HEBREWS 8-13
Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 174-193.
For further study, same references as previous lesson
and add Josephus, Ant., Book XX., ch. XL ; War, Book
II., chs. XIV.-XX. for a vivid picture of the war with
Rome and the destruction of Jerusalem (A. D. 70).
Read The Wandering Jew.
t THE ACTS AND THE EPISTLES 247
LESSON XXXVI: THE EPISTLES OF JOHN
(Perhaps A. D. 85 to 90)
1. Probable date. Chron. N. T.
2. Docetic and Cerinthian Gnosticism. Chron. N. T.
3. Destination of I. John. Chron. N. T.
4. Purpose and character of the Ep. Chron. N. T.
5. Outline of the Ep. Chron. N. T.
6. Destination and character of II. John. Chron. N. T.
7. Outline of II. John. Chron. N. T.
8. Destination and character of III. John. Chron. N. T.
9. Outline. Chron. N. T.
10. Any Bible dictionary or commentary on the Epistles
of John.
11. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 194-208.
For further study, see FINDLAY Fellowship in the
Eternal ; LAW The Tests of Life ; WESTCOTT Comm. ;
BROOKE (Int. Crit. Comm.).
SPECIAL COMMENTARIES ON THE EPISTLES OF JOHN
Besides continuous works
1. On the English Text
ALEXANDER Eps. of John (1889).
BARRETT Devot. Comm. on I. John (1910).
BENNETT New-Century Bible.
CAMERON Eps. of John.
Cox Private Letters of St. Paul and St. John (1887).
FINDLAY Fellowship in the Eternal (1909).
GORE Epistles of John (1921).
GREEN Ephesian Canonical Writings (1910).
LAW Tests of Life. Second edition (1909).
LIAS Eps. of John (1887).
RAMSAY, A. Westm. N. T. (1910).
248 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
ROBERTSON, J. A. The Johannine Epistles (1920).
SAWTELLE Am. Comm. (1890).
STEELE Half Hours with St. John's Epistles.
WATSON Second edition (1910).
2. On the Greek Text
Besides continuous works
BAUMGARTNER Schriften d. N. T. (1907).
BELSER Komm. (1906).
BRESKY Das Verhaltnis des zweiten Johannesbriefes
zumdritten (1906).
BROOKE Int. Crit. Comm. (1912).
HAUPT The First Ep. of John (1893).
HOLTZMANN-BAUER Hand-Comm. (1908).
LUTHARDT Zoeckler Komm. 2 Aufl. (1895).
PLUMMER Camb. Gk. Test. (1886).
ROTHE Komm. (1878). Tr. in Exp. Times iii.-v.
SMITH, D. Exp. Gk. Test. (1910).
WEISS, B. Meyer Komm. 6 Aufl. (1900).
WESTCOTT Eps. of John. Third edition (1892).
WINDISCH Handbuch zum N. T. (1811).
WURM Die Irrlehrer im ersten Johannesbrief (1904).
PART IV: THE REVELATION OF JOHN
(PROBABLY ABOUT A. D. 95)
PART IV: THE REVELATION OF JOHN
(Probably about A; D. 95.)
Broadus' Syllabus on Revelation is here reproduced
with some additions, and use is made also of the Chron.
'N. T., besides references to other literature.
SPECIAL BOOKS ON THE REVELATION
Besides the continuous works
1. On the English Text
BENSON The Apocalypse ( 1900) .
BERG The Drama of the Apocalypse (1894)'.
BROWN, C. Heavenly Visions (1911).
BROWN, D. The Structure of the Apocalypse (1891)'.
CALMES -L'apocalypse devaht la tradition et devant la
critique. Second edition (1907).
CADWELL The Revelation of Jesus Christ (1920).
CAMPBELL The Patmos Letters Applied to Modern
Criticism (1908).
CASE The Millennial Hope (1918).
CASE The Revelation of John (1920).
CHARLES Studies in the Apocalypse (1913).
CHEVALIN L/apocalypse et les temps presents (1904).
CLARK The Holy Land of Asia Minor (1914).
COWLES Revelation (1871).
DEAN The Book of Revelation (1915).
ECKMAN When Christ Comes Again (1917).
FORBES International Handbook on the Apocalypse
(1907).
GEiL-,The Isle that is called Patmos (1905).
251
252 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
GIBSON Apocalyptic Sketches (1910).
GIGOT The Apocalypse of St. John (1915).
GUINNESS The Approaching End of the Age.
GWYNN The Apocalypse, of St. John (1897).
HILL Apocalyptic Problems (1916).
HORNE The Meaning of the Apocalypse (1916).
JOHNSON John's Revelation (1904).
JOWETT, G. T. The Apocalypse of St. John (1910).
LEE Bible (Speaker's) Comm. (1881).
MATHESON Sidelights upon Patmos.
McNAiRN The Apocalypse.
MILLIGAN Discussions on the Apocalypse, (1893).
MILLIGAN .The Revelation of St. John (1885).
MILLIGAN The Expos. Bible (1889).
MOULE Some Thoughts on the Seven Epistles (1915).
MOZLEY The Christian's Hope in the Apocalypse
(1915).
OSBORN The Lion and the Lamb (1922).
PALMER The Drama of the Apocalypse (1902).
PAUL Latter Day Light on the Apocalypse (1898).
PEAKE The Person of Christ in the Revelation of John
(Mansfield College Essays, 1909).
PORTER Messages of the Apocalyptic Writers (1905).
POUNDER Historical Notes on the 'Book of Revelation
(1912).
RAMSAY, A. Westminster N. T. (1910).
RAMSAY, W. M. The Letters to the Seven Churches
(1905). ,
RANDALL Pulpit Comm. (1890).
Ross, J. J. Pearls from Patmos (1923).
SCOTT, C. ANDERSON New-Century Bible (1902).
SCOTT, C. ANDERSON Devot. Comm. (1906).
SCOTT, J. J. Lectures on the Apocalypse (1909).
SEISS The Apocalypse.
SELWYN The Christian Prophets and the Prophetic
Apocalypse (1900).
SMITH, J. A. Am. Comm. (1888).
THE REVELATION OF JOHN 253
SMITH, J. A.^-Patmos (1875).
SMITH The Divine Parable of History (1901).
SMITH The World Lighted (1890).
STRANGE Instructions on the Revelation of St. John the
Divine (1900).
TERRY Biblical Apocalyptics (1898).
TIMBRELL The Last Message of Jesus Christ (1905).
WHITING The Revelation of John (1918).
2. On the Greek Text
Besides continuous works
ALLO L'apocalypse et 1'epoque de la parousia (1915).
ALLO -Saint Jean. L' Apocalypse (1921).
BECKWITH The Apocalypse of John (1920).
BLEEK Lectures on the Apocalypse (1875).
BOLL Aus der Offenbarung Johannis (1914).
BOUSSET Meyer Komm. 6 Aufl. (1906).
BULLINGER Die Apokalypse (1904).
BUNGEROTH Schlussel zur Offenbarung Johannis
(1907).
CHARLES The Revelation of John. 2 Vols. (1921).
DAVIDSON, S. Outlines of a Comm. on Revelation
(1894).
DELAPORT Fragments sahidiques du N. T. Apocalypse
(1906).
ELLIOTT Horae Apocalypticae. Four volumes. Fourth
edition (1851).
GEBHARDT Doctrine of the Apocalypse (1878).
GLASGOW Comm. on Apoc. (1872).
GUNKEL Schopfung und Chaos (1905).
HOLTZMANN-BAUER Hand-Comm. 3 Aufl. (1908).
HORT The Apoc. of St. John, chs. 1-3 (1908).
LAMPAKIS Ot ITTTO dore/)s T?S 'AirdJtaAv^ &as (1909).
LAUGHLIN The Solecisms of the Apocalypse (1902).
LINDER Die Offenbarung d. Joh. aufgeschlossen (1905).
MOFFATT Exp. Gk. Test. (1910).
254. SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
PEAKE The Revelation of St. John (1921).
REYMOND L'apocalypse ( 1908) .
SIMCOX Camb. Gk. Test. (1893).
SPITTA -Die Off. .d. Joh. (1889).
TRENCH Eps. to Seven Chs. Seventh edition (1897).
SWETE rApoc. of St. John. Second edition (1907).
VAUGHAN Lectures on Rev. of St. John.
VISCHER Die Off. John (1886).
VOELTER Das Problem der Apok. (1893).
VOELTER Die Offenbarung Johannis (1911).
WEISS, B. Apokalypse. 2 Aufl. (1902).
WEISS, J. Schriften d. N. T. (1904).
WELLHAUSEN Analyse d. Off. Joh. (1908).
LESSON I: REVELATION 1-3
1. Date of the Apocalypse. Chron. N. T.
2. Authorship. Chron. N. T.
3. Purpose and character of the Apocalypse. Chron.
N.T.
4. Outline. Chron. N. T.
5. Resemblance to Old Testament (Broadus).
Among the first things that strike one in this book
is the resemblance of the imagery to that of
the Old Testament prophets, particularly to
Isaiah, Ezekiel, Daniel and Zechariah. A few
examples :
L, 13 ff. Description of Christ's glorious appear-
ance, compare Dan. x., 5, 6 and vii., 9 ; Ezek.
i., 7 and xliii., 2.
IV. Throne, with rainbow. Ezek, i., 26, .28.
4. Twenty-four elders like heads of David's
courses.
6-8. Four animals. Ezek. i., 10; x., 14; Isa.
vi.,2.
V. Scroll written within and without. Ezek. ii.,'9;
Zech. v., 1-3.
THE REVELATION OF JOHN 255
VI., 14. As a scroll rolled together. Isa. xxxiv., 4.
VII., 3. Sealing. Ezek. ix., 4.
X., 5, 6. Angel swearing. Dan. xii., 7.
XI., 1. Measuring reed. Ezek. xl., 3; Zech. ii., 1.
3, 4. Two witnesses, two olive-trees, two can-
dlesticks. Zech. iv., 2, 11, 14.
XII., 7. Michael. Dan. x., 13, 21.
XIII., 12. Beast. Dan. vii., 2-8.
XIV., 20. Wine-press. Isa. Ixiii., 3.
XV., 3. Song of Moses and the Lamb. Ex.
15: Iff.
XVIL, XVIII. Babylon. Almost all from the
Old Testament.
XIX., 17. Invitation to the birds. Ezek. xxxix.,
17-20.
XX., 8. Gog and Magog. Ezek. xxxviii., 2; iii.,
19.
12. The books in the judgment. Dan. vii.,
10; xii., 1 ; Psa. Ixix., 28.
XXL, 1. New heavens and earth. Isa. Ixv., 17-
19 ; Ixvi., 22. 10 ff. New Jerusalem. Ezek.
xlviii., 30 ff.
XXII., 1, 2. River out of the throne and the tree
of life. Ezek. xlvii., 1, 12. Zech. xiv., 8.
Very many others. Yet no quotations from the
Old Testament at all. Westcott and Hort
give a list of nearly 400 references or allusions
to the Old Testament.
6. Statement of the theories of interpretation
(Broadus).
Ch. iv. and v. are introductory to the visions.
Ch. vi. ff. present predictions.
Immense multitude of theories now usually divided
into three great classes (see Tregelles in Home,
Davidson, Angus' Hand Book, Annotated Par.
Bible, Alford, and especially Elliott). But four
other classes should be added, making seven:
256 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
(a) Preterist theories. That all fulfilled in the past.
(1) Neronian that written in time of Nero,
and all f ulfilled in two or three years most
Germans, Renan, Stuart, Cowles.
(2) Domitianic that written in time of Do-
mitian, and fulfilled in three or four cen-
turies Bousset, and most Romanist writers
now.
(b) Historical theories that fulfillment going on
throughout history, past and future.
(1) Synchronous make the three series of
seven parallel. Lord, Vaiighan, Fairbairn.
Some include also the seven churches, as
in part Vitringa, Elliott, IV., p. 485.
'(2) Continuous make the three series of seven
successive. Elliott (closely followed by
Gumming), Barnes, most English and
American writers now.
(c) Futurist theory that all yet to be fulfilled in
the future.
(d) Theory of successive fulfillment. Arnold, Alex-
ander, see Elliott, IV., p. 564. Examined in El-
liott, IV., p. 620. Our Lord certainly seems to
describe himself as "coming" at the destruction
of Jerusalem. Similar to this theory is what
Lee calls the Spiritual System (Bib. Comm., p.
491).
(e) Theory of miscellaneous or sporadic fulfillment.
(f) Theory that all is merely spiritual. Davidson,
III., 627 ff.
'(g) Historical spiritual theory. Since Broadus wrote
as above, Sir W. M. Ramsay (Letters to the
Seven Churches) has proposed a new theory of
considerable plausibility. He takes the two
beasts to be Imperial and Provincial Rome and
conceives the point of the book to be the en-
couragement of the Christians in their struggle
THE KEVELATION OF JOHN 257
with Rome during the Domitianic persecutions
with the promise of ultimate spiritual victory
over Rome. This struggle with Rome is used as
a type of Christianity's conflict with the world
power of evil in all the ages, but without specific
application of all the images to definite persons
and events. The picture is drawn on large
canvas with bold outline and symbolic imagery
of the world conflict. The actual condition of
the Seven Churches is thus seen to be immedi-
ately in the writer's mind. The discoveries in
Asia Minor throw some light on this theory.
The lessons of the book are spiritual for all
time, though the historical background was defi-
nite and near to the readers of the book.
7. Scripture lesson. Rev. 1-3.
8. Any Bible dictionary or commentary.
9. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 208-212.
For further study, see RAMSAY Letters to the Seven
Churches; SWETE Apocalypse of St. John; HORT -
Apocalypse 1-3; CHARLES Commentary; MOFFATT
Commentary.
LESSON II : REVELATION 4-11
. Scripture lesson. Rev. 441.
2. History of the Theories (Broadus).
Sketch of the history of interpretation of the book.
.(Elliott's history fullest brief in Smith's Dictionary.
Herzog, etc. also in Stuart.) Three great periods.
I. In first three centuries before Constantine the Chris-
tians were persecuted. by authorities at Rome; they there-
fore regarded Rome as their great enemy, the beast, the
harlot, the antichrist, etc., and looked with longing for
the coming of Christ to reign 1,000 years with his people.
Some regarded this reign as involving only spiritual en-
joyments. But others took a grossly sensual view
258 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
Chiliasm, like "The Gates Ajar," and much worse a tend-
ency strengthened by Montanism, and this led to violent
opposition, so that some in the third century began to
attack the book as too much encouraging Chiliasm. (See
Neander, I., p. 649 ff. Herzog, "Chiliasmus.")
II. After Constantine (say A. D. 325), views changed.
Rome was now reckoned the friend and supporter of
Christianity. Became common to hold that Christ's reign
of 1,000 years began with Constantine. He (Constan-
tine) was the man-child of chap, xii., born of the woman,
the church. So there had already begun before the res-
urrection, a secular reign of Christ for 1,000 years.
Consequences of this change: (1) Thus the longing for
Christ's coming died out among men. (2) So, too, arose
the historical theory of interpretation part, already past,
the 1,000 years having begun, remainder yet to come.
Successive interpreters make the book a waxen nose
(Ebrard in Herzog). Every interpreter of each suc-
cessive age would find in the book events up to his time.
This- not wrong, if cautiously done. But constant tend-
ency was, as it has been ever since, to make these events
cover the whole ground of the book, so as to infer that
the end was near. For this tendency two reasons: (1)
We are taught to look for Christ's coming; (2) Only
the men whose imaginations were inflamed by the
thought that the book showed Christ's coming to be cer-
tainly near, set themselves to write expositions of the
book. We easily see the error thus committed by men
who lived, say six or nine centuries ago* in assuming
that the events up to their time covered nearly the whole
ground and there is here a warning.
III. The Reformers of the 16th century (Luther, Cal-
vin, etc.) gained two new points. (1) It was already
more than 1,000 years since Constantine. (2) They be-
gan to see in the harlot Babylon the Papacy. Then com-
paring Daniel and 2 Thess., they identified the harlot
Babylon with Antichrist. That the Papacy is Antichrist
THE EEVELATION OF JOHN 259
was asserted by Luther, Calvin, Knox, and in 1703 was
declared by Turrettin to be the firm belief of all Re-
formers and Protestants. This position has obviously
great plausibility. In the first period the Christians had
understood the Babylon of chap. xvii. to be Rome, espe-
cially in xvii., 9. So the Protestants were but reviving
the interpretation of the early Fathers, only not Pagan,
but Papal Rome.
To escape from the Protestant position, two Spanish
Jesuits, late in the 16th century, devised each a new
theory. Ribefa of Salamanca, in A. D. 1585 (about 3
centuries ago), presented the Futurist scheme; and a
little later, Alcasar of Seville, the Preterist scheme (El-
liott, IV., 465-469). Of course, each has since been a
good deal modified.
It is curious to trace the history of the principal works
that followed. In England Mede, in 1632, published a
powerful exposition on the historical scheme. The sec-
ond beast is the Papacy, the first three vials are John
Huss, Luther, Queen Elizabeth, etc. But Hammond, in
1656 (time of Cromwell, when Churchmen were hardly
treated by the Puritans, and so less hostile to Rome)
adopted the Preterist scheme of Alcasar. In France,
Jurieu, a Protestant exiled by revocation of the Edict of
Nantes, published in 1685 an exposition mainly based on
Mede; and this was answered five years after by the
celebrated Bossuet, taking the preterist view, so as to
guard the Papacy from the charge of being the harlot
Babylon and Antichrist. His view has ever since been
the favorite among Romanists.
In the 18th century the most famous works are those
of Vitringa (in Holland) and Sir Isaac Newton, both on
the historical theory. Late in the century began the great
series of Preterist expositions in Germany, continuing to
the present day.
Among historical expositors (including nearly all Prot-
estants out of Germany) the French Revolution intro-
260 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
duced a new idea, viz. : that popular revolution and in-
fidelity, one or both, are among the things predicted by
the beast and the vials. It was found to be just 1,260
years from Justinian's edict, recognizing the Pope's su-
premacy, to the French Revolution. The French Revo-
lution still plays an important part in most treatises on the
historical scheme.
Early in this century the Futurist theory was urged by
some Romanists and some Church of England writers.
3. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 212-216.
For further study, see Swete, Moffatt, Charles, Beck-
with, Dean.
LESSON III : REVELATION 12 : 1-19 : 10
1. Scripture lesson. Rev. 12:1 19:10.
2. Examination of the theories (Broadus).
i: PRETERIST THEORIES
Neronian Preterists hold that the book was written in
the reign of Nero (who died A. D. 68), or in that of
Galba, just after; that all the predictions refer to the
overthrow of Judaism by the destruction of Jerusalem
in A. D. 70 (see chap, xi., 8), and the fall of Heathenism
as represented by the death of Nero and the interruption
of his persecutions. A favorite passage with them is
xvii., 9, 10, where the 6th head, beginning with Julius
Caesar, would be Nero, and the 7th which was to follow,
"must remain a little time," viz.: Galba, who reigned a
few months. That is certainly one of the most exact
correspondences ever yet found in the interpretation of
the book. (Duesterdieck, Cowles, p. 38.) They say that
Rome is called a harlot because idolatrous. They dwell
much on the expression, "the time is at hand," i., 3 ; xxii.,
6, 10, etc. They insist that we must not expect to find
a separate event corresponding to every detail of the
THE REVELATION OF JOHN 261
imagery. Stuart compared Psalm xviii., in which David's
deliverance from Saul is described by high wrought and
multiplied images.
Objections
(1) It depends on the theory of the early (Neronian)
date, which is contrary to the very strong evidence of
the early Christians and conflicts with the striking appro-
priateness of the book to be the last book of the New
Testament. (Compare Bernard.) Still a good many
orthodox writers now contend for early date, on general
grounds, as Lightfoot (on Gal.), Westcott on John (Bib.
Comm.). Opinion that it was written in the time of
Nero is first found in the Syriac translation of Revelation,
made in the 6th century (Warfield, p. 232).
(2) The fulfillment being so long past, it ought by this
time to have become quite plain ; but it is not so.
(3) It is impossible to work out the details, referring
chap, vi.-xi. to overthrow of Judaism, and chap. xii. or
xix. to death of Nero and end of the persecutions he
introduced. And Psa. xviii. is by no means a parallel
case.
(4) In the favorite text, xvii., 9-11, what of the 8th
head (in verse 11) ? Compare xiii., 3. Stuart makes it
refer to a popular belief that Nero was not really dead, or
would come to life again a strange interpretation,
surely. _ Cowles rejects this, but has nothing to substitute.
(5) Predictions as to future rest and glory are belittled
by being restricted to earthly conditions, and to 3 or 4
years. Stuart tried to remove this 'objection by making
chap, xx.-xxii. refer to future triumphs of Christianity.
But thus there exists a great leap in the interpretation
with no corresponding gap in the prediction. And then
what of vii., 9 fir., and many similar passages ?
(6) Analogy of Old Testament prophecies is against
it. Daniel, most closely connected with Revelation, pre-
dicts (according to the common view) as far as the com-
262 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
ing of Christ, and probably much farther. So with most
of the prophets. But here only 3 or 4 years at farthest.
Yet this is the opinion of most Germans now, including
Ewald, Duesterdieck, DeWette (though not of Hengsten-
berg and Ebrard). Also of Stuart, who commonly fol-
lowed the Germans ; and of Renan, in his book, "L J Anti-
christ." Recent, brief and clear exposition on this theory
in Cowles. The Germans like it, because it reduces the
prophetic element to a minimum ; Cowles, because it takes
away everything mystical, makes all simple and clear.
Domitianic Preterists.
This view began with the Spanish Jesuits about 3 cen-
turies ago, and was put in better form nearly 2 centuries,
ago by Bossuet, who was not only a most eloquent
preacher, but a most skillful controversialist (Variations
of Protestantism).
They hold that the Apocalypse predicted the triumphs
of Christianity over Judaism and Paganism, in the first
3 or 4 centuries. As to Jews, only their later calamities
predicted, for the book was written twenty-five years
after the destruction of Jerusalem by Titus. It might
include the second destruction in time of Barcochba. But
the destruction by Titus was the great calamity to the
Jews and Judaism, of which the subsequent events were
but subordinate consequences. Thus the Domitianic
scheme gains over the Neronian as to Rome and Pagan-
ism, but loses as to Jerusalem and Judaism.
In the details, Bossuet utterly fails (Elliott, IV., p.
550 ff.). His particular interpretations are not only often
wanting in plausibility, but they often contradict one an-
other, and involve great confusion and arbitrariness. Thus
the destruction of the Apocalyptic Babylon is with him
only the partial destruction of Pagan Rome by the North-
ern barbarians. But it was Christianized Rome, and not
Pagan Rome, that was sacked by the Goths. And then
Babylon was to be afterwards the seat of unclean beasts
THE REVELATION OF JOHN 268
and demons whereas Rome after the sacking by the bar-
barians continued to be the seat of professed Christianity.
Such facts seem fatal to Bossuet's scheme. Moreover the
Zy 2 years (1,260 days) so prominent, are not explained.
But any one who wishes to meet the Romanists on the
interpretation of Revelation, must make himself well ac-
quainted with the Domitianic Preterist scheme, of which
Bossuet is said to be still the principal exponent.
II : FUTURIST THEORIES
These hold that all, at least after chap, i.-iii., refers to
Christ's second advent and events immediately preceding
it. Some say even the Epistle to the seven churches.
Israel is the literal Israel.
The Apocalyptic beast or Antichrist under his last head,
is held to be a personal, infidel opposer of Christianity,
who will rule over Saints 3% years (no year-day), till
destroyed by Christ's coming.
These writers then agree with the Preterists in reject-
ing year-day and holding to only literal Israel, but op-
posed as to time of fulfillment.
The Futurist theory was devised, as the Preterist was,
three centuries ago (by Spanish Jesuit Ribera), to set
aside the Protestant historical interpretation. It is of
late a good deal advocated in the church of England, for
several reasons. (1) Dissatisfaction with the common
Protestant interpretations and with the Preterist scheme,
and just cutting the knot. (2) Opposition to year-day
theory, which was little heard of really, not a little dif-
ferent. Chief advocate Dr. S. R. Maitland also some
of the celebrated Oxford tracts. (Elliott, IV., 524, 526.)
I know of no American work advocating it, and but one
German Protestant work, that of Fuller, 1875.
This theory cannot be proved, nor entirely disproved.
The analogy of the Old Testament prophecies is against
it. It seems inconsistent with statements such as "the
264 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
things must shortly come to pass," etc., but .this might be
explained. It seems less appropriate to console John's
first readers but James said, "Be patient, brethren, unto
the coming of the Lord." To take the Apocalyptic Israel
as the literal Israel involves the literal restoration of the
Jews, etc. (which is very doubtful), and also various
practical difficulties in accord with events that have al-
ready occurred, so as to make it very probable that some
of the predictions have been, at least in part, fulfilled.
One thing they urge is certainly true, viz.: that the
book is really a prophecy of the second coming of Christ,
and the events that will precede it not of coming events
in general, ending with the second coming. This is im-
portant. For Christians the great event of the future is
Christ's second coming, and other things derive their
chief importance from their relation to it. And so we
are still in the same attitude as regards this book that
the first readers occupied, still looking for the great com-
ing event,.though some of the preliminary events have no
doubt already occurred.
Ill : HISTORICAL THEORIES .
1. Synchronous. This holds that the three series of
Sevens are parallel. Some writers include the seven
churches also, as Vitringa (Elliott, IV., 485). This syn-
chronous scheme is adopted by very many English writ-
ers ; e.g. Vaughan, Fairbairn. It has able representatives
in Lord and Smith. They do not suppose that the three
series correspond at every step, as for example, that the
fourth seal, the fourth trumpet and the fourth vial mean
exactly the same event; but that each series begins near
the time of John, and each extends to the second coming
of Christ. In favor of this theory :
(1) Analogy of many Old Testament prophecies, par-
ticularly Pharaoh's dream (two sevens too), and Dan-
iel's prophecies.
THE REVELATION OF JOHN 265
(2) The imagery of the later seals and later trumpets
seems naturally to suggest the time of the end; e.g. vi.,
12-17, particularly verse 17, and vii., 9-17; again, x., 6
(sixth trumpet) and xi., 15:
(3) Difficulty of fixing certainly the fulfillment of the
seals and trumpets upon the other theory. Upon the con-
tinuous theory, these, at any rate the seals, are long past,
and it ought to be possible to settle their interpretation;
but the various schemes are still uncertain. (This holds
against Elliott's seals as truly as against Bossuet's scheme
of the whole.) Upon synchronous theory, much easier to
suppose that the first of each series, while still obscure,
will become plain hereafter, in connection with the second
coming.
Each of these three arguments has no small weight.
Objections
(1) It seems to us less natural than the continuous
theory ; it appears to make of the book a jumble.
(2) In viii., 1, the trumpets seem to grow out of the
seals seventh seal has no fulfillment indicated, save in
the trumpets. Still, there is the silence in heaven and
it may be said that the matter ends with only that, be-
cause other and parallel series were to follow.
Thus the synchronous seems to have very good ground
as against the continuous theory.
(2) Continuous. Elliott (closely followed by Gum-
ming), Barnes, and most English and American writers
now.
This seems to us more natural. Events beginning
soon, and extending to the second coming. If the preterist
and the futurist theories are not established, we seem shut
up to the historical, and the continuous is in itself the
natural way to take the successive theories, if there is
nothing to the contrary.
266 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
Two Great Difficulties
apply to both of the historical theories, but one of them
especially to the continuous theory.
(1) Lack of clear fulfillment of the early predictions.
If the continuous theory be correct, then the seals were
fulfilled long ago, and should now be clear.
Thus Elliott makes the sixth seal refer to the time of
Constantine, the others of course preceding. These, then,
ought to be clear. Well, as to the four horsemen of the
first four seals, Elliott makes a fair showing for taking
the horses as denoting the Roman Empire, the horse
being sacred to Mars from the time of Romulus (tradi-
tion) L, 117f.
The first seal is the period of preparation which fol-
lowed the reign of Domitian, beginning a year or so after
these visions and reaching to the early years of Com-
modus, say three-fourths of a century.
The second seal represents the civil wars which fol-
lowed, vi., 4.
The third seal is quite imperfectly made out. Alex-
ander Severus, oppressive taxation (black horse denoting
consequent distress rider with balance represents Ro-
man proconsuls, etc. To prevent these the Senate some-
times fixed the price of food (proof from Cicero! !).. Oil
and wine. All Emperors had given the Roman populace
grain at this period oil also was given by several em-
perors ; and of a later Emperor ( Aurelian) we are told
that he determined to give the people wine don't know
that he did (Elliott, I., 165). Does not this look like
trifling?
The fourth seal the great famine, pestilence, etc., in the
third quarter of the third century. Fits very well.
The fifth seal the persecutions under Diocletian, about
A. D. 300. Fits very well. "How long" (vi., 10) re-
ferred to the fact that many grievous persecutions oc-
THE REVELATION OF JOHN 267
curred before this. The Christian martyrs, before this
time, already were beginning to expect and to declare
that their blood would be avenged (Elliott, I., 2lO) of
course they did.
The sixth seal rprimary vision (vi., 12-17) destruction
of the Pagan power in the Empire, by Constantine. This
does not come up to the strong language. Did the pagans
universally (every bondman and freeman, verse 17) be-
lieve that the day of the Lamb's wrath had then come?
It was not a day of general wailing and woe, for Con-
stantine did not forbid pagan worship; he tolerated and
protected it.
Second vision, chap, vii., the twelve tribes of Israel
mean the mass of professing Christians under and after
Constantine (when multitudes joined the Christians,
most of them without piety) and the 144,000 the elect of
grace at that time. There is thought to be special refer-
ence to Augustine, who so clearly brought out the doc-
trine of election and the certain salvation of the elect,
as prefigured by the vision of the palmbearers.
Thus the interpretation of the sixth seal seems quite a
failure, and this is the main point in the series. The third
also fails, and the others, though more plausible, are in
no case certain. No infidel could be converted by the
fulfillment of this series of seals, as given by Elliott, and
his is generally regarded as the best interpretation of
them on the continuous scheme. And Elliott expresses
willingness to have his whole theory tested by the six
seals, III., 267.
(2) The other great difficulty about historical schemes
is, that they seem to require the year-day theory.
Year-day theory first mentioned A. D. 1190 (see El-
liott, Cowles* Appendix and Lee). Applied to the 1,260
days (xi., 3 and xii., 6) ; the 42 months (xi., 2 and xiii.,
5) ; the time, times and half a time 3j4 years (xii., 14)
this last in Dan., vii., 25; xii., 7. Besides some (e.g.
268 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
Elliott) so understand the 5 months (ix., 10), the hour
and day and month and year (ix., 15), and the 3^ days
(xi.,9,11).
The principle is denied by Preterists and Futurists, in-
cluding Romanists, Rationalists, and some orthodox
writers, and also by most of those who hold to successive
fulfillments, or to the purely spiritual theory.
1. Passages chiefly relied on to establish the year-day
theory are three, Dan. ix., 24-27; Ezek. iv., 4-6; Numb,
xiv., 33-34.
In Daniel, Gabriel tells him it shall be "seventy weeks"
until Messiah. -
Ezek. iv., 4-6, 390 days and 40 days, "I have appointed
thee each day for a year."
Numb, xiv., 34 "each day for a year."
This is all the Scriptural proof a few other passages
adduced by some, but clear that they furnish no proof.
Correspondence between Jewish Sabbath, Sabbatical
year and year of Jubilee. Further argued that results as
to the Papacy show that the principle is true.
Bush urges that in attacking year-day we attack the
Protestant Reformation, which built itself largely on the
application of Revelation to the Papacy. If true, this
would settle nothing, for the Reformers made many
grave mistakes. But it is not true, for Luther and other
Reformers of his time knew nothing of the year-day
theory at all.
2. Objections to the year-day theory.
Observe that it is improbable in itself, and requires
clear proof from Scripture.
In Dan. ix., 24-27, it is literally "70 sevens" or "70
hebdomads," and may mean "70 sevens" of years, just
as well as "70 sevens" of days. Gesenius quotes from a
late Latin writer the phrase "hebdomas annorum," "a
seven of years." Some Rabbinical writers use the He-
brew term in this way, a seven of years. Elliott says that
THE REVELATION OF JOHN 269
this proves nothing as to Scripture, but certainly as to
Daniel at least, it proves such a sense possible.
Daniel had been considering Jeremiah's prediction that
the captivity would last 70 years, and thought they must
be nearly ended (Dan. ix., 2). Then he prayed long for
God's forgiving mercy to Israel, and Gabriel appeared
saying that it would be "70 sevens" till Messiah.
As the prophecy he had been studying told of 70 years,
so here he would naturally understand 70 sevens of years,
seven times as long. Compare "till 7 seven times ? Yea,
till the contrary be proved. This phrase in Daniel and
usage 70 sevens would more naturally mean 70 weeks, it
does not certainly mean that, the other being not only
possible, but under the circumstances natural.
In Ezek. iv., 4-6, the day is appointed as a symbol of a
year; but the Lord does not there say day and mean year.
In Numbers xiv. there is a correspondence between the
appointed punishment of the nation and the time spent
by the spies, "each day for a year." Now if God had
said, "Ye shall wander 40 days," and it had turned out
40 years, this would then be a case in point.
These passages show that such might have been the
meaning, that such a prophetic relation could have been
established, but they do not at all prove that it was done.
If the question be asked, what right have you to under-
stand that 1,260 days signify 1,260 years? -do these pas-
sages prove the right? At most they only furnish a
perhaps.
But then remember how many dates are given elsewhere
in prophecy and never with the year-day meaning. The
prophecy which Daniel himself was studying, the prophecy
of Jeremiah as to 70 years, was correctly taken by him
as literal. Suppose he had taken it as year-day, then it
would have meant 25,200 years. So, too, with Daniel's
time, times, and the dividing of a time (vii., 25 and xii.,
7), said to mean not merely 3^ years but (1,260 days and
270 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
so) 1,260 years; compare Dan. iv., 17, 23, 25, 32, where
four times over it is predicted that Nebuchadnezzar ? s
insanity would last until 7 "times" should have passed
over him. Here a time is evidently a year nobody would
understand the 7 times to be 2,520 years. And we are
bound therefore so to understand the 3^4 times of Daniel
till the contrary is proved. This phrase in Daniel and
Revelation sounds mysterious and seems to prove some-
thing, but Daniel's own usage shows what he means by
it. In like manner in Revelation, if we apply the year-
day theory to the 3j^ years, we should also apply it to
the 1,000 years of Christ's reign, making it 360,000 years,
which nobody does, except Mr. Lord, Glasgow, and a
German writer, Driessen, A. D. 1717.
Thus then the year-day theory is possible, but not
proven, with a strong probability against it from the very
usage of Daniel and Revelation.
Now as to the results of the year-day theory.
Take Elliott's interpretation. The 1,260 years begins
with the decree of Justinian, recpgnizing the Pope's
supremacy, in A. D. 529-533. Add 1,260, and we get
1789-93, French Revolution. Then, we are told, the
Papacy was overthrown. But afterwards Phocas issued
a decree confirming the Pope's supremacy, in 604-8, and
this with 1,260 gives 1864-8. So a few years ago it was
urged that at that epoch, say 1867, Christ would come
and completely destroy the Papacy. To this effect nu-
merous works of Cumming.
In 1872 Dr. Cumming, following Elliott, published an-
other volume, comparing events of 1870 with the vials
in chap, xvi., and triumphantly claiming that here was a
plain fulfillment, etc.
And what right have we to count the 1,260 years from
two distinct decrees, 75 years apart? Elliott says Jere-
miah's 70 years of the captivity have to .be counted both
from B. C. 606 to decree of Cyrus, and from B. C. 588
(destruction of Jerusalem) to decree of Darius, about
THE REVELATION OF JOHN 271'
B. C. 518 or 520. This is not at all certain; and if it
were, we could not with any certainty infer the same
thing here.
So the results prove nothing conclusive. Mr. Lord is
very chary of fixing the beginning of the 1,260 years.
The year-day theory may perhaps be true no better
can be said for it.
The Historical Scheme in general does not stand or fall
with the year-day theory; but all the now current his-
torical interpretations are based on it.
3. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 216-221.
For further study, see Swete, Moffatt, Charles, Beck-
with, Dean.
LESSON IV : REVELATION 19 : 1 1-22 : 21
1. Scripture lesson. Rev. 19: 11 22:21,
1. The Millennium. Rev. XX. (Broadus).
A thousand years would be natural as a round number
for a long period. Plato's Republic supposes men to re-
turn to life at the end of every thousand years, and the
Talmud variously connects a period of a thousand years
with King Messiah (Lee, p. 809).
i: DIFFERENT THEORIES ABOUT THE MILLENNIUM
1. The 1,000 years after the Christian era, or after the
triumph of Christianity over Pagan Rome in time of Con-
stantine (some say Charlemagne about A. D. 800) .
Towards the end of the 10th century there was a wide-
spread opinion that the end of the world was approach-
ing. Many charters of that time begin with the words:
"As the world is now drawing to a close."
In the beginning of the 14th century, 1,000 years after
Constantine, the Turks came into prominence (thought to
be Gog and Magog) .
This theory was once universal. Now held by the
272 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
Romanists. Enough for us that during this period Popery
and Mohammedanism were almost universal in place of
primitive Christianity.
2. Millennium a new Church organization. The Ana-
baptists of Munster, 1533, made it the new Zion, with
community of gods and wives. Swedenborg made it the
new Jerusalem Church, which he founded. The Mormons
call themselves Latter-day Saints, and propose to restore
nature to Paradisaical innocence, by a sort of Theocracy
and polygamy. "The Temple" at Jaffa, etc. (community
of goods). Many others.
3. Millennium before second Advent, or postmillennial
Advent. According to this view the millennium consists
in a general prevalence of Christianity upon earth, before
the second coming of Christ supposed to be prefigured
by Old Testament prophets, particularly the latter part of
Isaiah. This view is the most common one among us-
first mentioned three centuries ago (Elliott, IV., 103n).
It grew out of the first theory, as heretofore explained.
The best book in favor of it is probably Brown on the
second Advent.
The great argument against it is the passages, "Shall
he find faith on the Earth?" "As in the days of Noah,
Lot," etc., Rev. i., 7; chap, xx., etc. The common view
must at least be greatly modified.
4. Millennium after second Advent, or premillennial
Advent. Christ will come, first resurrection of the saints
only, who will reign with Christ in this world 1,000 years
then Satan loosed again, renewed struggle and victory,
resurrection of the wicked and last judgment.
This was common among the early Christians, many of
them with gross notions we call Chiliasm contrast Mil-
lennarianism so the words apostle and missionary mar-
riage supper and New Jerusalem signifying that every
day a sumptuous meal and plenty of gold and precious
stones. But not all Christians were Chiliasts in this sense.
This view is now increasingly popular its advocates
THE REVELATION OF JOHN 273
usually called Adventists or Millennarians. Good speci-
men in Elliott. Lord holds in like manner that it shall
follow the Advent, and then carries out the year-day
theory consistently by making the 1,000 years represent
360,000 years. Throughout this period the holy dead,
having had their resurrection, are to reign with Christ on
earth and only after that will come the resurrection of
the wicked and the judgment. This follows the text
strictly. Glasgow gives the same view as to 360,000.
See also "Yesterday, to-day," etc., for beautiful descrip-
tions of the marriage of the Lamb, Millennium and
Many Mansions.
This has in its favor the plain meaning of Rev. xx., and
the teachings of our Lord above mentioned, and the utter
Uncertainty as to when Christ will come, which is not so
strictly true according to the third theory. These are
strong arguments. See valuable article in Presb. Review,
July, 1882.
5. Purely spiritual 1,000 years and all Davidson.
Swedenborg (No. 842) says that the phrase 1,000 years
signifies an indefinite time. In general he says that when
"thousand" stands alone (i. e. not 7 thousand, 12 thousand,
etc.), it always denotes an indefinite number; he has been
so told from Heaven. In the Heavenly world, to which
our Bible answers, they read for "a thousand" an indefi-
nite number. And they wonder there at the errors upon
earth about this matter of the 1,000 years.
6. Millennium in modified sense Fairbairn, Milligan.
Fairbairn's view : Millennium before second Advent, but
indefinite as to time. Consisting only in greater preva-
lence of Christianity than ever before, and its introduc-
tion constitutes in one sense a coming of Christ there
will be many comings.
Milligan compares Ezek. xxxix., 9-12, to show that 7
years, 7 months, there signify only complete destruction
or cleansing, not denoting a particular period of time. So
he thinks here 1,000 years denoting completeness of
274 SYLLABUS FOR NEW TESTAMENT STUDY
Christ's reign 1,000 being a favorite number in this book,
to symbolize what is perfect and glorious in the condition
of Christianity, e. g. ix., 4ff. ; xxi., 16. This quite pos-
sible.
II : TIME OF BEGINNING
To some extent discussed independently of the question
as to time of second Advent. Early Christians some said
acceptable year of the Lord and A. D. 365 many said at
end of 6,000 years, and this according to Septuagint
chronology would be about A. D. 550 (Elliott, L, 370,
371). Very many, as A. D. 1000 approached, thought
Christ would come then. (See above.) Of late the time
is usually inferred from the 1260 years. But the time of
Christ's second coming is unknown and unknowable.
Remark upon Glasgow's grave calculations as to
whether the earth can hold the population at the end of
1,000 years (not to say 360,000) of profound peace, uni-
versal industry, and freedom from vices. A new Mal-
thusianism. He holds (1) that the sea may cease, and the
deserts and ice mountains be changed ; (2) that the earth
may be enlarged; (3) that natural inclinations may be so
moderated as to restrict the increase of the race.
NOTE. The lectures which accompany these lessons
dwell on the moral and spiritual instructions of the book,
showing that whatever view may be adopted as tp the
fulfillment of its predictions, it should be freely used for
practical edification.
3. Environment of Early Christianity, pp. 221-226.
For further study, see, as above, Swete, Moffatt,
Charles, Beckwith, Dean.
I_
- r .?-;?
a
;^
-^5
^^^g, -
ii^s^ii^W'-;^* " i
SS:--.'s^;^^-. .^ -> *
^f^Ss^-,
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11